This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?
Brunei Shell Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad
BSP LIFTING AND HOISTING TECHNIC AL ST AND ARD
THIS DOCUMENT DESCRIBES THE STANDARD FOR LIFTING AND HOISTING ACTIVITIES
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Hj Hamdani (OPM/3) William MacDonald (OPM/33)
Page 1 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Revision Record REV
For Comment First Issue
December 2006 February 2007
This document has a maximum validity of five years from the last revision date. Within this period it must be assessed for relevance and re-validated in accordance with the Document Control Procedure Suggestions for further improvement in this document should be sent to the Document Owner.
Document Review Panel Ref. Ind. Prepared by OPM/33 Name WILLIAM MACDONALD Signature Date
SMR/41 HSE OPM/16
ROBERT GREEN SAIFUL-REZAL YONG Roslan Wahab,
Approved by Accepted by Ref. Indicator OPM
HJ HAMDANI ISMAIL
Name Paul Rijks
The document owner is responsible for distribution control. The original electronic version is stored in LiveLink and accessible via BSP OnLine web site. Paper copies are only controlled if they are physically stamped “Controlled Hard Copy” and signed by the related remote location document receiver (see Section 2.6 of Document Control Procedure)
Notice and Warning
Copyright © 2004, Brunei Shell Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad
This document is the property of Brunei Shell Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad (BSP), Seria KB3534, Negara Brunei Darussalam. Circulation is restricted to BSP and its designated associates, contractors and consultants. It must not be copied or used for any other purpose other than which it is supplied, without the expressed written authority of BSP.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 2 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Except where provided for purposes of contractual requirements, BSP disclaims any responsibility or liability for any use or misuse of the document by any person and makes no warranty as to the accuracy or suitability of the information to any third party. Any misuse of the document is redressable by BSP.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 3 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 2. 2.1 3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 4. 4.1 4.2 4.3 5. 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 6. 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.5 7. 7.1 7.2 8 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 INTRODUCTION Purpose Scope Terminology PREFACE Possible Reasons for Accidents CONTROL OF PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCES Introduction Rigging Store Supplies Contractors Using Their Own Lifting Equipment On Brunei Shell Petroleum Platforms/Worksites LIFTING EQUIPMENT COLOUR CODES Purpose Scope Lifting Equipment Colour Coding System CERTIFICATION Introduction Certification With New Lifting Equipment Thorough Examination Thorough Examination Certificate/Report Control of reports and certificates MAINTENANCE OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT Introduction SAP Registraion Manufacturer’s Operating and Maintenance Instructions Planned Maintenance Equipment Undergoing Examination Examination Of Lifting Equipment Tagging Out MARKING OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT Requirements Working Load Limit (WLL) / Safe Working Load (SWL) TRAINING OF PERSONNEL Training responsibilities Training Additional Training Training for New and Inexperienced Personnel Personnel Under Training Ongoing Training 8 9 9 10 11 11 14 14 14 16 17 17 17 17 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 22 22 22 22 23 24 25 25 25 27 27 27 27 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 32 35 39 40 40 43 45 45 45 45 46 46 46 46 47 47 47
Page 4 of 267
9 LIFT PLANNING AND DEFINITION OF LIFTS 9.1 Purpose 9.2 Scope 9.3 Responsibilities 9.4 Safe Approach to Lifting 9.5 Weight Accuracy 9.6 Lift Catergorisation 9.7 Lift Plan Process 9.8 Routine Lift Plan 9.9 Non-Routine Lift Plan 9.10 Non Crane Lifts (Lifting Appliances) 10 PERSONNEL LIFTING 10.1 Purpose 10.2 Scope 10.3 Responsibilities 10.4 Authority 10.5 Pre requisites 10.6 Objectives 10.7 Defined Cases 10.8 Emergency Conditions 10.9 Risk Assessment 10.10 Other Considerations
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 10.22 10.23
Critera Environmental Conditions Administrative and Operational Duties Carrier Pre-use inspection checklist Suspended Work Baskets (Cranes) Personnel Engaged in Suspended Work Basket Activities (Offshore & Onshore) Risk Assessment Other Considerations Critera Environmental Conditions Administrative and Operational Duties Work Baskets (Fork Lift Trucks) Critera
47 49 51 55 56 58 58 58 58 60 61 64 65 68 68 68 68 69 72 72 74 74 76 77 77 77 79 79 80 81 81 81 82 83 83 83 87 87 91 91 92 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 96 97 97 98 100 101 102 102 104 106 106 109 114 115 116 117 119
11 USE OF MOBILE CRANES ON MARINE VESSELS 11.1 Purpose 11.2 Scope 11.3 Responsibilities 11.4 Requirements 11.5 Weather Criteria and Mobile Offshore Unit (MOU) Stability 11.6 Mobile Cranes Tied-Down, Free Lifting and Travelling With Load 11.7 Documentation 11.8 Periodic Checks 11.9 Maintenance 12. 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8 12.9 13. 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 14. 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 14.9 14.10 14.11 14.12 14.13 14.14 14.15 14.16 14.17 14.18 14.19 14.20 14.21 14.22 14.23 14.24 FORK LIFT TRUCKS General Pre-Use Operations Parking Area of Operating Capacity Loads and Handling Attachments Rough Terrain MECHANICAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT General Requirements Aerial Platforms Hand trucks Use of Other Mobile Plant as a Mobile Crane Pre-use checks for mechanical handling equipment not in use for an extended period of time Documents CRANE OPERATION Introduction Regulations and documents for safe Offshore Crane Operations Lifting Team Crane Operator Rigger/Slinger Banksman Banksman/Slinger Activities Load Charts Protocol for the use of two-way radio communications Two-way Radio Communications - General Information Crane Inspection Crane Function Tests Emergency Load Release Function Routine Crane Operations Load Handling on the Platform Deck Cargo handling - supply vessel work Transport of scaffolding Materials and Boards General Operating Instructions Mobile Crane Operations Multiple Crane Lifts Precautions when Using Mobile Cranes Vehicle-Loading Cranes Use of Tag Lines Sling Wire Diameters and Masterlinks
Page 5 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
37 15.21 15.14 15.33 15. Hiab Crane) Vehicle Loading Tail Lifts Skip Trucks Flexible Intermediate Bulk Containers (FIBC) Containers CRANE BANKSMAN HAND SIGNALS FLOW CHART LIFTING AND HOISTING OPERATIONS MOBILE CRANE LIFT PLANNING SHEET APPLIANCE LIFT PLANNING SHEET CARRIER TRANSFER CHECKLIST CARRIER TRANSFER PASSENGER CHECKLIST PERSONNEL TRANSFER REQUEST ESTIMATION OF WEIGHT PRINCIPLES OF LIFTING PORTABLE LIFTING GEAR .1 15.38 15.8 15.25 15.3 15.31 15.9 15.2 15.36 15.4 15.29 15.CHECK LISTS INSTALLATION OF WIRE ROPE DOUBLE SADDLE GRIPS SHACKLE – SPLIT PIN SIZES RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX TRAINING MATRIX EXAMINATION MATRIX FOR LIFTING EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 267 119 119 120 120 120 120 120 121 121 122 122 122 130 133 137 141 144 149 149 151 154 158 160 162 162 164 167 172 177 179 182 182 184 187 187 188 191 197 200 201 201 201 204 207 211 212 214 216 217 218 219 222 227 244 246 247 248 251 APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 3 APPENDIX 4 APPENDIX 5 APPENDIX 6 APPENDIX 7 APPENDIX 8 APPENDIX 9 APPENDIX 10 APPENDIX 11 APPENDIX 12 APPENDIX 13 APPENDIX 14 APPENDIX 15 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard .28 15.26 15. Rams and Pumps Safety Harness Fall Arrester and Associated Equipment Overheard Cranes Vehicle Loading Cranes (e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14.25 14.39 15.18 15.35 15.6 15.34 15.20 15.15 15.26 15.13 15.17 15.16 15.5 15.g. 15.30 15.23 15.Basic Requirements Equipment Identification Markings Colour Coding System Documentation Accompanying Lifting Equipment Rigging Store Procedures Wire Rope and Wire Rope Slings Chain Slings and Fittings Man-Made Fibre (Webbing) Slings Hooks Shackles Eyebolts Beam Clamps Universal Superclamps Beam Trolleys Plate Clamps Rigging Screws / Turnbuckles Wedge and Socket Lifting Nipples and Lifting Caps Runway Beams Pad Eyes Manually-Operated Hoists Hand-Operated Chain Blocks Powered Chain Hoists Lifting and Pulling (Tirfor) Machines Snatch Blocks Wire rope Pulley Blocks Winches Hand-Operated Winches Electric or Air Driven Winches Hydraulic Jacks.40 Multi-leg Slings Pallets PRE & POST-USE CHECKS AND SAFE USE OF LIFTING APPLIANCES AND LIFTING TACKLE Introduction Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle Identification and Certification Pre-Use Inspection .10 15.24 15.12 15.27 15.11 15.22 15.7 15.19 15.32 15.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 16 APPENDIX 17 OVERLOAD PROTECTION AND ANTI-TWO-BLOCK REQUIREMENTS GLOSSARY OF TERMS 252 253 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 7 of 267 .
g. Brunei Shell Petroleum engages in activities. wharves. Where standards are referenced. Because these activities are interrelated the same vessels may supply platforms and drilling rigs. in accordance with its HSE policies. supply and maintenance of lifting equipment. drilling rigs. The structure of Brunei Shell Petroleum’s series of lifting documents is shown on the following Figure 1. Specifications. Lifting and Hoisting Policy BSP-ASS-Policy -008 Lifting Equipment Management Manual (LEMM) BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-72-Standard-012 Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) Figure 1 Equipment Operating Manuals All contractor procedures for use on sites where Brunei Shell Petroleum have a ‘prevailing influence’ shall use these documents as a basis unless specifically excluded in the Supply Contract. other comparable internationally recognised standards such as API. these activities involve the lifting of material to and from vessels. manufacture. This documentation in turn is aligned with the requirements of EP2005-0264. offshore platforms. or on behalf of. ISO. Guidelines. ISO 9001) and that only qualified personnel with appropriate experience are involved in the areas of design. INTRODUCTION Brunei Shell Petroleum’s highest priority is to ensure the safety of its employees.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. Brunei Shell Petroleum fully addresses all Government and Industry rules and guidelines. These documents provide the requirements for Brunei Shell Petroleum Lifting Equipment. SOLAS etc. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 8 of 267 . This standard in conjunction with the LEMM. BS. EN. Operating Manuals make up Brunei Shell Petroleum’s Lifting Equipment documentation. maybe accepted by Brunei Shell Petroleum with the agreement of the lifting technical authority. Safety Manuals and other high level Brunei Shell Petroleum HSE and management documents. it is necessary to specify a uniform set of requirements for lifting which pertain to all Brunei Shell Petroleum’s lifting activities. The associated documents are intended to either specify or provide guidance in this area based on experience gained by Brunei Shell Petroleum on its sites over several years of operation. its suppliers and the community at large in everything it does. This Lifting and Hoisting Standard acts as a fundamental ‘pillar’ across all Assets to ensure that all lifting operations performed by. specifically. documentation. testing. warehouses and road transport. The documents assume that Brunei Shell Petroleum’s suppliers of services and equipment related to lifting are working under documented management systems (e.
supply. Mobile cranes. 1. repair and retirement of all Lifting Equipment. at all locations where Brunei Shell Petroleum has ‘the prevailing influence’ for both in-air and in-water (sub sea) lifts. inspection. Shackles. operation. fabrication.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this document is to describe how lifting equipment and activities related to lifting equipment. Chain and chain slings. Plate clamps Eye bolts and swivel rings Hoist rings Turnbuckles Rigging screws Wedge sockets Hooks Load cells Pallet hook Lifting harnesses Offshore containers Skids Skips Spreader beams Drum cages Gas cylinder racks Frames Cargo netting Baskets Pipe racks FIBC’s (Big bags) Pallets Figure 2 The objective of this standard is to ensure that the requirements for lifting operations are identified and that hazards associated with lifting operations are correctly identified. maintenance. assessed and managed. A-frames & derricks – not drilling (onshore and on barges) Tower cranes. marking. It covers the lifting operations in connection with all the equipment shown in Fig 2: Lifting Equipment Lifting Appliances Lifting Tackle Lifted Equipment Cranes (including): Offshore pedestal cranes. Man made fiber slings. testing. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 9 of 267 . documentation. Lorry loading cranes (HIAB’s) Runway beams/Monorails Jacks Mobile Aerial Platforms Hoists • Manual lever • Tirfor/comalong • Powered overhead • Chain hoist • Chain block Pad eyes (fixed structural) Winches (inc Man-riding) Forklift Trucks Beam clamps Beam trolleys Sheave blocks Wire rope slings. Overhead/gantry cranes. This Standard applies to the design. are managed within BSP.2 Scope This standard applies to all BSP Personnel and Contractors at all locations where Brunei Shell Petroleum has ‘the prevailing influence’. to ALARP. as detailed in Figure 2. certification.
3 Terminology Abbreviations terms and references used in this document are defined in the BSP Management System TERM Barang box Fork Lift trucks DEFINITION A box for carrying general goods. Hand Pallet Truck MOU FIBC FMEA Technical (TA) LEMM PLIC Lifting Equipment Management Manual (BSP-ASS-Guideline-006) Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (BSP-72-Procedure-012) Table 1 Terminology BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 10 of 267 . A term widely used in Brunei. Mobile Offshore Unit Flexible Intermediate Bulk Container. Powered trucks with projecting fork arms or other attachments. commonly known as big bags Failure Mode and Effects Analysis Authority The Technical Authority for lifting equipment in BSP is OPM/33. purpose built for the raising. Most are manually powered. and tilting loads. A trolley designed for the movement of loads over short distances. lowering. Hand trucks maybe designed for moving packages or pallets.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1.
5. 2. Inadequate operator training standards. Inadequate storage facilities.3 Equipment Failure Early equipment failure is often due to: 1.1. 2. Inadequate job information. Inadequate pre-operation risk assessment. Whilst the above bad practice cannot be attributed to any particular area of the onshore/offshore industry.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. the dangers of the ‘can do’ principle must be understood if accidents are to be avoided. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 11 of 267 .1. PREFACE An analysis of lifting plant accidents indicated that. The 'can do' principle exists and it often contributes to the eventual accident. 2. Inadequate control of operations. 2. 2. 3. Before the commencement of any lifting operation all personnel involved must attend the toolbox talk and fully understand the requirements of the lift. 2. Inadequate planning of the lifting operation. Inadequate routine maintenance management.1. Incorrect level of ‘Competency’. 4. often with disastrous consequences. when items require lifting. No job is so important that it cannot be carried out safely. etc can often be attributed to: 1. Unplanned and unmanaged use of lifting equipment is dangerous and will result in accidents involving personnel and damage to equipment. 3. Lack of examination and certification of equipment. Lack of written routine maintenance instructions. Conveniently available lifting appliances and lifting tackle are randomly requisitioned and the lift undertaken. inability to recognise faulty equipment. it is often the case that the first available piece of lifting equipment is used. 4. 3. Inadequate training. Not recognising the hazards involved 2.1 Contributory Factors Contributory factors to accidents might include: 1. To avoid accidents in industry.1 Possible Reasons for Accidents Possible contributory reasons for accidents occurring during lifting operations are briefly outlined below. its good industry practice to implement the use of a work control system employing ‘Safe Systems of Work’. incorrect attachment of equipment. Inadequate ongoing assessment systems.2 Operator Error Operator errors such as ‘overloading’. incorrect selection of equipment. 4. Acceptance of a ‘can do’ culture. Misuse. 6. 5.
Emergencies. • • Equipment Provision. The safe system of work procedures must also address effective isolation of supplies and systems from the work area and stipulate what effective barriers must be in place to distance personnel working in the area from any hazard or danger. Each must be considered on its individual merits. Personnel. Plan the work with respect to all personnel that are directly or indirectly involved. Measure and monitor its effectiveness.1. How inherently dangerous is the task? What could go wrong? What could happen if the task is incorrectly performed? Breakdown individual’s task into steps or component activities and examine each step to see what could go wrong. The following summarises the requirements of a safe system of work: 1. Anticipate the possible need for assistance.5 Requirements of a Safe System of Work The following contains a brief resume of the subjects that must be considered before any lifting operation is started: Pre-assessment.1. Lifting appliances and tackle must be ‘certified’ and comply fully with Brunei Shell Petroleum requirements. Numbers must be adequate to safely carry out the task. closing access routes and/or removal of other structures to establish removal routes. ensuring area is gas-free before entry and arrangement of ongoing monitoring during work period. Define the task. All equipment used during the lifting operation must undergo pre-use. 2. Assess the complexity of the work. Environment. Work areas will have differing constraints.g. pre-start and function test. 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. Job Planning. shift changes. Environmental considerations shall include external weather constraints and internal conditions such as confined spaces e. Describe safe methods including writing/checking of lifting plan. 2.4 Safe Systems of Work A safe system of work is a step-by-step description of any task or process that takes into account the hazards likely to be encountered. Establish a clear and effective system of communication between all personnel involved with the lifting operation. Assess the hazards and associated risks. Assess the risks. the area may have a restricted machinery space. 4. or one where a lift is being carried out on an open deck. Check availability of lifting appliances. Is additional Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required? Communication. Anticipate emergency requirements. Person in Charge (PIC). It is essential that the safe system of work list all safety precautions that must be taken at each stage of the work. Work Area. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 12 of 267 . lifting tackle and quantities required for every phase of the operation. Organise the person in charge for the task and the personnel involved. back up etc. For example: • Removal of an item of equipment from an enclosed bay on a platform may involve moving non-involved personnel away from the work area.
Report all incidents occurring during the operation and provide a meaningful summary using the Fountain reporting system.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Hand-over Log. Initiate a shift change hand-over log which must be maintained so that it correctly informs an incoming shift on the current status of the lifting operation. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 13 of 267 . Reporting System.
Any electrical wiring systems in the rigging store must comply with current safety regulations and meet Brunei Shell Petroleum electrical specifications.2. Contractors will be informed accordingly via Technical Information Memos. If the need arises Brunei Shell Petroleum shall on occasion restrict or forbid the use of equipment where problems develop/incidents occur. When appliances/tackle cannot be changed-out they must be examined on site by the third party surveyor and the new colour code applied.2 Shipment and Storage Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle must be shipped to the platform/worksite and housed in rigging stores (or similar storage areas) that are fitted with storage facilities e.11 page 8) 3. The stores must have a lighting system compatible with the platform/worksite’s power supply. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-ST (section 4. marking maybe done directly on to the equipment but must not affect the integrity of the equipment. The store shall be a purpose designated storage facility where the lifting equipment can be kept secure from unauthorized use. or an American Federal Specification.1 Rigging Store Supplies Equipment Standards All portable lifting appliances supplied must comply in their manufacture with appendix 2 of BSPASS-Guideline-006 “Lifting Equipment Management Manual” British Standards. On no account must prototype lifting equipment be supplied without the express. Safety flashes etc. 3. Marking shall be by positively attaching a metal tag to the equipment. It maybe either a transportable containerised rigging store or a controlled permanent store.3 Certification/Change out The portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle must be fully inspected. The lifting equipment must have a sound track record in the Offshore/Onshore Oil and Gas Industry and be approved by Brunei Shell Petroleum's technical authority.g.4 Equipment Marking and Tracking Each and every item of lifting equipment (including tackle) must be permanently marked with a unique identification number to facilitate traceability to the equipment’s test certificate and allow for tracking during its service on the platform or at the worksite.2 3. The store shall include a secure quarantine area for storing equipment no longer fit for service. or at the worksite. 3. to allow time for the equipment in service to be collected and/or decommissioned prior to the 6 monthly inspection expiry date. bins etc. 3. International Standards. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 14 of 267 . in accordance with the latest revision of BSP-72Procedure-012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” (PLIC).1 CONTROL OF PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCES Introduction All portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle shall be stored and controlled in a lifting equipment store.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3. certified and suitable for 6 months service offshore. Where the attachment of a metal tag is not possible or practical.2. The lifting appliances and lifting tackle will however be changed out every 24 weeks (5 months) when practicable. This also applies to portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle owned by contractors and sub-contactors using their lifting equipment on Brunei Shell Petroleum offshore and onshore facilitates. 3. racks. written approval of Brunei Shell Petroleum's technical authority.2.2.
inspection. Method of marking lifting tackle and lifting appliances is given in BSP-72-Procedure-012 (PLIC) 3. of the Lifting Equipment Management System BSP-ASS-Guideline006. Equipment that has been exposed to seawater splash/spray shall be washed with fresh water. After washing. It is Brunei Shell Petroleum's requirement that all items of lifting equipment shall be certified at the frequencies stated in BSP-72-Procedure-012 (PLIC).e.2. The term SWL is taken to mean rated load or Working Load Limit (WLL). The requirements for the Competent Authorised Person are detailed in Appendix 1. This person will be the Competent Authorised Person (CAP). or in the case of chain blocks may cause the lubricants to migrate to brake components.9 Maintenance and Inspection The supply contractor is responsible for the maintenance. 3. A register of the rigging store's contents. An issuing and returns register. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 15 of 267 . a "T" card. in an attempt to displace water. and where necessary overhaul. 3. or similar system to facilitate the tracking of rigging store equipment. Pressure jets must not be used as they can remove essential lubricants.7 Colour Coding Each and every item of lifting tackle in the rigging store shall be colour coded in accordance with Section 4 of this document.6 Rigging Store Control It is the requirement of BSP that the rigging store is manned and controlled by a person that has the necessary competence to inspect the lifting equipment before issuing and on its return to check whether it remains fit for service. 4. Current certificate for each item of equipment in the store.2. without water pressure. Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle shall not be immersed in lubricant.8 Cleaning of Equipment Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle returned to the store shall be checked for contaminants and cleaned if necessary prior to inspection and storage. or more frequently if recommended by the manufacturer. Care must be taken to avoid lubricant entering the brake components and as precaution. The load chain and components that are clearly visible without dismantling of the appliance i. 3. Competency Requirements. and re-certification of the lifting equipment in accordance with the latest revision of BSP-72-Procedure-012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” (PLIC).2. 3.5 Store Contents Register and Other Documentation Documentation that must be available within a rigging store is listed below: 1.2. 3. Portable lifting appliances and lifting tackle with Identification marking or SWL marking that cannot be read with certainty is unacceptable to Brunei Shell Petroleum and must be withdrawn from service. in the case of appliances it will penetrate into the brake components. pawl pivot spring etc maybe lightly lubricated. which shall be free of lubricant. before applying the lubricant the brake shall be closed by operating the appliance in the hoisting direction. Have a comprehensive knowledge of BSP-72-Procedure012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” PLIC 001 and PLIC 003. Manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions (or copies) as supplied with new equipment. 2.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Each and every item (including tackle) must also be permanently marked to indicate the Safe Working Load (SWL) of that item. the lifting tackle or appliances shall be dried without the application of direct heat. diesel etc. and is approved by BSP’s technical authority.2.
3. which can be repaired. contractor’s equipment will require some additional (readily identifiable) identification. it shall be placed in a clearly marked quarantine area and a third party lifting tackle inspector or surveyor shall be called to decide on one of the following courses of action to be carried out: 1. 4. must be submitted to the rigging store Competent Authorised Person (CAP). The lifting registers shall be updated accordingly. 2. Manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions (or copies) as supplied with new equipment.2 Equipment Register and Other Documentation Where a rigging store. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 16 of 267 .2. A copy of the report for equipment. or smaller quantities of lifting equipment/tackle are used on Brunei Shell Petroleum platforms. which cannot be repaired.2 and in addition must comply with the following: 3. the following is required: 1. that cannot be safely used until repaired.3. required. 3. Equipment. and clearly labelled as unfit for continued use.3 Contractors Using Their Own Lifting Equipment On Brunei Shell Petroleum Platforms/Worksites Contractors equipment shall be as per 3. 3. A register of the rigging store's content Current certificate for each item of equipment.3. 3. shall be colour coded RED.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-ST (section 4. which will include a brief description of the repairs.10 Damaged Lifting Equipment When an item of lifting equipment is found to be defective. Equipment.11 Retirement of Lifting Equipment Lifting equipment shall be scrapped (retired) when it has reached the end of its useful life or is damaged beyond economic repair/re-certification.7 page 6) 3.2.1 Equipment Marking/Tracking To distinguish contractor’s equipment from site/platform rigging store equipment. An issuing and returns register or similar system to facilitate tracking of the equipment. All lifting equipment to be scrapped shall be disposed off in such a way that the equipment cannot be re-used. 2. must be attached to the item. will be colour coded RED and labelled “DO NOT USE” and be disposed off at the earliest opportunity. A report.
1 LIFTING EQUIPMENT COLOUR CODES Purpose This section describes the uniform approach to Brunei Shell Petroleum’s colour coding for lifting tackle. Even Numbered Years 2008.2. 4. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 17 of 267 .3.3 4. 2011 etc. shall be colour coded according to a rolling two year. 4.2.1 Wire Rope Slings Wire rope slings shall have the appropriate colour code band (15-20 mm wide) painted on one of the ferrules and/or the positively attached metal identification tag.3. Where the application of paint on the sling is impracticable. Green. J A N Odd Numbered Years 2007. 4. White. an appropriately coloured cable tie maybe used as an alternative.1 Lifting Equipment Colour Coding System Colour Coding System The Brunei Shell Petroleum Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) BSP-72-Procedure-012 requires that all lifting tackle owned by them. Yellow. F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D E A P A U U U E C O E A E A P A U U U E C O E B R R Y N L G P T V C N B R R Y N L G P T V C BLUE GREEN BLUE WHITE YELLOW TABLE 1 New items of lifting tackle shall have the appropriate colour code applied after initial examination and verification to manufactures certificate of test.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 4.3. be thoroughly inspected at 6 monthly intervals. A colour coding system is used by Brunei Shell Petroleum to indicate to the end user that an item of lifting tackle has undergone the 6 monthly examination. 4. Care must be taken not to obscure the serial number or the Working Load Limit with the paint. four colour coding system. The colour code for the next 6-month period will be advised by the Brunei Shell Petroleum Competent Authorised Person (CAP) and will always follow the sequence. 2009.2 Synthetic Slings (Flat or Round) All Synthetic slings shall have the appropriate colour code band (15-20 mm wide) painted on the manufacturers label or on the positively attached metal tag. 4.2 Scope The scope of this section is the colour coding system used by Brunei Shell Petroleum to indicate to the end user that an item of lifting tackle used on their onshore and offshore facilities has undergone its required 6 monthly examination. The colour (code) is changed at ‘set’ 6 monthly intervals and lifting tackle shall only be used if they are displaying the current colour code.3.2 Colour Coding for Lifting Tackle All lifting tackle. or used on their onshore facilities and offshore installations. The current colour shall be clearly and prominently displayed at each facility and installation on boards similar to that shown in Fig 1. care must be taken not to obscure the serial number or the Working Load Limit with the paint. which have been inspected and certified as fit for its intended purpose. Blue. as illustrated in table 1. 4. 2010 2012 etc. see the table below.
3.3. 2009. 2010 etc. 4. Lifting equipment shall be controlled in accordance with Section 3. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 18 of 267 . The touch-up colour code may only be applied following checks that the item is still in a satisfactory condition and that a valid examination report exists. 4.1 Wire Rope Slings The wire rope sling of the sling set shall be marked using a colour coded band (15-20 mm wide) of purple and a band (15-20 mm wide) of the appropriate colour painted on one of the ferrules and/or on the positively attached metal tag.3 All Other Items of Lifting Tackle All other items of lifting tackle shall be marked with the appropriate colour code band (15-20 mm wide) painted in a prominent position or on the positively attached metal tag.3. Care must be taken not obscure the serial number or the Working Load Limit with the paint. Odd Numbered Years 2007. F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D E A P A U U U E C O E A E A P A U U U E C O E B R R Y N L G P T V C N B R R Y N L G P T V C BLUE BLUE WHITE GREEN YELLOW & & & & & PURPLE PURPLE PURPLE PURPLE PURPLE J A N TABLE 2 New items of lifted equipment shall have the appropriate colour code applied after initial examination.3. shall be colour coded according to a rolling two year. 4.A.3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 NOTE: The application of paint or other marker directly on to a synthetic sling is prohibited. 2008. and verification to manufactures certificate of test.2 All Other Items of the Sling Set All other items of the sling set shall be marked using a colour coded band (15-20 mm wide) of purple and a band (15-20 mm wide) of the appropriate colour in a prominent position. Even Numbered Years 2006. as illustrated in table 2. which have been inspected and certified as fit for its intended purpose. care must be taken not to obscure the serial number or the Working Load Limit with the paint. 2011 etc. four colour coding system.2. The colour purple on a sling set or other items of lifting tackle indicates that they are permanently attached to an item of lifted equipment.3. 4.P.3.4 Rigging Store Lifting equipment used by BSP personnel and its contractors’ will.3.3.3 Touch-up Colour Code If the colour code applied to an item of lifting tackle at the 6 monthly examination wears off during the 6 monthly period it maybe reapplied by the C. 4. when not in use be stored in an on-site ‘Rigging Store’.3 Colour coding for Lifted Equipment Sling Sets All lifted equipment which have permanently attached sling sets. care must be taken not to obscure the serial number or the Working Load Limit with the paint. 4.
D) The presence of a correct examination colour indicates only that the item was thoroughly inspected at its last periodic examination. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 19 of 267 . The equipment may have suffered misuse or mechanical damage since its last thorough examination. A pre-use examination must still be carried out. A PRE-USE EXAMINATION MUST STILL BE CARRIED OUT. seek advise from your supervisor. Fig 1 Example of a Colour Code Board At any given pre-use examination the colour displayed on the item being inspected must be the same as that displayed on the ‘colour code board’.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 LIFTING COLOUR CODES FOR YEAR A) Inspected and certified lifting tackle may only be used if they are displaying the below colour code: APR – AUG SEPT OCT – FEB MAR OR Slide-in or hook-on colour changed 6 monthly OR B) DO NOT use lifting tackle that are colour coded RED. CAUTION: THE PRESENCE OF A CORRECT EXAMINATION COLOUR INDICATES ONLY THAT THE ITEM WAS THOROUGHLY INSPECTED AT ITS LAST PERIODIC EXAMINATION. THE EQUIPMENT MAY HAVE SUFFERED MISUSE OR A MECHANICAL FAILURE SINCE ITS LAST THOROUGH EXAMINATION. C) If in doubt. These are non-compliant lifting tackle that must be removed from the work site ASAP.
5.1 Thorough Examination Requirements of the Competent Person (Surveyor) Carrying Out the Thorough Examination The ‘competent person’ carrying out a thorough examination must have the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be (thoroughly) examined.3.2.3 5. which could arise from the failure of an item of lifting equipment. overloading). 5. 5.1 CERTIFICATION Introduction The following section addresses the certification requirements.g. for as long as they operate the equipment. All lifting equipment used on Brunei Shell Petroleum onshore or offshore facilitates owned by BSP. examination and certification. and be readily accessible to the end user. Where an item of lifting equipment has not been “in service” for an extended period of time (extended period of time is deemed to be more than 12 months after the last certification next due date) without being maintained and certified. Following certain exceptional circumstances (e. with the component to which it relates.2 Operating and Maintenance Instructions It is a requirement that written Operating and Maintenance Instructions must accompany all new equipment. 3. supported by certificate of examination and test must accompany all new lifting equipment and lifting tackle. contractors or sub-contactors shall be accompanied with a current valid certificate of examination.2. will determine how thorough the examination needs to be: A thorough examination maybe needed at several points during the life of lifting equipment: 1. Periodically during its life. 2. The Certificate of Conformity for any item of lifting equipment must be kept by the owner/user in a place of safety.3. 5. The certificate of test shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 10204 type 3. 5. The competency requirements for the competent person can be found in Appendix 1 of BSP-ASSGuideline-006 Lifting Equipment Management Manual. with the equipment.1 Certification With New Lifting Equipment Cerificate (Declaration) of Conformity A Certificate (Declaration) of Conformity.2. Before initial use or following the repair of any load bearing parts. His knowledge must enable him to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the safety and continued use of the lifting equipment. These instructions (or photocopies) must be kept in a place of safety. The Certificate of Conformity shall be kept readily accessible by the owner /user.2 Requirement for a Thorough Examination The risks.2 5.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. Full details of the thorough examination requirements and examination frequency can be found in BSP-72-Procedure-012 PLIC BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 20 of 267 . then the equipment shall be subject to a full overhaul. or the equipment maintenance routines have not been maintained or the equipment certification has expired for more than 12 months.
Notify the owner immediately of any defect in the lifting equipment that in his opinion could become dangerous.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. 2. Retention period for Certificates and Reports For a thorough examination certificate or report of new lifting equipment. within 14 days of the examination.4 Thorough Examination Certificate/Report The surveyor from the third party making a thorough examination shall: 1. in circumstances where this is not possible. For a periodically thorough examination. 3. 2. whichever is the shorter. or After exceptional circumstances (e. a. The system must be able to provide a written copy when necessary. A result of programmed 6 or 12 monthly examination. Certificates and Reports maybe kept in hard copy form. 5. The certificates and reports shall normally be stored at the location where the lifting equipment is being used. equipment repair) The owner must keep the certificate or report must be kept until the next certificate or report is issued or for 2 years.g. 5. Periodic review of this information maybe part of the lifting equipment management manual audit for controlling the lifting equipment. b.5. However. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 21 of 267 .5. If a computer system is used to keep this information then it needs to be protected from unauthorised alteration. or after assembly and being put into service at a new site/location. The owner must keep the certificate/report until he ceases to use that equipment.1 Control of reports and certificates Where Certificates are Retained Certificates and Reports of thorough examinations and other documents (such as a Statements of Conformity and the maintenance records) relating to lifting equipment must be readily available to surveyors and auditors if they request to see them. Issue a signed certificate or report of thorough examination. stored electronically or on computer disk. due to space constraints.5 5. certificates and reports produced as.2 1. For thorough examination certificate or report of lifting equipment produced after equipment installation and before being used for the first time. then it can be stored elsewhere provided that it is readily accessible. The owner must keep the certificate/report until he ceases to use that equipment at the place at which it was installed.
Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-ST (section 4. Furthermore. the interval or frequency of greasing and oil changes and the grades and quality of lubricant to be used. The examination and certification intervals shall be in accordance with BSP-72Procedure-012 (PLIC). e. and these periods shall not be exceeded. giving information on the major components used in the crane or winch manufacture. The owner shall ensure that every item of lifting equipment is maintained in an efficient state.7 page 6) 6. lengths. winch and personnel carrier. gear boxes.10 page 7) The maintenance history of all items of lifting equipment shall be fully captured in SAP.2 SAP Registraion All items of lifting equipment. shall be registered in SAP.1 MAINTENANCE Introduction OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT All lifting equipment supplied. or bought by Brunei Shell petroleum will be repaired and when necessary overhauled by a person qualified to undertake this work. Manufacturer's instruction books recommend that specific tasks be carried out at stated intervals. a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. winches. e.g. clutches and brakes. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 22 of 267 . It is a requirement that all lifting equipment be maintained in accordance with the equipment’s maintenance job routines (MJR’s) or if no MJR’s exists the manufactures maintenance instructions. These instructions must accompany the equipment and be followed accordingly.5 Equipment Undergoing Examination It is important to understand the difference between the requirement for thorough examination and testing and the requirement for periodic examination. the instruction books will also cover other essential maintenance such as replacement of filters.3 Manufacturer’s Operating and Maintenance Instructions It is Brunei Shell Petroleum’s requirement that all new equipment must include manufacturer’s Operating and Maintenance Instructions. good working order and in a good state of repair and that an up to date maintenance file is also maintained. An approved independent third party certification company surveyor shall carry out the thorough examination of lifting equipment. rope diameters. Examinations of lifting equipment are carried out by a competent person (surveyor) and involve some dismantling and NDT as necessary to allow the item to be thoroughly examined for defects.4 Planned Maintenance To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the crane or winch and personnel carrier. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-ST (section 4. draining intervals of air receivers. frequency for checking the security of fixing bolts and recommended torque settings and other adjustments.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 6.g. An effective planned maintenance system shall recognise the possible need to prohibit the use of the crane until essential maintenance work is carried out. drives. with the exception of loose lifting tackle. 6. make and model of motors. pumps. A record shall be kept for the crane. construction and breaking loads. The maintenance intervals shall be as per the MJR or the manufactures maintenance instructions. electrical and hydraulic equipment and switch gear 6. 6. 6. They also specify the lubrication points that require attention.
In both cases the examination and testing shall be preformed by the equipments manufacturer/supplier representative and witnessed by a surveyor from BSP’s approved 3rd party certification authority and the BSP’s lifting technical authority or his designee. must be clearly marked with its inspection date and next due date. A surveyor from BSP’s approved 3rd party certification authority and the Company’s lifting technical authority or his designee performs this type of examination. based on the manufactures recommendations that must be completed before the start of operations to confirm that there are no defects. and are carried out between the periodic examinations when considered necessary. (dis-assembly and re-assembly) or repair to any load bearing part shall require the lifting equipment to be subjected to a load test. Non-Destructive Testing. the equipment shall be subject to a site test i. do not involve dismantling. at the intervals shown in appendix 16. 6.e. which has been examined and considered suitable for safe continuance in service. Even if. and the other safety devices. 6. The tests are to demonstrate satisfactory operation of the complete equipment. anti-two blocking system etc) during operation. the checklists shall be completed. All lifting equipment shall be examined and certified for use at all times in accordance with and at the time interval stated in the Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) BSP-72-PROCEDURE-012. colour coded.3 In-Service Inspections Lifting equipment operators shall.5. This is to confirm that the lifting equipment has the appropriate safety factor for the designated SWL. if necessary.6. These inspections include a thorough examination of the lifting equipment before and after load testing. due to severe damage/deterioration.e. 6.6. there is no intention of using the equipment again. 6.g. functional load test with a load equal to the Safe Working Load (SWL) with certified weights. Any findings of anomalies must be reported immediately and the equipment withdrawn from service. to ensure that the lifting equipment has no transport or other mechanical damage.1 Check Lists ‘Generic’ itemised checklists (see Appendix 10) designed as an aid for most standard items of lifting equipment. and also the functionality of the safety systems (i. A checklist (see Appendix 10) shall be used to guide the operator and to document the findings. The equipment shall also be proof load tested in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations with certified weights. After site installation. This action will assist in compiling a history of faults and defects on the equipment and help identify any remedial work that may prevent the reoccurrence of the fault. and if appropriate.4 Periodic Inspections All lifting equipment shall be subject to a thorough examination by BSP’s approved 3rd party certification authority. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 23 of 267 . The "In-Service inspections” basically involves visual observation of the physical condition of the lifting equipment.6. pre-use inspection.6. effectiveness of limit switches. in addition to their normal duties. e.1 Examination Of Lifting Equipment Guidelines and Procedures for Examination Each item of lifting equipment.6 6. 6. A thorough examination is carried out to determine the condition of the lifting equipment. be expected to carry out "InService Inspections".BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Inspections are visual. The lifting equipment will be subjected to an overall examination and.2 Pre-Service Examination and Load Testing This type of examination shall be performed before the lifting equipment is used for the first time. effectiveness of the brakes. Pedestal cranes. The Surveyor from the third Party Certifying Authority shall witness all load tests. Rated Capacity Indicator. Any disturbance. due to their complexity and importance to ongoing platform operations have checklists. before being put into service.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 6.5 Tagging Out Any item of lifting appliance found in an unsafe operating condition shall be tagged out and removed from service until repaired.5 Documentation To satisfy the requirements of this standard. All repairs shall be carried out by qualified personnel in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 24 of 267 . The owner must retain copies of lifting equipment maintenance records until they cease to use the equipment.6. the surveyor will issue Certificates/Report of Thorough Examination for each item of lifting equipment examined. 6.
1 Variable SWL Where lifting machinery has a safe working load which varies with its operating radius or is dependent upon how it is configured.9 tonne @ 0° to 45° to the vertical. it must be either clearly marked or have adequate information to indicate to the user its SWL at any particular configuration. which is readily visible/available to the operator during use. Lifting tackle shall be marked in such a way that it is possible to identify the characteristics necessary for their safe use. which is designed for lifting persons is appropriately and clearly marked to this effect. multi-leg sling. the capacity of the equipment must be reduced (de-rated) to allow for a factor of safety. Wherever possible.g. 2) 3) 7. this form of de-rating must only be carried out by a competent person in consultation with the equipment manufacturer and approved by the lifting technical authority.1 MARKING Requirements OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT It is the requirement of BSP to have all lifting equipment clearly marked to indicate their working load limit or safe working load. the actual value of the SWL must be marked (stamped) on the equipment in such a way that it cannot be easily removed. When necessary. Rated Capacity Indicators (RCI) were previously known as Automatic Safe Load Indicators (ASLI's). as happens with man-made fibre slings. 7. For example 6. which is not dismantled after use.2. the manufacturer normally marks it on the equipment. 7. Sometimes referred to as the equipment’s 'rated-capacity'.g.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. 7. attaching some form of label or tag.2. (See Fig 1) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 25 of 267 .2 Working Load Limit (WLL) / Safe Working Load (SWL) The WLL marking indicates the maximum load that the equipment is designed to safely lift. plate or chart.2. Lifting equipment.4 Lifting Accessory Configurations If the configuration of an accessory can affect the WLL or SWL. or Safe Load Indicators (SLI's) or moment load indicators. the assembly must be permanently marked to indicate its assembled safe working load (SWL).3 Lifting Equipment Assembly Where a number of lifting tackle are assembled to form one lifting assembly.2 De-rating If it is not possible to provide a value for the SWL for all configurations. Where there is a significant hazard arising from the use of the machinery it must have appropriate equipment or devices such as rated capacity indicators and rated capacity limiters. The SWL marking indicates the maximum load that the equipment may safely lift as certified by the competent person. e.2. These markings can be in the form of an indicator. 7. 7. 1) Where the working load limit or safe working load of the equipment depends on its configuration the machinery shall be clearly marked to indicate its working load limit or safe working load for each configuration. Where this is not practicable a system maybe used to provide the user with the equipment SWL e. it must be clearly and permanently marked to provide the user with information on the SWL for each configuration.
must be clearly and permanently marked that it is for lifting persons.g. or attached to it. The SWL must also be clearly and permanently marked on the carrier.2.2. shall be clearly and permanently marked that it shall not be used for lifting people. such as a plate clamp must be marked with the plate thickness range over which it can be safety used. 7. but which has not been designed for this purpose.5 Accessories . In addition.6 Lifting Equipment for Lifting Persons Lifting equipment. through which it can be identified throughout its life span. Full details of equipment marking can be found in Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) BSP-72-PROCEDURE-012.8 Equipment Identity Marking All items of lifting equipment must have a permanent unique identification mark marked on.Other Factors If a lifting accessory can be adversely affected by other factors this must be clearly marked. 7. a suspended personnel basket) must clearly display the maximum number of persons to be carried. Calculations of the maximum rigging loads to be available for surveyor and operator.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. 7. The unique identification number of the gangway to which the equipment has been tested to be included. For details of equipment used for personnel lifting See Section 10 Lifting equipment which maybe inadvertently used for lifting people. FIG 1 EXAMPLE OF A MULTI-LEG WIRE ROPE SLING TAG BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 26 of 267 . the carrier (e.2.2. which is designed for lifting persons.7 Gangways All platform gangway lifting/rigging equipment shall be clearly tagged indicating the safe working load at the maximum permissible rigging angle from the vertical when in rigged and in service.
fully understand the roles and responsibilities of others involved. including emergency procedure in the event of power failure or overloads occurring. of various trades who maybe required to perform simple lifting operations (e. 5. Information on the limitations of lifting equipment used.g. 4. 6. manual/powered hoists. and are competent appropriate to their level of responsibility. The results of any appropriate previous Risk Assessments. 2. Banksman hand signals. the making safe the load and the lifting. Training shall take into account all safety factors relevant to reducing accident potential and include: 1. diving operations. 7. slingers/load handlers. 3. 7. The training must provide levels of competence that will eliminate incorrect operation and minimise the potential for human error that might otherwise contribute to an incident/accident. appropriate to their role and specific to the type/model of lifting equipment being used. its operation and/or its maintenance. Controlling and correcting swinging loads. Riggers/slingers and users of portable lifting equipment. equipment. overhead cranes. Senior supervisory personnel who maybe called upon to carry out Risk Assessments. 3.2 Training Personnel who must be adequately trained in the safe operation and care of lifting equipment. and ensure that the interactivities (of riggers.1 Training responsibilities The worksite supervisor must ensure that all personnel who are involved with lifting equipment. crane operator. Banksman. supply vessel deck crew etc. etc. 8. Persons involved with erection and dismantling of mechanical handling equipment. The training programme shall ensure that a person engaged in lifting operations. inspection personnel. Crane operatives (pedestal cranes. The risks to which personnel are exposed change due to a change in their working tasks. drilling. compile Lift Risk Assessment (refer to E95 – 0311) or similar. including recognition of the need for ‘de-rating’ of equipment when a particular lifting operation requires it.3 Additional Training Additional training will be necessary when: 1. Instruction on how to carry out operating procedures. removal of an electric motor). but may also be required to perform some lifting task.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 8 TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 8. 4. mobile cranes. Personnel who are primarily involved with other tasks such as marine. 8. 2. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 27 of 267 . 6. are as follows: 1.. Hiab’s etc). etc. 5. Maintenance. Equipment pre-use checks and safe use procedures.) are co-ordinated and directed by a person in charge (PIC). receive adequate training.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. The system of work changes. 8. Refer to Appendix 15 for the training matrix. New equipment is introduced. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 28 of 267 .5 Personnel Under Training Personnel under training must only undertake tasks according to their assessed level of competency and then only under the supervision of a competent person. 8.4 Training for New and Inexperienced Personnel Training and supervision of new and inexperienced personnel is particularly important because of their relative unfamiliarity with the working environment. Induction/familiarisation training shall be carried out. 8.6 Ongoing Training The work site supervisor must have a suitable documentation/data recording system in place in order to regularly check the continued competence of personnel. 3. Training must be provided at prescribed intervals to ensure skills do not decline.
9. the planning process must be followed.4. It is prohibited to allow a person from riding or travelling on the load. This knowledge will be of value when carrying out the pre-use examinations 9.2 Correct Use The equipment shall be used only for the specific purpose for which it was designed and shall not be adapted for any other purposes without the approval of BSP’s Technical Authority. Contractor/Crane supplier Technical Authority To establish crane capacity and boom length in order to carryout the given workscope safely and in accordance with this standard.2. To identify lifting parameters needed to execute the work. Nevertheless. The person must also have a working knowledge of its capabilities and the defects likely to arise in service.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 9 LIFT PLANNING AND DEFINITION OF LIFTS 9. To source a certified crane from registered contractor/operator under their current contract. many of the elements can be determined "by inspection".4 Safe Approach to Lifting 9.1 Personnel Competence Any person using lifting equipment must be competent to use or operate that equipment. To review all complicated and complex lifting plans submitted by contractor/crane supplier via the Executing Department. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-GL-01 (Section 4. Person in Charge (PIC) Lift planner/engineer 9.2 Scope The lift planning process describes the systematic assessment of important load factors and site factors.2) and EP2005-02640ST (section 4. and the depth involved in a non-routine lift will not be required. This section will out line the issues relating to the selection of the correct people for the task. The person in charge of the lifting operation.3 Responsibilities WHO Project Manager WHAT To identify the need for a lifting operation based on his/her workscope requirement. platform or other lifting medium of a crane. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 29 of 267 .2). To constantly monitor the reviewed plan and identify improvement for future work. In a lift determined to be non-critical.4. sling.simple lift plans The person who writes lift plans including initiatng site surveys to ascertain ground conditions. 9. who may also be the lift planner and can prepare routine and non-routine . Planning a non-routine lift requires considerable effort. It is as applicable to the "cherry-picker" placing a pump on its foundation as to the "big lift" crane setting a 350 tonne module.3. It will describe the operational practices to be used by these people as part of a safe and effective crane and rigging program. Executing Dept. lifting hook.1 Purpose The key to safe lifting operations is having competent personnel using the correct equipment in a safe manner.
4. Prior to all lifts (Routine Lifts and Non-Routine Lifts) the PIC shall verify that the answers to the following ‘10 questions for a safe lift’ are all addressed.5 Execution A Toolbox Talk shall be held to ensure that all personnel involved in the lifting operation fully understand the Lift Plan. 6. The lift planning process is really a special type of “HAZID” It describes the systematic breakdown of a task into its constituent activities.4 Safety Margin All lifting equipment used in the lifting process shall be rated at 30% or more above the maximum load to be lifted.3 Key Requirements A lift plan addresses three key requirements for safe lifting equipment use: 1.4. 9. 3. coupled with a risk assessment and risk/hazard mitigation determination for each activity.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 9. Employing the proper lifting equipment and the correct personnel for the task Operating it safely Ensuring the worksite is safe A lift plan also has to answer the following questions: 1. When personnel know what is supposed to happen. 9. 4. 3. 2.4. they are better able to detect dangerous situations. occur. 4. What has to be lifted? Where does it have to be picked up? Where does it have to be placed? Where is the lifting equipment located to do the lifting? Discussion of the answers to these questions with the lifting equipment operator and the rigging personnel creates a safer worksite and safer lifting operation since it makes clear what is going on and what is expected.6 1. 5. 9.4. 2. which can be rectified before accidents. 3. 10 Questions for a Safe Lift Are you aware of and fully conversant with the lifting and hoisting procedures applicable to the lift? Has everyone involved with this lifting operation attended the toolbox talk? Has a pre-use inspection of the Lifting Equipment been carried out and are the Lifting Tackle tagged or marked with: Safe working load A unique identification number A valid certification date 2. Are all safety devices working? Do you know the Person-in-Charge of the lift? Is everyone competent and aware of his or her tasks? BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 30 of 267 .
which manages risks? Do you know the environmental limits for the lift? Is the lift area controlled and is everyone clear if the load falls or swings? Are signalling methods and communication agreed and clear to you? 9. Access and emergency escape routes for the lifting equipment operator and load handlers BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 31 of 267 . Lifting over live equipment. their severity and likelihood of occurrence prior to any work taking place. The Risk Assessment shall address. The risk assessment must ensure the barriers are sufficient and access to the area is controlled and failure of the primary constraints e. Measures must be put in place to reduce the risk to As Low As Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). shape and centre of gravity of load. the following aspects and activities: Weight. path of load. Method of slinging. Every lifting operation has inherent risks that must be assessed and controlled. attaching and detaching the load. which may include security measures and physical barriers.4. obstructions. size. including weather and permissible limits. An independent second barrier is in place. Conflicting tasks in area. unless: There is clear justification and no suitable alternative was identified during job planning. the lifting equipment or rigging will not result in the injury of personnel. a Risk Assessment identifying all associated hazards. Is there a current Lift Plan and JSA/JHA. No personnel shall be allowed under a suspended load. Availability of approved lifting points on load. but is not limited to.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. 9. 9.7 Controlling Access to the Lift Area Access to the work area(s) and to the Lifting Equipment shall be appropriately controlled. Environmental conditions.4. load integrity and the need for tag lines Suitability and condition of the lifting equipment to be used. Proximity hazards. The risk assessment (JHA) shall follow the requirements of E95 – 0311.g. Number and duration of lifts. Lighting in the pick-up and lay down areas. 10. Initial and final load position and how it will get there. Ground conditions and the expected ground loadings. 8. Working under suspended loads. Overturning.8 Risk Assessment The person writing the lift plan shall carry out. and document.
one of the most difficult lifting situations is the removal of an existing object. Even with all these factors accounted for.. Weights from a certified scale can generally be accepted without much margin. Most crane load charts specify GROSS lifting capacities for the crane.5. Visibility of the load by the operator and / or person guiding the load. Corrosion can bond pieces and cause additional load even though all bolts. 9.5.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Experience. An accurate determination of the total weight must include: 1.. If feasible. All the factors above dictate a much higher weight allowance must be utilised for planning the removal of old components. Weight can increase dramatically as assembly progresses. 9. it's not unreasonable to add a 25% margin when lifting old components. Accordingly. Number of people required for task. object weight at original installation weight of all additions since installation internal condition of the object including residual process materials An accurate weight of the object shall be obtained from the installation records. brackets. and these are easily overlooked when preparing the object for removal. Presure vessels that have been shop hydrotested shall be checked to confirm no undrained water remains in the vessel. Also. 2. insulation etc.1 Free Lifting Authenticated manufacturing data. piping. competence and training of personnel.2 Removal of an Existing Object From a planning viewpoint. Where possible the equipment shall be weighed and this information forwarded to the site. etc. and scale printouts are the only reasonably reliable sources of weight information. have been removed. and shop drawings and most weight calculations rely on "nominal" dimensional data for their weight determinations. 3. Communication between all personnel taking part in the lifting operation Recovery and contingency plans 9. wiring. It's likely the object will contain process components or unknown amounts of residue. The difference between GROSS and BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 32 of 267 . pieces tend to "grow roots" through the addition of bolts. before handling with a crane commences. shipping manifests.3 Gross Weight vs. Do not assume the weight data reflects the configuration of the object at the time of lifting. Even so. A crane operator can find himself trying to lift the whole support structure along with the load if complete freedom for lifting is not verified. try to use jacks or wedges to confirm the object is free. engineering calculations. A basic piece can have multiple sections. manufacturing data and engineering calculations are subject to a complicating factor known as "manufacturing tolerances". it is good practice to add a 10% manufacturing tolerance margin to calculated weights for the purpose of lift planning.5 Weight Accuracy 9. or items may have been added. Pre-Use Inspection of equipment by the operator. They are the weights of the lifted object only. Net Weight The load weights above are NET weights.5.
the centre of gravity maybe harder to determine. Where large pressure vessels are concerned. If the hook is not directly above the load's centre of gravity when it is lifted. dropping the load. Knowing the centre of gravity of an object is very important. For most standard crane operations where rigging hardware is comprised of several properly sized slings and shackles. that are not being used for the lift. and for the pendant lines to stretch.) and rarely poses problems. A scale drawing can be required to evaluate boom lengths as well as the clearance between the boom and the load. Large surface areas can act as a sail in high winds.5 Center of Gravity (CofG) The center of gravity of an object is most simply described as its balance point. ample clearances must also be provided. slings. The planner must make certain that all weights are expressed in the same units.5. spreader bars. nozzles. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 33 of 267 . shackles. the external dimensions of the object maybecome a key element of the lift planning. Rigging includes the hook block. to control movement of the load. While the general profile of a pressure vessel is usually accurately defined on manufacturing drawings. For especially high lifts. valves. The orientation of the load during all manipulations must be considered. the effect of gravity will cause the load to shift so the centre of gravity is under the lifting point. hooks and hoist lines required to attach the load to the crane.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 NET weight is the weight of the rigging hardware. Ignoring the block and rigging weight maybe an infringement of the crane manufacturer's instructions and must therefore. Great care must be taken to plan the rigging so the crane hook can be positioned precisely over the centre of gravity. If the rigging is attached below the load's centre of gravity. A minimum boom-to-load clearance of 1metre shall be maintained for all lifting operations unless positive load control systems are being employed to restrict load movement. 9. and ensure the hook remains over the centre of gravity. or for lifts made in poor weather conditions. In cases where extensive spreader arrangements are required to balance or protect an object being lifted. decking. Rotation of a load during a lift can create interference's not otherwise critical. While planning includes taglines whenever possible. jibs. Such sudden. This can cause the load to strike the boom or nearby personnel or structures. the difference is rarely more than the hook block weight plus 3% of the object weight. A lifted load with a large external surface area becomes a concern from another aspect as well. as the crane takes the load. If the load is free to swing in the wind. the centre of gravity is assumed to be at the physical center of the object. This will serve to counter the tendency of the crane boom to flex or bend. Always use gross loads when comparing to the load chart capacities. uncontrolled movement must be avoided. An offset centre of gravity can dictate that a crane must reach much farther to position its boom tip directly over the centre of gravity. Clearance requirements are almost always the controlling factor in determining the boom length necessary for erecting a tall pressure vessel with a single crane. or is an assembly of various other components. along with any boom extensions. etc. containers and piping etc. platforms and insulation can cause boom interference problems with potentially catastrophic results. The lift plan must take in account the impact of the load's center of gravity on the safety of the overall lift. this margin may require to be increased.5. For objects made of uniform material and shape. chains.4 External Dimensions The majority of lifting involves loads of a relatively limited physical size (e. planned clearances can disappear quickly. the object can flip upside down once it is suspended. however. the difference can be substantial. On heavy lifts or when working at a long radius.g. This can result in the load pivoting out of control causing slings to be overloaded or fail. the operator can consider booming up slightly after taking the initial strain with the hoist line. On the other hand. protrusions such as attached piping. be included in the approach to planning a lift. 9. if the load has a complex shape.
Collapse of the cavity while the crane is lifting can be disastrous. Exception can be made to this rule only if the rigging length can be adjusted with turnbuckles or chain clutches to ensure equal distribution of the load. The fill often settles away from the bottom of the paving. Under no circumstances shall any component be loaded in excess of the manufacturer's Safe Working Load for the rigging gear. When initially planning a non-routine lift. these may not pose a problem.5. it is likely only two out of the four rigging points will actually carry load. i. an accurate plot plan of the area is invaluable in determining radius.investigate. in the case of installed equipment. Whichever method is finally selected the basic rules of proper rigging must be followed.e. by measurement. Rigging gear must therefore be sized so that the entire load can be carried by the minimum number of possible attachment points. If covered with a sufficient amount of properly compacted fill. even with the use of crane mats to spread out the track or outrigger loads. before lifting commences. there is no substitute for verification of the crane's working radius in the field. the ultimate bearing capacity of the ground can be approached. In certain cases the loads imposed on the ground by the cranes can be supported without improvements. that now require to be removed. Perhaps the most potentially dangerous situation is. hooks. vessels. chains or other rigging gear to mate with the attachments provided. Regardless of how carefully such plans are made. In such a case this rule can be modified to downsize individual component sizes.1 Radius Determination The lifting radius for a crane is the horizontal distance from the crane's vertical axis of rotation to the center of gravity of the (freely suspended) load. where a crane is positioned over some type of underground cavity i. Since any grouping of slings or chains will have some small (albeit fractional) difference in length. this can result in the outrigger punching through BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 34 of 267 . slings. electrical conduits.2 Survey of the Ground and Underground Considerations Cranes require to be adequately supported if the lift is to be made safely. silos. In most situations. 9. If the pre-installed padeyes or other types of lifting attachment points have not been certified for some considerable time.5. Little needs to be done except selecting the proper size shackles. The pre-installed padeyes or other types of lifting attachment points welds shall be subject to 100% volumetric and surface inspection methods prior to lifting. not an uncommon occurrence. don't take chances . In such cases there can be many different suggestions on how to rig the load. piping ducts.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 9.. Typical underground cavities are buried water pipes. heat exchangers etc. 9. two lifting points are all that's required to suspend an object in a stable and upright position.6 Rigging Attachment Points Lifting is relatively simple when objects to be lifted are provided with pre-installed padeyes or other types of lifting attachment points.5. or sewers. For heavier lifts. In many cases. liquid and gas pipes. Such points indicate that some forethought has been given to the load weight and center of gravity. On site engineering personnel shall be contacted to ensure there are no underlying problems in the location where the crane will working.7. there is enough experience with light loads to know if problems are likely. Setting up a crane on concrete paving may not be as safe as it sounds. especially if the paving has been placed on poorly compacted fill.e. 9. The planned radius can then be verified on an elevation view drawing when clearances are checked. Care shall be taken when three or more attachment points are provided.7 Special Rigging Requirements In many cases pre-installed attachment points are not provided on the object to be lifted. leaving a void.7.5.
generates the greatest ground pressure.6 metre will suffice for locating underground objects. with predictable results. Generally.6 Survey of Above Ground Obstructions . the combination involving the heaviest hook load will be most critical. don't take chances . If any doubt exists as to what is under the crane.2 Routine Lift A Routine Lift is one where: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 35 of 267 . In relatively open areas. where only a few. 9. hook load x radius).investigate.5. the allowable ground bearing capacity needs to be compared to the loads expected to be imposed by the crane during the lift. 9. however. The risk assessments and generic lift plan shall always be reviewed during the toolbox talk for continued applicability.4 Survey Accuracy Requirements The location of above ground structures shall be to within +/. The categories of lifting operation are as follows: 9. it is not possible to assemble cranes at the exact location in which they will work. 9. +/. Where several load/radius combinations generate nearly the same moment. it is necessary to identify the operational load/radius conditions that lead to maximum ground pressures. it is easy to evaluate alternatives. Accuracy of the plan must be verified by re-confirming several random dimensions in critical areas.5.7. If there are changes to the original plan a further risk assessment must be undertaken.3 Determination of Crane Foundation Requirements When making heavy lifts. classifying a lifting operation.6 Lift Catergorisation Lifting operations shall be categorised to reflect increasing risk and consequent increasing level of control required.0. the largest moment for the crane (i. Two activities are very important in preparing a reliable plan: 1.e.7. simple loads need to be placed. 9. a brief site "walk around" inspection can suffice to verify that no interferences will occur. From a lift planning standpoint. 9. as ‘Routine’ does not automatically make it a ‘Safe’ lifting operation – most incidents associated with lifting occur during ‘Routine’ operations.18.104.22.168 Routine Lifts A generic risk assessment and generic lift plan maybe used for routine lifts. 2. Working with an accurate drawing. 9.5 Crane Assembly and Operating Locations In some areas.6.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 the paving.Powerlines and Pipe racks A proper lift plan cannot be made without accurate information on obstructions in the working area. Underground structures will be more difficult to locate with the same degree of accuracy.6. Generally. The lift plan must provide for such assembly areas and a clear pathway from the area to the final working location. An accurate survey must be made and a plan prepared which accurately documents the location of all above ground protrusions in an area extending at least 15 metres beyond the anticipated work area.150mm.7.
and Load with require certified lifting points or be relatively easy to sling.6. It is not Routine as defined in 9. The control requirements and competencies for Routine Lifts can be summarised as follows: Category of Lift Control Measures Competent Personnel Reviewed by Routine Crane Operations • • • • Within the normal operating parameters of the crane Lifting over non-sensitive areas Suitable environmental conditions Load has known and evaluated weight.2 Complicated Lift A Complicated Lift is one where: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 36 of 267 . 4. This planning can be documented in the Daily Crane Operation Log.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1.3.2 above. 2. 9. The vast majority of the lifts.3 Non-Routine Lifts Non-Routine lifting operations can be further sub-divided to reflect increasing risk: Simple lifting operations Complicated lifting operations requiring a specific Lift Plan Complex lifting operations requiring a specific Lift Plan with engineering input 9. and Lifts in non sensitive or unrestricted areas. 3. and not exceeding 50% of the manufacturer's capacity chart at the working radius. 2. or The gross load is not exceeding 5 tonnes. or The gross load is not exceeding 25 tonnes.1 Simple Lift A Simple Lift is one where: 1.6. shape and centre of gravity Standard rigging arrangements • Risk Assessment (generic) • Lift Plan (generic) • Toolbox Talk • • • Crane Operator Deck Crew Banksman • Person in Charge (PIC) • 9. 3.3.6. Uncomplicated lifts that are performed on a regular basis. and not exceeding 75% of the manufacturer's capacity chart at the working radius.6. however. or Which involve basic slinging practices. will be classified as Routine and require little more in lift planning than an assessment of load and crane capacity.
6. Lift Planning Process Engineering help maybe required to fully assess and resolve all important load factors and site factors. Any of the three above but with additional hazards. The control requirements and competencies for Non-Routine Lifts can be summarised as follows: Category of Lift Control Measures Competent Personnel Reviewed by Non-Routine SIMPLE • • • • • • • • Equipment installed by a competent operator Load has a known and evaluated weight Centre of gravity below the lifting point Use of a certified lifting point directly above the load Ample headroom Lifting in non sensitive. or The gross load is greater than 75 tonnes. or near. sub-sea lifts. 7.3 Complex Lift A Complex Lift is one where: 1. 2. 5. or Lifting of personnel. 2. or The gross load is greater than 25 tonnes. The load is an awkward shape or offset or a high centre of gravity.6. 9. or The gross load is greater than 20 tonnes and is also greater than 80% of the manufacturer's capacity chart.3. 3. or The load is fragile.6. tandem lifts. 5.2. or The gross load represents more than 90% of the manufacturer's capacity chart at the working radius. or Non-standard crane configurations are used. All Non-Routine lifts shall have a lift plan as described in the section 9. operating equipment or electrical power lines. contains liquid or is difficult to sling. floating cranes. 4. or The load is lifted over. 3. or The gross load is greater than 50 tons and is also greater than 80% of the manufacturer's capacity chart. or The gross load represents more than 75% of the manufacturer's capacity chart at the working radius. 6.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. or Two or more pieces of lifting equipment are required to work in unison i.e. 4. non difficult or unrestricted areas Single lifting appliance Unlikely to be affected by changing environmental Page 37 of 267 • Risk Assessment (generic) Lift Plan (prepared by competent Rigger) Permit to work Toolbox Talk • • Maintenance Technicians Banksman Level 1 & 2 • Person in Charge (PIC) • • • BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard .
inadequacy or unsuitability) Use of two or more items of Lifting Equipment.g. difficult or restricted areas Load that requires to be rotated or cross hauled involving two or more sets of rigging Awkward shape. fragile.g. containing liquids No lifting attachments and difficult to sling. shift changeover Lifting of personnel.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 conditions • • • • Experienced and competent equipment Operator Standard rigging arrangements Suitable lay down area available Hoist suspended from a dedicated lifting structure such as padeyes or runway beam. Lifts from one offshore vessel to another • Non-Routine COMPLICATED • Continuation of a lifting operation with different equipment (due to malfunction. offset or high centre of gravity. • Risk Assessment (specific) Lift Plan (specific) Permit to Work Toolbox Talk • • Rigging Supervisor Lift planner • Technical authority • • • • • • • • Non-Routine COMPLEX • Continuation of a lifting operation with different personnel – e. including tailing pipe using winch and crane (tandem lifting) Within sensitive. including drill floor Man-Riding operations Over or in sensitive areas – e. active or energised hydrocarbon-containing process equipment Transferring the load from one lifting appliance to another In environmental conditions likely to affect equipment performance Operator under training Load with unknown or difficult Page 38 of 267 • Formal work pack with method statement • HAZID • HAZOP • Dropped Object Study • Risk Assessment (specific) • Lift Plan prepared and reviewed by a qualified Engineer • Work Permit • • Lift planner Professional Engineer • Technical authority • • • • • • BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard .
with small loads. reviewed by persons competent to do so. ‘Complicated’ and ‘Complex’ plans by BSP Technical Authority for lifting. as a minimum. The Lift Analysis shall include. Gross rated capacity of the crane in the configuration specified. Personnel required and their particular roles.7 Lift Plan Process Crane work on worksites involves lifting and placing many types of equipment in both "safe" and hazardous locations. A Lift Plan shall be prepared for every lift. Step-by-step instructions. and do not require a significant amount of planning to ensure the operation is performed safely.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 to estimate weight and / or centre of gravity • Load is special and / or expensive the loss of which would have a serious impact on production operations Non-standard rigging arrangements Load lowered into or lifted from a confined space Sub-sea lifting Lifts involving floating cranes Extremely heavy loads • Toolbox Talk • • • • • 9. The Lift Analysis is necessary to determine if the lift is Routine. 2. identify: Classification of the lift. The lift plan process shall be followed regardless of the specifics of a lift. the hazards associated with smaller lifts can be less obvious. Contingency and rescue plans All lift plans – generic. Although some lifts are extremely heavy. The Lift Plan shall. The degree to which it is applied depends on the results of the Lift Analysis. or Non-Routine. Calculation of the percentage of the crane's rated capacity at which the lift will be made. Tabulation of the gross load weight including the weight of all blocks and rigging tackle. or made over operating equipment. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 39 of 267 . Allowable weather conditions for the lift and the effect of wind loading. Communication methods to be used. For example. Equipment required. Although large or complicated lifts are easily recognised as being of a complex nature requiring additional planning. 4. but not limited to: 1. ‘Routine’ or ‘Simple’ plans shall be reviewed by the Person in Charge (PIC). specific or engineered – shall be developed. 3. The competent person planning the lift.
All personnel involved in lifting. Repetitive lifts are those made from the same crane set-up.1. the amount of formal planning required to ensure a safe Routine Lift is considerably less than that required for the Non-Routine lift. The planning for the Routine lift is documented in a generic risk assessment and generic lift plan. 22.214.171.124 Routine Lift Plan Knowing the crane's rated capacity. Appendix 3.g. 9.1 Review of Routine lift plans Routine lift plans shall be reviewed by the Person In Charge (PIC) of the lifting operation.1 Non-Routine Lift Plan Non-Routine Lifts 9.Routine. A Risk Analysis to systematically assess the likelihood and potential consequences of events surrounding a lift shall be carried out. the radius at which it must be handled. 9. Since most lifts involve light loads being handled well within the crane's rated capacity. the weight of the load. 9. unloading pipe. and greater than 50% but not exceeding 75% of the manufacturer's load chart during all parts of the lift. A daily crane operation log facilitates the recording of basic lift information and confirms that the load is well within the rated capacity of the crane. during the execution of a routine lifting operation. Simply requiring the crane operator to document these aspects of the lift will decrease the likelihood of lifts being made in an unsafemanner. The Lift Plan maybe a one-page document see. that the gross load is: (i) (ii) not exceeding 25 tonnes.1 Role of Risk Analysis Where the application of the Lift Assessment Process results in a lift classification that seems unnecessarily conservative. shall use this type of tool in the lifting planning process.8. the combination of load and radius yielding the highest gross lifting capacity from the load chart shall be entered on the log. The table identifies two main types of lift: Routine and Non. 9. the operation shall cease and the need for a new lift plan/risk assessment and implementation of any corrective safety measures shall be considered.7. a lift plan must be completed. Attention is drawn to E95 – 0311. The log records the weight of the load. This meeting may coincide with the lift plan review meeting. 9. If only small variations exist (e. Repetitive lifts can be grouped and recorded as a single entry.2 Pre-Lift Meetings (Tool Box Talk) A pre-lift meeting shall be held immediately before any lift as a last minute review of important issues.8.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Lift catagories shall be used in determining the classification of the lift and the planning required. To complete the lift plan the Person in Charge (PIC) must evaluate the basic questions outlined in Appendix 3 and determine.9. with the aid of the operator.2 Change in Operational Conditions If. there is a change in operational conditions or in the assumptions on which the planning was based. Page 40 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . and the crane's rated capacity at that radius.).9 9. and the radius at which it must be handled is vital for a safe lift. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. lifting the same load weight at the same radius. for a sample form. Complicated and Complex. Non-routine lifts are split into three categories of lift: Simple.1 Simple Lifts When a lift is determined to be a Simple Lift. spools. etc.
which could cause interference problems. and any nearby structures. Any crane slewing limitations. is recorded on the lift plan.3 Complex Lifts A Complex Lift Plan consists of as many drawings. Initial lifting position of the load including radius. along with some basic site evaluation remarks. d. 2. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 41 of 267 . Final placement position of the load including radius. specifications. Elevation View Drawing Elevation View drawing of the crane. In such cases. 3. 5. b. a minimum level of information is required to comprise an adequate lift plan. a minimum level of information is required to comprise an adequate lift plan. and any nearby structures. shackles. All necessary drawings of the crane. List of topic’s that must be addressed a. All required slings. Maximum load elevation during lifting procedure.2 Complicated Lifts A Complicated Lift Plan consists of drawings and risk assessments to assess all important load factors and site factors relating to a Complicated Lift. model(s). This drawing must be made to scale and shall note: Boom length(s) and lifting radius(ii). load. A Complex Lift is defined as any lift greater than 75 tonnes or greater than 50 tonnes and is also greater than 80% of the crane's rated capacity.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 This information. and counterweight(s) if variable. Communication method Weather conditions Risk assessment including controls and residual risk and recovery. size.1. and procedures as necessary to accurately assess all important load factors and important site factors relating to a Complex Lift. A Complicated Lift is defined as any lift exceeding 25 tonnes or exceeding 20 tonnes and is also greater than 80% of the crane's rated capacity. and other rigging components identified by capacity.9. 9. f. which could cause interference problems. The person in charge of the lifting operation List of lifting personnel involved and their responsibilities Tabulaion of gross load weight including rigging and a minimum 10 percent safety margin of the gross weight against the crane capacity chart.9.1. load. 4. as follows: 1. as follows: 1. c. and length. e. In such cases. This drawing must be made to scale and shall note: Crane manufacturer(s). Minimum number of parts of crane hoist line required to lift the load. 9.
2 1. the above items can provide sufficient information and even be organised onto one drawing. load. Note: "Plan the work then work the plan". However. All required slings. as well as associated matting requirements. Final placement position of the load including radius. Review of Non-Routine Lift Plans Simple lift plans shall be reviewed by the Person In Charge (PIC) of the lifting operation. and location. then proceed with the lifting operation using the new reviewed lift plan. Any jibs or special lifting devices required. Initial lifting position of the load including radius. 3 Lift Analysis including: Tabulation of the gross load weight including the weight of all blocks and rigging tackle. The person in charge (PIC) is responsible for ensuring the Nonroutine Lift Plan is produced and reviewed before the lift is made. If there are any problems during a lift that causes a departure from the lifting plan. If the supervisor is uncomfortable with his role as reviewer. Gross rated capacity of the crane in the configuration specified. This drawing must be made to scale and shall note: Route that transport will take to position the load for lifting. 2 Plan View Drawing Plan View Drawing of the crane. and other rigging components identified by capacity. It's an old saying but applicable here since most heavy lift problems occur either from a lack of planning or from departing from the plan once the lift is in progress. The Lift Plan must be agreed to and signed by the crane operator and BSP supervisor/site representative. The BSP supervisor/site representative shall retain a copy of the executed lift plan. Allowable weather conditions for the lift and the effect of wind loading. 9. Calculation of the percentage of the crane's rated capacity at which the lift will be made. All potential complicating issues for any lift must be addressed in the lift plan. size. and nearby structures which could cause interference. Location of the crane including any slewing restrictions. A new planning and review cycle shall be carried out. Maximum load elevation during lifting procedure. length. shackles. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 42 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Boom length(s) and lifting radius(ii). Route that the crane will take if walking with the load. Minimum number of parts of crane hoist line required to lift the load. a third party reviewer can be used to perform the review function. the lifting operation shall be stopped.9. for a relatively simple operation.
9. inadequacy or • Risk Assessment (specific) • • Banksman Level 1 or 2 Rigging • Technical authority BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 43 of 267 . The Lift Plan maybe a one-page document see.9. shape and centre of gravity Standard rigging arrangements • Risk Assessment (generic) • Lift Plan (generic) • Toolbox Talk • • • • Banksman level 1 or 2 Rigging Supervisor Deck Crew Drilling Crew • Person in Charge (PIC) • Non-Routine Lifts A specific Risk Assessment and a specific lift plan will cover non-Routine lifts. 9. The control requirements and competencies for Non-Routine Lifts can be summarised as follows: Non-Routine • Continuation of a lifting operation with different equipment (due to malfunction. which do not include the use of mobile or pedestal cranes. hoist suspended from a dedicated lifting structure such as padeyes or runway beam. The control requirements and competencies for Routine Lifts can be summarised as follows: Category of Lift Control Measures Competent Personnel Reviewed by Routine • • • • Within the normal operating parameters of the equipment Lifting over non-sensitive areas Suitable environmental conditions Load has known and evaluated weight. there is a change in operational conditions or in the assumptions on which the planning was based. a lift plan must be completed. A generic risk assessment and generic lift plan will cover routine lifts. If there are changes to the original plan a further risk assessment must be undertaken. during the execution of a Non-Routine lifting operations. however. When a lift is determined to be a non-rountine lift. the operation shall cease and the need for a new lift plan/risk assessment and implementation of any corrective safety measures shall be considered. Both the Risk Assessments and lift plan shall be reviewed during the Toolbox Talk.10 Non Crane Lifts (Lifting Appliances) All other lifting operations. 9.4 PERMITS To ensure proper organisation and control. the Risk Assessments shall always be reviewed during the Toolbox Talk for continued applicability. Appendix 4. for a sample form. are catagoriesd into two groups Routine and Non-Routine. but using overhead travelling cranes.3 Change in Operational Conditions If. Complicated and complex lift plans are required to be reviewed by BSP’s technical authority.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. 9. the BSP's "Permit to Work Procedure" HSE Module 03 must be fully adhered to.
fragile. offset or high center of gravity. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 44 of 267 . including (tandem lifting) Within sensitive.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 unsuitability) • Use of two or more items of Lifting Equipment. difficult or restricted areas Load that requires to be rotated or cross hauled involving two or more sets of rigging Awkward shape. Routine lift plans shall be reviewed by the Person In Charge (PIC) of the lifting operation. Non-routine lift plans required to be reviewed by BSP’s technical authority. Using non-certified lifting points to suspend lifting equipment • • • Lift Plan (specific) Permit to Work Toolbox Talk Supervisor • Lift Planner • • • • • 9.1 Review of Routine and Non-Routine Lift Plans 1. 2.10. containing liquids No lifting attachments and difficult to sling.
1 PERSONNEL LIFTING Purpose This section describes the requirements for the transfer of personnel by basket (Frog) and working at elevated heights from suspend work baskets/boxes and is based on the guidance given in: 1.2). Contractor/Crane supplier Technical Authority Carrier To establish crane capacity and boom length in order to carryout the given work scope safely and in accordance with this standard. To source a certified mobile crane from registered contractor/operator under their current contract. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-GL-01 (Section 4. 23 Personnel carrier transfers and work baskets operations are to be used in exceptional circumstances only.3. 5. 4. To constantly monitor the approved plan and identify improvement for future work. HSE safety Notice 10/80 HSE safety Notice 1/97 LOLER 98 Regulation 5 BS 7121.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 10 10. 10. It specifies the requirements and the defined instances where transfer by personnel carrier is allowed.2) and EP2005-02640ST (section 4. lifting hook. Note: The “Billy Pugh” personnel transfer carrier shall not be used for personnel (passenger) transfer. Part 11 ASME B30. 2. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-SP-01. This procedure prohibits a person from riding or travelling on the load. WHO Project Manager Executing Dept. where no alternative means of carrying out the transfer of personnel or operation is available. To identify lifting parameters needed to execute the work. To review and approve the lift plan submitted by contractor/crane supplier via the Executing Department. A generic term used to describe the frog in which the personnel are Page 45 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . platform or other lifting medium of a crane except in a specifically designed personnel transfer carrier that is solely used for that purpose. 10.3 Responsibilities Provide in the table below a more descriptive and detailed account of the responsibilities within this procedure.2. sling.2 Scope The scope of this section covers BSP requirements to transferring people by personnel carriers and operating suspended workbaskets. 3. WHAT To identify the need for a mobile crane based on his/her work scope requirement.
6.5 Pre requisites If a personnel transfer operation is to be carried out the following must be produced before the operation can start: 1.g.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 transferred Suspended Work basket or Suspended work box Class Surveyor MOU 10. Permit to Work. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 46 of 267 . prior to/after establishment of access between the rig and platform using the rig's personnel bridge. For the purpose of vessel inspections during MOU location moves. However.4 Authority A specific term used to describe the basket or box used for conveying personnel with tools and work material to an elevated work location by crane or forklift truck. Risk Assessment and Lift Plan. Helideck lift. the attached carrier transfer checklist shall be utilised for each individual transfer (Appendix 5).1 Procedures The contractor shall provide a procedure for personnel lifting.7 Defined Cases Personnel transfer by carrier shall only be allowed in the following defined cases: 1 2 3 4 When locating a Jack up to a platform prior to establishment of a gangway. Upon initial arrival and/or final departure of a tender assisted rig at/from a BSP platform.6 Objectives Carrier transfers are not the preferred method of moving personnel. Particular attention is drawn to the condition that the willing agreement of all persons being transferred is a pre-requisite requirement. which has been approved by BSP’s marine department. To support the issuance of the permit to work. All carrier transfers must be covered by an appropriate Brunei Shell Permit to Work. 3. 2. (Written step-by-step instructions) Safety Check List. 4. and be conducted in accordance with this section. E. it is recognised that there are situations where this method of transfer maybe justified. All personnel carrier transfers shall only be carried out using the BSP Permit to Work system. 10. Lift Plan. For guidance on how to complete the work permit refer to HSE Module 03 “Permit to Work Procedure”. Risk Assessment. 10. A surveyor from a classification society. The procedure shall be forwarded to BSP’s Technical Authority for review and approval. 10. Between MOU and a securely moored cargo barge alongside. 10.
struck or falling from the carrier.g. 5. 2. 10. 2.1 Crane Suitability 1. 10. 4. 3. emergency lowering in the event of crane breakdown. The risk assessment shall identify all reasonably foreseeable hazards and failure scenarios such that in all operations of the transfer the people are protected from being crushed. 10. wind speed and sea-state meet the criteria listed in Para 10.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5 6 In the case of an emergency. 2.10 1. 10. The area below the path of the carrier shall be kept clear of personnel. prior approval shall be obtained from BSP HSE’s department and Technical Authority on Lifting.g. While it can be foreseen that such circumstances may arise. e.9 1.12. Emergency procedures shall be established e. The Person In Charge (PIC) must carry out the checks and supervise the operation defined in the lift plan.8 Emergency Conditions Personnel maybe transferred under emergency conditions where the risk of not transferring is considered greater than the risk of transfer.g. where carrier transfers are deemed to be required. Other Considerations The crane operator must check immediately before the lift that the prevailing weather conditions e. it is not practicable to try to envisage all possible cases and list them. by those involved in the transfer. but shall not exceed those governing crane operations or the launch of fast rescue craft.23. they have been briefed on all facets of the transfer and they are willing to transfer. Under no circumstances shall the “frog” be used as a workbasket.11 Critera 10. trapped. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 47 of 267 . Check that other criteria required for the operation are met. During construction/installation of new a platform/jacket when the only access is by personnel carrier. Appropriate crane and carrier checks to be recorded in the plan. Weather and other limitations for emergency conditions will be made by risk assessment on a case by case basis. Risk Assessment All personnel carrier-lifting operations must be subject to a risk assessment and a lift plan. passengers are wearing life jackets or an approved flotation work vest.11. 6. A written lift plan must be completed for the operation. consider provision of “DONUT” type descender as alternative means. 3. The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the crane is suitable for personnel transfer (man-riding) and fully comply with the requirements of Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER 1998) or ASME B30. A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority or a classification society shall certify the crane. In any other cases.
The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the carrier is suitable for personnel transfer. 10. 6. The shackle type to be used is the bow or anchor type fitted with split pins. which are suitable for personnel lifting operations. 5. For BSP this excludes the use of General Purpose mooring launches 2. The carrier shall be certified and be included in the ship's Register of Lifting Gear. Cranes with a capacity of less than 10 tonnes and or winches with a capacity of less than 3 tonnes shall not be used for personnel lifting operations. Personnel carriers must be of an approved design and approved by BSP’s Technical Authority Two taglines shall be attached to the carrier. A length of 10m long is recommended for the main wire rope sling. BSP’s Technical Authority prior to approval being granted shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the crane. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 48 of 267 .3 Vessel Suitability 1. The transfer carrier lifting gear. master links. There shall be no knots on the tag lines to minimise the chance of snagging. The type of vessel considered suitable to carry out a transfer is determined by its ability to maintain station alongside the platform and the amount of clear deck space to safely receive the carrier. An anti-spin device shall be fitted between the load line and the personnel carrier upper master link. 3. NOTE: SCISSOR ACTION SPRING-LOADED OR SELF-LOCKING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PERSONNEL LIFTING OPERATIONS. 11. Cranes or winches. 7. nut and split-pin. 8. that is. The carrier shall be equipped with a double safety load line assembly composed of a main wire rope sling and a secondary shock absorbing safety line. The carrier shall be thoroughly inspected every six months and load tested every twelve months or as recommend by the personnel carrier transfer manufacturer.11. The anti spin device shall have a factor of safety of at least 10 to 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3. etc. 10. The worksite Supervisor and/or a Competent Authorised Person (CAP) shall perform subsequent inspections prior to each use. shall have a factor of safety of at least 10 to 1. Vessels with an A-frame at the stern. 5. 9. 2. All connections between the crane and the personnel carrier shall be such that they cannot be accidentally self-released under any circumstances 4. both with a length of 3 metres. (REFER FIG 16A) 10. BSP’s Technical Authority must approve Cranes for use in personnel carrier transfer duties. slings. The capacity of the wire rope sling and the secondary shock absorbing safety line shall be such that either the sling or safety line shall be able to carry the full load including the safety factor. Load hooks shall be of the design that can be closed and locked. bolt. 4.2 Personnel Transfer Carrier 1. shall be clearly marked at the operator’s location “SUITABLE FOR MAN RIDING” or “SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PEOPLE”. or without side railings are not considered suitable for carrier transfers. The mousing of the hook opening is not permitted.11.
the clear area shall be 7 metres diameter. for night time transfers.4 Take-off and landing area 1 The take-off and landing area shall be level. The marine department of Brunei Shell Petroleum shall verify all sea state values. A risk assessment shall be performed that shows that the risks are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The minimum clear space on an installation shall be 4. The minimum clear space with vertical obstructions must be as follows: (a) With a single vertical obstruction of 1. Survey boats with A-Frame and landing craft. Other vessels may also be found unsuitable depending on station keeping ability and deck (obstruction) load status.5 metres at the perimeter of the landing area. the maximum MOU or vessel movement for all personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 49 of 267 .5 metres 3 degrees The master of the attending vessel shall demonstrate that the above weather criteria are met at all times during transfer operations and shall demonstrate that the vessel can hold station within a 5 metre radius for at least 2 minutes prior to each carrier transfer.marine department of Brunei Shell Petroleum (SMR) must approve vessels as suitable for use in personnel carrier transfer duties. 10. Determined by the ability of the vessel to hold station. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. and landing areas. Vertical visibility shall be such that the tip of the crane boom is always in full view by crane operator. (b) With a single vertical obstruction of 2.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 (Pilot Launches). to enable the crane operator to have adequate visibility throughout personnel transfer path.11. In urgent cases where night time transfers are felt unavoidable the provision of searchlights.3 Daylight Transfer operations shall only be carried out during daylight hours. and have a non-slip surface. free of obstructions. The technical Authority for marine .1 Weather The weather criteria and maximum MOU or vessel movement for all personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: Maximum wind speed Maximum wind speed Wave height Significant wave height Maximum roll MOU/vessel : : : : : 15 knots steady wind measured at 10 metres above the sea 10 knots steady wind measured at 10 metres above the sea if working on the weather side. and shall be at least 500 metres. the clear area shall be 4.5 metres diameter.12. 10.2 Visibility Horizontal visibility must be considered. Of not more than 1. The minimum clear space on a vessel shall be 6 metres by 6 metres in any given weather condition.5 metres at the perimeter of the landing area.5 metres in any given weather condition.5 metres by 4. The weather criteria. 2 3 4 10.12 Environmental Conditions 10.12.12. 3. the wearing of clothing with retro reflective tape by those being transferred and recovery arrangements shall be addressed. 10.
The crane or winch operator shall not leave the crane or winch controls throughout the duration of the personnel lifting operation. he shall have a full and unobstructed view of the take-off and landing area as well as the full lifting trajectory.12. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 50 of 267 .12.5 “Communications” above. long sleeved coverall and approved floatation device. Master of the Vessel and Banksman. a banksman must be on hand to take control of signalling in the event that the crane operator loses visual contact with the ‘carrier’. Have been briefed on the transfer procedure.12.5 metres 3 degrees Significant wave height Maximum roll MOU/vessel : : 10. valid banksman’s certificate from a BSP approved training facility and have experience of offshore lifting operations.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Maximum wind speed : 8 knots steady wind measured at 10 metres above the sea Of not more than 1. safety footwear.12. The crane operator radio communication shall be hands free.5 Communications Radio communication shall be established between Work Site Supervisor. See Appendix 6 An experienced person shall always accompany an inexperienced people or those not trained in the use of personal carrier. The Crane Operator shall also have a minimum of 50 operating hours (logged) operating the crane to be used in the personnel carrier transfer operation. This includes safety helmet with chinstrap.9 Personnel Transferring by Carrier Passengers being transferred must be properly attired for offshore work and travel as per BSP Module 29. In all cases. from a BSP approved training provider. 10.4 Rainfall & Electrical Storms If the transfer is proposed during a period of rainfall or electrical storm. when any of the above environmental conditions are exceeded all transfer activities shall cease immediately.12.6 Crane or Winch Operator The Crane Operator shall hold a current. and transfer activities may only resume when the environmental conditions return to acceptable values.12.8 Assisting Personnel Assisting personnel shall consist of two assistants at the take off and landing area. they will not be forced to do so. consideration shall be given to the severity of the weather. The banksman shall be easily identified by a brightly coloured banksman’s jacket. 10. valid offshore/marine crane operator's certificate. and the transfer postponed to more favourable conditions if there is any concern that it could affect the transfer. viewed the transfer video and signed the acceptance for transfer form.7 Banksman The Banksman shall hold a current. If they do not wish to transfer. 10. safety glasses. Crane Operator. 10. Personnel will only undertake a carrier transfer on a voluntary basis. He shall solely concentrate his activities on the personnel lifting operation in progress. 10. and have a minimum of 6 months experience as a crane operator.12. They shall also carry a working radio by which they can communicate as described under 10. However.
10. Crane Operator.14 Planned maintenance Refer to section 6. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 51 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 10. the following elements of the transfer shall be included in the tool box talk: Safe loading and unloading. this will involving the Work Site Supervisor. 10.e. Rescue operations can introduce their own hazards. 10. Check the crane or winch and carrier have current valid Inspection Certificates.12. i. A Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) must be on standby in the water to effect recovery if personnel fall in the sea. Body positions. the boat master shall brief his crew. Satisfied with the landing area.10 Bags Hand luggage up to a maximum of 20kg (that can be strapped in place) may be transported inside the carrier. Potential emergency situations Expected behaviour of personnel being transferred 10.12. If this is not possible. Crane actions.12. bags. Satisfied with the fitness and training of the people to be transferred Satisfied with the suitability of the MOU Satisfied with the visibility and sea condition. Similarly.12 Recovery Arrangements A rescue plan shall be prepared for all personnel lifts as part of the Lift Plan.13 Vessel’s Propellers The lowering and hoisting of a personnel carrier near the propellers of a vessel must be avoided. Banksman and assistants (crane side).13 Administrative and Operational Duties 10. All other luggage. movements and signals.12.13. 10. therefore the planning and execution of a rescue requires particular care and attention including additional risk assessments before proceeding.12. All equipment required to implement the rescue plan shall be readily available prior to and during the lift.11 Toolbox Talk Toolbox talks shall be held prior to the transfer. consideration must be given to stopping propulsion to the propellers. escape routes etc.1 BSP Site Representitive 1 2 3 4 5 6 Familiar with the carrier transfer requirements. pinch points and personal stability Personnel protective equipment requirements Safety aspects of the transfer – Swing. oversized bags and tools shall be transported separately as cargo in a cargo box or other suitable container.
Confirm that the person/s transferring is/are fit to undertake the transfer. transfer request and the transfer checklist for the carrier transfer. Authorise and sign the work permit.2 Master of the Vessel Shall confirm to the BSP site representative the following.3 Banksman and/or Deck Foreman Shall confirm to the BSP site representative the following. Have verified the competency and experience of the crane driver. 1 2 The transfer requirements are understood The personnel carrier is checked. the crane driver and the supervisor on the installation. 1 Must confirm boat is suitable for basket transfer and approved by SMR and that he can hold station for the duration of the transfer in the prevailing weather and sea conditions. Ensure that the Supervisors and Banksman are familiar with the carrier transfer requirements and handling of carrier. Have confirmed that the deck crew requirements and have been fully briefed.13. suitable for the transfer and is correctly rigged BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 52 of 267 . Have carried out Risk Assessment. and meets the landing area requirements and is in a safe and clean condition. Confirm that the landing area is clear. The people to be transferred have been briefed and signed the transfer form.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7 Check the crane or winch and carrier are registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with BSP’s Technical Authority. Officer supervising on the boat decks. Verify the Fast Rescue Craft (FRC) cover is provided. 6 7 8 10. Ensure Master of the vessel is familiar with the carrier transfer requirements and is briefed accordingly. Ensure communications are established with all parties concerned for the transfer. The Banksman is identified with a highly recognised vest and has a radio for communication and establish communication on a dedicated channel. understand the carrier transfer Check 2 3 4 5 Two deck hands on deck to handle the tag line. Check suitability of wind speed for crane operations Ensure participants are briefed and understand the requirements of carrier transfer and have signed the transfer form. He accepts the transfer and understands the requirements for carrier transfer.13. The Master of the Vessel. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 10.
That the logbook entry will be made for each lift. Only certified and marked equipment is used in the transfer.13. The wind speed is satisfactory for safe operation for carrier transfer.5 Riggers/Deck Hands Shall confirm to the Banksman/Deck Foreman the following 1 2 3 4 Have been briefed and understand the carrier transfer requirements. is clear and is in a safe condition. Clear view of the Banksman and the transfer landing area on both ends. Follow instructions from the Banksman/Deck Foreman in charge of the Operation. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 The crane is fully operation. 10. The personnel are wearing the correct PPE. Confirm that the landing area is clear. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 10. 2 riggers/deck hands to handle the tag lines. 10. Communications have been established. That the crane will carry no other load than the personnel carrier. The Banksman is clearly identified.13. Communications have been established Have a full view of the transfer areas. Familiar with handling the tag lines. a demonstration of how to use the carrier will be given if required and signed the transfer form. Know how to control the swing with the tag lines.13. The requirements for carrier transfer have been understood. Toolbox meeting held with all parties involved. The personnel carrier and lifting gear are in a safe state of repair before use. Landing area meets the requirements.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3 The personnel transferring are fit for transfer and understand the requirements.6 Personnel Transferring Shall confirm to the BSP site representative the following BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 53 of 267 .4 Crane Driver Shall confirm to the BSP site representative the following. Daily crane checks have been completed and signed by the crane driver.
Understand that the transfer is purely on voluntary basis. Agreed to the transfer by carrier.7 Crane owner’s Requirements The owner of the crane used to transfer personnel in a transfer carrier shall ensure that: 1. cautious manner. A logbook is available to enable the crane operator to make entries of each lift. 3. 2. This logbook must be made available for inspection on request. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 54 of 267 . 5. 10. The load line hoist drum shall have controlled load lowering. Moving the personnel carrier shall be only under powered conditions in a slow controlled. Observe all instructions from those in charge of the operation. Familiar with the method of carrier transfer and is briefed on the method of transfer.13. Insist on being accompanied by an experienced person if transferring for the first time. The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with BSP’s Technical Authority. Free fall is not allowed.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1 Have been briefed and understand the carrier transfer requirements and signed the transfer form. 3.8 General Precautions 1. Rigging used for personnel hoisting must not be used for any other purpose and shall be kept apart from other rigging and clearly identified as only to be used for personnel hoisting. The total weight including personnel transfer carrier. 2. The rigging must be capable of handling 10 times the maximum intended load.13. Automatic brake shall apply in neutral position. seasickness etc. rigging and occupants shall not exceed 50% of the crane's rated capacity for the radius and configuration used. 2 3 4 5 6 7 10. 4. Are physically fit and to declare if they suffer from Vertigo (fear of heights).
Split pins are fitted to the shackles 5.25 times the intended load. split pins and tamper proof seals in position 7.14. Slings are correctly attached and in good order A Sling length of 10m long is recommended. 2. shall be undertaken at the start of each day the personnel carrier will be used. 9. Check all FROG fittings. Slings must be fitted with a high visibility cover 3. the carrier and rigging shall be hoisted a few centimetres and inspected by the CAP. nut and tamper proof seal are fitted correctly and in good order 6.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 10. Check keel plate nut and roll pin are in position 8. 10. Check back up lifting eyebolt. including personnel. and buoyancy are in good order.14. Check seat harnesses operate properly and attachment points are secure. 10.14 Carrier Pre-use inspection checklist 1. Check M16 bolts are secure. framework. After the trial lift and just prior to hoisting the personnel. Frog Personnel transfer capsule Page 55 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard .1 Trial Lifts A trial lift with the unoccupied personnel transfer carrier loaded with ballast at 1. Check lift eye plug is fully engaged 4.2 Correct Method of Using the Frog Carrier 1.
An experienced person shall always accompany an inexperienced people or those not trained in the use of personal carrier. The crane driver may refuse to lift any person who does not comply with the driver's instructions. and exit from the capsule quickly but carefully. The carrier shall be swung over the water once it is clear of all obstructions. it is recommended that a minimum of 3 metres slack be paid out. when advised by the banksman or deck foreman. LOLER 98. The following information is based on the guidance given in: 1. ensure that the personnel carrier is not swung over the side of the platform or vessel until it has been hoisted only high enough that both the carrier and the attached tag lines are clear of all obstructions and potential snagging points. Watch your step as you walk away from the landing area 2. it is recognised that there are situations where this method of operation maybe justified. and be conducted in accordance with this standard. 4. All suspended workbasket operations must be covered by an appropriate Brunei Shell Permit to Work. un-fasten the harness. 6. When landing the carrier on the deck of a vessel an adequate amount of rope must be paid out once the carrier has landed. The amount may need to be increased depending on the sea state/vessel motion. The loaded personnel carrier shall not be raised or lowered directly over a platform or vessel.15 Suspended Work Baskets (Cranes) Suspended workbasket operations are not the preferred method of carrying out work at elevated heights. When transferring personnel. 5. 3. This will prevent any chance of snatching due to vessel movement and give the transferring personnel sufficient time to enter or exit the carrier. Risk Assessment and Lift Plan.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 All personnel travelling on the personnel carrier shall sit and have their seat harness properly secured (adjust harness straps as required). Reg 5 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 56 of 267 . In the event of someone falling off the carrier they will fall into the water and not onto deck of the platform or vessel. Reflex Marine Frog transfer unit 10. Wait until the carrier touches down. However.
5. Agreed to do so. identity and correct colour code.3 Personnel 1. 9.15. The Risk Assessment must consider the practicability of issuing personnel with fall arresters anchored on the workbasket safety anchorage points. Where appropriate warning labels must be attached to equipment to indicate known dangers. or personnel from the workbasket. a secondary system capable of safely lowering the workbasket. b. ASME B30.15. Have received adequate training. If the operation Risk Assessment identifies that there is danger from falling objects.15. 6. the correct operation of these devices must be confirmed before the crane is used. 2. 4. 2. 4.g. All personnel involved in suspended workbasket operations must have. 10. Where a crane is used that has load-limiting and/or slack wire cut-out device. 10. 7. 10. Be fully conversant with the requirements involved. hand-held radio) and a back-up system (e.23 HSE Safety Notice 1/97 10. Personnel in the workbasket must have a primary means of communication/attracting attention (e. or a danger of striking overhead objects as the ‘suspended work basket’ is raised. The workbasket and associated lifting equipment and lifting tackle must be marked with its respective SWL. c. All lifting tackle used in the lift must have safety coefficient of at least twice that required for general lifting. suitable overhead protection for personnel in the carrier must be provided.g. 3. The floor of the workbasket must have a non-slip surface. To cover the event of a failure to the primary lifting system with personnel suspended.2 Equipment 1. The crane shall be uniformly level within 1% of level and shall have firm footing under both crawler tracks or all outrigger pads. Confirm that all personnel in the workbasket are wearing appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). If the workbasket has access doors they must open in-wards and must have a device to prevent inadvertent opening. All lifting equipment and lifting tackle to be used in the operation must be pre-use inspected. Labels shall also be fitted to warn against incorrect usage. Suitable high edge guardrails must be fitted to the workbasket to prevent personnel from falling from the workbasket.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. 3. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 57 of 267 .1 Requirements The following covers the basic safety requirements that must be met when personnel are required to work from a ‘suspended work basket’ that has been raised by a mobile/pedestal crane. 8. 3. whistle) if assistance is required. must be available. Before starting the operation ensure that the wire rope is spooled correctly on the drum. a.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Personnel Engaged in Suspended Work Basket Activities (Offshore & Onshore)
All suspended workbasket operations shall only be carried out using the BSP Permit to Work system. To support the issuance of the permit to work, the attached suspended workbasket operations checklist shall be utilised for each individual transfer (Appendix 6). For guidance on how to complete the work permit refer to HSE Module 03 “Permit to Work Procedure”.
10.16.2 Pre requisites
If a suspended workbasket operation is to be carried out the following must be produced before the operation can start: 1 2. 3. 4. Permit to Work. Risk Assessment. Lift Plan. (written step-by-step instructions) Safety Check List.
All suspended workbasket operations must be subject to a risk assessment (Refer E950311) and a lift plan. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. The risk assessment shall identify all reasonably foreseeable hazards and failure scenarios such that in all suspended workbasket operations the people are protected from being crushed, trapped, struck or falling from the workbasket. Appropriate crane and work basket checks to be recorded in the plan. A competent person shall carry out the checks and supervise the operation defined in the lift plan.
To prevent personnel from walking beneath the suspended workbasket the area beneath the workbasket must be cordoned off. If the work area is over water, personnel in the workbasket must wear an approved flotation device, and have a means of attracting attention in case they fall into the sea.
Ensure a standby vessel is in close proximity with rescue boat ready for immediate launch. The crane operator must check immediately before the lift that the prevailing weather conditions are within the acceptable limits as per 10.20. Check that other criteria required for the operation are met, e.g. personnel are wearing full body harness, and they have been briefed on all facets of the operation.
10.19.1 Crane Suitability
1. A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the crane.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 58 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the crane is suitable for manriding and fully complies with the requirements of ASME B30.23 or Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER 1998). BSP’s Technical Authority must approve cranes used for suspended workbasket operations. BSP’s Technical Authority, prior to approval being granted, shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the crane. Load hooks shall be of the design that can be closed and locked. The mousing of the hook opening is not permitted. All connections between the crane and the suspended workbasket shall be such that they cannot self-release under any circumstances. Articulating or truck loading cranes (HIAB trucks) are not suitable for man riding duties and shall not be used.
Cranes, which are suitable for personnel lifting operations, shall be clearly marked at the operator’s location “SUITABLE FOR MAN RIDING” or “SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PEOPLE”. Cranes with a capacity of less than 10 tonnes shall not be used for suspended workbasket operations.
10.19.2 Work Basket
1. A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the workbasket. The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the workbasket is suitable for suspended work activities. The work basket must be of an approved design and approved by BSP’s Technical Authority BSP’s Technical Authority, prior to approval being granted, shall review all certification pertaining to the workbasket. The purpose-built workbasket shall be designed to an International Standard i.e. BS EN 14502-1, AS 1418 or ASME B30. 23 or equivalent. Two taglines shall be attached to the workbasket, both with a length of 3 metres. There shall be no knots on the tag lines to minimise the chance of snagging. The workbasket lifting gear, master links, slings, etc. shall have a factor of safety of at least 10 to 1. The workbasket shall be equipped with a double safety load line assembly composed of a main wire rope sling and a secondary shock absorbing safety line. The capacity of the wire rope sling and the secondary shock absorbing safety line shall be such that either the sling or safety line shall be able to carry the full load including the safety factor. The shackle type to be used is the bow or safety-anchor type fitted with split pins, that is, bolt, nut and split-pin. An anti-spin device shall be fitted between the load line and the workbasket upper master link. The anti spin device shall have a factor of safety of at least 10 to 1. The worksite Supervisor and/or a Competent Authorised Person (CAP) shall perform subsequent inspections prior to each use. The workbasket shall be thoroughly inspected every six months and load tested every twelve months or as recommend by the workbasket manufacturer.
6. 7. 8.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 59 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
NOTE: SCISSOR ACTION SPRING-LOADED OR SELF LOCKING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR PERSONNEL LIFTING OPERATIONS. REFER FIG 16. 10.20 Environmental Conditions
The weather criteria and maximum MOU or vessel movement for all personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: Maximum wind speed : 15 knots or 28 Km/h steady wind measured at 10 metres above ground level.
The work site supervisor shall ensure that the above weather criteria is met at all times during operation.
Horizontal visibility shall be considered, and shall be at least 500 metres. Vertical visibility shall be such that the tip of the crane boom is always in full view by the crane operator.
Workbasket operations shall only be carried out during daylight hours.
10.20.4 Rainfall & Electrical Storms
If the workbasket operation is proposed during a period of rainfall or electrical storm, consideration shall be given to the severity of the weather, and the operation postponed to more favourable conditions if there is any concern that it could effect the operation. In all cases, when any of the above environmental conditions are exceeded all activities shall cease immediately, and workbasket activities may only resume when the environmental conditions return to acceptable values.
Radio communication shall be established between Work Site Supervisor, Crane Operator (hands free), Banksman and the lifted personnel. The crane operator shall have a full and unobstructed view of the workbasket operating area.
The Crane Operator shall hold a current, valid mobile crane operator's certificate, from a BSP approved training provider, and have a minimum of 6 months experience as a crane operator. The Crane Operator shall also have a minimum of 50 operating hours (logged) operating the crane to be used in the suspended workbasket operation. The crane operator shall not leave the crane controls throughout the duration of the suspended workbasket operation. He shall solely concentrate his activities on the suspended workbasket operation in progress.
The Banksman shall hold a current, valid banksman’s certificate from a BSP approved training facility and have experience of workbasket lifting operations. The banksman shall be easily identified by a brightly coloured banksman’s jacket. They shall also carry a working radio by which they can communicate as described under 10.20.5 “Communications” above.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 60 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
10.20.8 Personnel Working from the Work Basket
Personnel working from the workbasket must be properly attired this includes safety helmet with chinstrap, safety footwear, coverall and approved full body harness. Personnel will only undertake work on a voluntary basis. If they do not wish to work from the workbasket, they will not be forced to do so. See Appendix 6 An experienced person shall always accompany inexperienced people or those not trained in the use of suspended workboxes.
10.20.9 Tool Bags
Only the required tools and materials required to carry out the task shall be allowed in the workbasket.
Toolbox talk shall be held prior to the personnel being hoisted, this will involve the Work Site Supervisor, crane operator, the following elements of the operation shall be included in the tool box talk: Crane actions, movements and signals. Body positions, pinch points and personal stability Personnel protective equipment requirements Safety aspects of the operation – Basket swing, Escape routes etc. Potential emergency situations Expected behaviour of personnel being hoisted
A rescue plan shall be prepared for all personnel hoisting operations. All equipment required to implement the rescue plan shall be readily available prior to and during the operation. Rescue operations can introduce their own hazards; therefore the planning and execution of a rescue requires particular care and attention including additional risk assessments before proceeding.
To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the crane and workbasket, a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. Manufacturer's instruction books recommend that specific tasks be carried out at stated intervals, and these periods shall not be exceeded. They also specify the lubrication points that require attention, the interval or frequency of greasing and oil changes and the grades and quality of lubricant to be used. Furthermore, the instruction books will also cover other essential maintenance such as replacement of filters, frequency for checking the security of fixing bolts and recommended torque settings and other adjustments, e.g. brakes, hydraulic system integrity. An effective planned maintenance system shall recognise the possible need to prohibit the use of the crane until essential maintenance work is carried out.
Administrative and Operational Duties
10.21.1 Work Site Supervisor
1. Familiar with the suspended workbasket requirements.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 61 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
2. 3. 4. 5.
Satisfied with the fitness and training of the people to be work from the work basket Satisfied with the visibility. Check the crane and workbasket have current valid Inspection Certificates. Check the crane and workbasket are registered and approved for workbasket operations with BSP’s Technical Authority. Check suitability of wind speed for crane operations Ensure participants are briefed and understand the requirements for workbasket operations. Ensure that the Supervisors and Banksman are familiar with the workbasket operations requirements and handling of workbaskets. Have verified the competency and experience of the crane driver. Ensure communications are established with all parties concerned for the workbasket operations. Carry out Risk Assessment. Authorise and sign the work permit, transfer request and the transfer checklist for the carrier transfer.
Shall confirm to the work site supervisor the following, 1 2 3 The work basket operations requirements is understood The workbasket is checked, suitable for the operation and is correctly rigged. Have confirmed the personnel working from the workbasket are fit and understand the requirements; a demonstration of how to use the workbasket will be given if required. Communications have been established on a dedicated radio channel. The Banksman is clearly identified. 2 riggers to handle the tag lines. Toolbox meeting held with all parties involved. Only certified and marked equipment is used in the transfer. The personnel are wearing the correct PPE.
4 5 6 7 8 9
10.21.3 Crane Driver
Shall confirm to the work site supervisor the following, 1 2 The crane is fully operational. The environmental conditions are satisfactory for safe operation for the suspended workbasket. Check
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 62 of 267
Are physically fit and to declare if they suffer from Vertigo (Fear of height). The workbasket and lifting gear are in a safe state of repair before use. Familiar with the method of suspended workbasket operations. Understand that the work is purely on voluntary basis. This logbook must be made available for inspection on request.21. Observe all instructions from those in charge of the operation. Page 63 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . 3. etc. Check 10. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10. The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with BSP’s Technical Authority. Follow instructions from the Banksman. That the logbook entry will be made for each lift. Familiar with handling the tag lines. 2.21. Daily crane checks have been completed and signed by the crane driver. Hands free communications have been established. Moving the suspended workbasket shall be only under powered conditions in a slow controlled.21.21. Agreed to the work from the suspended workbasket. That the crane will carry no other load than the workbasket. Clear view of the Banksman. Insist on being accompanied by an experienced person if working from a suspended workbasket for the first time.6 Crane owner’s Requirements The owner of the crane used to suspended workbasket shall ensure that: 1.5 Personnel Working from the Work Basket Shall confirm to the work site supervisor the following 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Have been briefed and understand the suspended workbasket requirements. 10. Know how to control the swing with the tag lines. A logbook is available to enable the crane operator to make entries of each lift.7 General Precautions 1. Check 10.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3 The requirements and requirements for suspended workbasket operations have been understood.4 Riggers Shall confirm to the Banksman/Deck Foreman the following 1 2 3 4 Have been briefed and understand the suspended workbasket requirements. cautious manner.
shall be undertaken at the start of each day the suspended work basket will be used.25 times the intended load. Free fall is not allowed. rigging and occupants shall not exceed 50% of the cranes rated capacity for the radius and configuration used. 10. the workbasket and rigging shall be hoisted a few centimetres and inspected by the CAP. Rigging used for personnel hoisting must not be used for any other purpose and shall be kept apart from other rigging and clearly identified as only to be used for personnel hoisting. However. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. 10.9 Trial Lifts 1. that is. The total weight including suspended workbasket. and be conducted in accordance with this standard. bolt.21. The rigging must be capable of handling 10 times the maximum intended load. After the trial lift and just prior to hoisting the personnel.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. All hoisted workbasket operations must be covered by an appropriate Brunei Shell Permit to Work.22 Work Baskets (Fork Lift Trucks) Hoisted workbasket operations are not a preferred method of carrying out work at elevated heights. 5. 2. it is recognised that there are situations where this method of operation maybe justified. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 64 of 267 . The load line hoist drum shall have controlled load lowering. 3.21. Slings are correctly attached and in good order Check safety harnesses attachment points are secure. Automatic brake shall apply in neutral position.8 Carrier Pre-use Inspection Check Longer leg Slings must be fitted with a high visibility cover The shackle type to be used is the bow or anchor type fitted with split pins. including personnel. nut and split-pin. 4. 10. risk assessment and lift plan. A trial lift with the unoccupied work basket carrier loaded with ballast at 1.
The working platform must be effectively secured to the truck's elevating carriage or forks to prevent it being displaced or tipping unduly. 2. Personnel carried on a platform must also be protected against any overhead hazards that might exist (e.23.23 10. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 65 of 267 . Reg 5 HSE Safety Notice 1/97 ASME B30. 2. when the working platform is loaded with personnel. BSP’s Technical Authority prior to approval being granted shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the fork lift truck. To ensure security and stability in use. from coming into contact with rafters in the ceiling). 8.g.23 or Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER 1998).BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The following information is based on the guidance given in: 1. The forklift shall be uniformly level within 1% of level grade and shall firm footing under all wheels. Effective screens or guards must be fitted to prevent personnel in the carrier from coming into contact with dangerous parts on the fork truck. 2. The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the forklift truck is suitable for personnel hoisting (man-riding) and fully comply with the requirements of ASME B30. 6. 3. 10.22. Suitable edge protection and toe boards. 7. 4. 5.1 Requirements The following covers the basic safety requirements that must be met when personnel are required to work from a ‘suspended work basket’ that has been raised by a fork lift truck. Suitable means of communication between the truck operator and the person(s) on the platform must be provided. The working platform must be effectively secured to the truck's elevating carriage or fork to prevent it being displaced or tipping unduly. LOLER 98. 10.1 Fork Lift Truck Suitability 1. BSP’s Technical Authority must approve forklift trucks for use in personnel hoisting duties. 4. 3. WARNING PERSONNEL MUST NEVER BE LIFTED ON FORK TRUCK ARMS OR ON A PALLET BALANCED ON THE FORK ARMS OF A LIFT TRUCK. tools and materials it must be fully compatible with the lift truck on which it is fitted. 3.22. Suitable warning labels must be present to inform personnel in the carrier of any dangers. A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the forklift truck.23 Critera 10.2 Equipment 1.
10.4 Daylight Personnel hoisting operations shall only be carried out during daylight hours. 10. AS 1418 or ASME B30. 10.23. from a BSP approved training provider.5 Communications Radio communication shall be established between Work Site Supervisor.23. The forklift truck operator shall not leave the forklift truck controls throughout the duration of the personnel hoisting operation. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 66 of 267 . 3. Forklift trucks with a capacity of less than 5 tonnes shall not be used for personnel hoisting operations. supply hose). The certificate issued by the surveyor shall clearly indicate the work basket is suitable for personnel hoisting. A holding device (such as a load holding check valve) shall be provided in the hydraulic systems to prevent uncontrolled movement of the work basket in the event of a hydraulic system failure (e. which are suitable for personnel hoisting operations. BSP’s Technical Authority.23. 2. valid forklift truck operator's certificate. 4. prior to approval being granted. 10. shall review all certification and maintenance records pertaining to the work basket. forklift truck Operator (hands free) and the lifted personnel. He shall solely concentrate his activities on the personnel hoisting operation in progress. 6.g. The forklift truck Operator shall also have a minimum of 50 operating hours (logged) operating the forklift truck to be used in the personnel hoisting operation. 5. shall be clearly marked at the operator’s location “SUITABLE FOR MAN RIDING” or “SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PEOPLE”. 10. A surveyor from an independent third party certification authority shall certify the work basket.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5.23. The purpose-built work basket shall be designed to an International Standard i. 10. he working platform shall be thoroughly inspected every six months and load tested every twelve months or as recommend by the work basket manufacturer.6 Forklift Truck Operator The forklift truck operator shall hold a current. Forklift trucks. 23 or equivalent. The worksite Supervisor and/or a Competent Authorised Person (CAP) shall perform subsequent inspections prior to each use.e.2 Personnel Work Basket 1.3 Weather The weather criteria for personnel lifting operations shall be as follows: Maximum wind speed : 25 km/h steady wind measured at 10 metres above ground level The worksite Supervisor shall ensure that the weather criteria are is at all times during hoisting operations.7 Worksite Supervisor The worksite supervisor shall have experience of personnel hoisting operations. and have a minimum of 6 months experience as a forklift truck operator.23. BS EN 14502-1.23.
coverall and approved full body harness. movements and signals. e. See Appendix 6 An experienced person shall always accompany inexperienced people or those not trained in the use of elevated work boxes.23. pinch points and personal stability Personnel protective equipment requirements Safety aspects of the operation Potential emergency situations Expected behaviour of personnel being hoisted 10.23.23.12 Planned maintenance To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the forklift truck and work basket.5 “Communications” above. frequency for checking the security of fixing bolts and recommended torque settings and other adjustments. 10. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 67 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 He shall also carry a working radio by which he can communicate as described under 10.11 Recovery Arrangements A rescue plan shall be prepared for all personnel hoisting operations. Body positions. the instruction books will also cover other essential maintenance such as replacement of filters. The Risk Assessment must consider the practicability of issuing personnel with fall arresters anchored on the workbasket safety anchorage points. a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. They also specify the lubrication points that require attention. 10. All equipment required to implement the rescue plan shall be readily available prior to and during the operation. they will not be forced to do so.10 Toolbox Talk Toolbox talk shall be held prior to the personnel being hoisted. the following elements of the operation shall be included in the tool box talk: Forklift truck actions.9 Tool Bags Only the required tools and materials required to carry out the task shall be allowed in the work basket.23. therefore the planning and execution of a rescue requires particular care and attention including additional risk assessments before proceeding. 10. forklift truck Operator. Manufacturer's instruction books recommend that specific tasks be carried out at stated intervals.23. hydraulic system integrity. safety footwear. and these periods shall not be exceeded. Furthermore. Rescue operations can introduce their own hazards. this will involve the Work Site Supervisor.23. Personnel will only undertake work on a voluntary basis. An effective planned maintenance system shall recognise the possible need to prohibit the use of the forklift truck until essential maintenance work is carried out. If they do not wish to work from the work basket. the interval or frequency of greasing and oil changes and the grades and quality of lubricant to be used.g.8 Personnel Working from the Work Basket Personnel working from the work basket must be properly attired this includes safety helmet with chinstrap. brakes. 10.
e. To identify lifting parameters needed to execute the work. To constantly monitor the approved lifting plan and identify improvement for future work. These types of arrangements shall be considered as a floating crane. b. Supply/Anchorhandling vessels and stand-by vessels Shuttle tankers Dredgers. Examples of marine vessels where this section will apply a. d. and this has to be taken into account. Crane barges Dredgers.3 Responsibilities WHO Competent Authorised Person Project Manager Executing Dept. a person who is approved by BSP’s technical authority to undertake the day-to-day control of lifting equipment in his designated area. c. has equipment which complies with the marine vessels classification society’s rules and this standard. To identify the need for a mobile crane based on his/her workscope requirement. The position of the crane on the marine vessel affects the trim and stability of the combination. the list is not exhaustive. This section provides the requirements which shall be followed when using a mobile crane on a marine vessel. This section specifies the minimum requirements for the marine vessels listed below. WHAT Competent Authorised Person. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-G01 (section 4 page 15) 11.2 Scope The scope of this section covers the use of mobile cranes mounted on marine vessels. using cranes with clam shells or buckets. however. f. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 68 of 267 . To source a certified mobile crane from registered contractor/operator under their current contract. Examples of marine vessels where this section will not apply a.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11 USE OF MOBILE CRANES ON MARINE VESSELS 11.1 Purpose It is not Brunei Shell Petroleum Company Sendirian Berhad (BSP) practice to allow the use of mobile cranes on marine vessels however. Pipe laying ships and barges. It is the duty of the Contract Holder to ensure that any marine vessel where lifting operations are undertaken offshore. c. except those fitted with cranes using clam shells or buckets Survey vessels Jack up rigs Drilling Vessels 11. their use shall only be allowed when the requirements of this standard is strictly adhered to. b.
type of marine vessel and operational requirements. ballast counterweight and load radius configuration conform to the crane manufactures or an authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft specifications. will not be suitable.free on outriggers Wheel mount .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Contractor/Crane supplier Technical Authority To establish crane capacity and boom length in order to carry-out the given workscope safely and in accordance with this standard. the prospective suitability of various types of mobile cranes for use on barges. Not all. 11. and dynamic loading. witnessing of these certifications by BSP’s Technical Authority is not required. enclosed gear drives and brakes are preferred opposed to mechanically driven cranes using open gear drives and open brakes/clutches. To review and approve lifting plan submitted by contractor/crane supplier via the Executing Department. shall include verification that tie downs.outriggers tied-down Wheel mount . 11. the certification and load-testing of the mobile crane requires to be undertaken by a third party surveyor from a classification society and witnessed by BSP’s Technical Authority. e. are equally suitable. It is not as stable as a tracked/crawler crane for the same duty and/or operating conditions. It shall be noted that the certification and load-testing of the mobile crane. which can be considered for lifting operations offshore.4. supports.fixed chassis Crawler crane . Powered Mobile Crawler Jib Crane.tied-down Crawler crane .fixed chassis BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Sea lifts NP NP POSS YES POSS YES YES Page 69 of 267 Inboard lifts NP NP POSS YES POSS YES YES . TABLE 1 Monohull TYPE OF MOBILE CRANE & MODE OF USE Wheel mount .. There are several types of mobile cranes initially designed for land-based operations. Mobile cranes require to be certified in accordance with the latest revision of BSP-72-Procedure012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” (PLIC).1 Crane Suitability It shall be noted that mobile cranes are particularly sensitive to external influences such as environmental effects.g.free lifting/travelling on tyres Wheel mount . To constantly monitor the approved plan and identify improvement for future. integrated control systems. because of tyre floatation effects and shorter wheelbase. PLIC 002 table 2. The suitability of a mobile crane for use on a marine vessel shall therefore be carefully appraised according to service requirements. however. vessel movements. Powered Mobile Wheeled Jib Mobile cranes that feature all hydraulic power transmission. TABLE 1 outlines in general terms. Subsequent certification of the mobile crane shall be at the time intervals detailed in BSP-72Procedure-012.4 Requirements 11.free lifting / travelling on tracks Crawler crane .2 Types of Mobile Cranes Crane. a wheel-mounted crane.4. Certification and load-testing of the mobile crane must be undertaken after the crane has been mounted on the marine vessel and prior to utilisation in Brunei.
Other factors for consideration when selecting mobile cranes for use offshore are as follows: Cranes.4.4. Crane upper works mounted on a pedestal. the crane chassis is anchored with tiedowns to the deck and the boom lowered onto a boom rest. Securing arrangements must comply with vessel’s “cargo securing manual” requirements if applicable. Example: 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 NP YES Not Permitted Preferred option POSS Possible option. is anchored or restrained on a marine vessel and is subjected to tipping forces. Crane upper works still mounted on the chassis. with crawlers removed. which is securely fastened to a marine vessel so the crane is restrained from tipping. Crane with the chassis anchored with tie-downs to the deck. The risk assessment shall be appraised by the contractor and the executing department and submitted to BSP’s Technical Authority for review.2.2 Deck Mounted Cranes A deck mounted crane is a mobile crane that still has their tracks or tyres attached. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 70 of 267 . which is securely fastened to the deck.1 Fixed Mobile Cranes Fixed mobile crane is a crane. will be considered by BSP's Technical Authority on a case-by-case basis. 2. which operate with outriggers deployed. which is securely fastened to the deck. Booms shall have adequate torsional stiffness.2. arising from dynamic lifting operations. 2. Example: 1. Box section booms of the type used on ram luffing/telescoping cranes are not considered suitable. Refer to IMO (International Maritime Organisation) cargo and securing guidelines for further information. 3. Mobile cranes fixed. 11. Crane working on a timbered area of a marine vessel with travel restrained by side constraints and end stops. tied-down or pedestal mounted shall still be considered as mobile cranes. where a risk assessment has been performed that shows that the risks are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). They shall be strictly appraised in accordance with this section. When not working. 11. which are not included in the classification society register of lifting gear. or are not covered by this standard. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. rigidity and lateral stability for the service specified. Note: All other types of mobile cranes on marine vessels. shall have the facility to withstand any high pressure generated in the outrigger's hydraulic system. but which.
supports. The rated capacity indicator has been recalibrated to reflect the crane list capacity chart displayed in crane operators cabin. Naval Architect or Warranty Surveyor.5 Crane Stability for Deck Mounted Cranes The minimum stability margin for a deck-mounted crane shall be 1. 2. The certification and load-testing of the mobile crane shall be undertaken after the crane has been mounted on the marine vessel and prior to utilisation in Brunei.4. The limiting weather and sea state specified in 11. this certification and load-testing of the mobile crane shall be undertaken by a third party surveyor from a classification society and witnessed by BSP’s Technical Authority.5. 11. In conjunction with BSP-72-Procedure-012. Subsequent inspections and load tests of the mobile crane shall be at the time intervals detailed in BSP-72-Procedure-012. It is preferable to have crane capacity charts based on allowable crane list supplied by the crane manufacturer.4. 1.e.4. Where this is not possible.33 X the safe working load. verification that ties downs. 11. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 71 of 267 .6 Crane Inspection The mobile crane shall be inspected. 11. ballast counterweight and load radius configuration conform to the crane manufactures or an authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft specifications. static or dynamic lifting.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11. witnessing of these inspections and load tests by BSP’s Technical Authority is not required. load testing and certified in accordance with the latest revision of BSP-72-Procedure-012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” (PLIC). PLIC 002 table 126.96.36.199 Crane Age Mobile cranes considered for use on a marine vessel shall fully meet the lifetime time limits stated in the latest revision of BSP-72-Procedure-012 “Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification” (PLIC). Stability testing of the deck-mounted crane shall be carried out if the crane has been de-rated from its land-based duties to achieve a stability margin of 33%. Capacity chart’s for a deck-mounted crane shall be based on stability (tipping). The capacity charts shall be confirmed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society. PLIC 002 the certification of the crane shall include the following additional areas. Capacity chart’s supplied for a fixed mobile crane shall be based on structural strength.4 Crane Capacity The capacity charts displayed in the operators cab shall clearly show the maximum crane list the crane can safely operate at. The following must be ascertained prior to inspection and load testing: The crane’s allowable rated capacity whilst working on the marine vessel (taking account of the capacity charts obtained in accordance with 11. an authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft shall provide capacity charts and the maximum amount of crane list the charts are applicable for.5). The charts will reflect the type of crane mounting and operating conditions i. The crane’s load indicator shall be recalibrated to reflect the cranes reduced capacity charts.
shall be agreed between the marine vessel’s Classification Society or Naval Architect and the crane manufacturer/supplier. require to be tied-down or fixed at dedicated locations on the deck. slew bearing and fasteners and all primary load carrying pins. boom. The contractor shall liaise with the CSR on site who in turn. The calculations of all forces transmitted to the marine vessel’s structure and the sequence of failure report in conjunction with the lift programme that the mobile crane is intended to be used for.1 Vessel deck Strength The vessel’s Classification Society or Naval Architect shall verify that the vessel’s deck is strong enough. the method of fixing via welding.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11. the use of mobile cranes for free lifting shall not be BSP’s preferred option. under all operating conditions and the cranes operating area for the use of the proposed mobile crane. 11.6.6 Mobile Cranes Tied-Down. A-frame. The crane supplier shall provide copies of the approved calculations and the sequence of failure report to BSP’s Technical Authority for review. (on site conditions NOT weather forecast data) as advised by the crane manufacturer or the authority experienced in crane design and stability of craft. In all cases when the above sea state values are exceeded the mobile crane shall have the boom lowered onto the boom rest.5. hydraulic rams (luffing and outriggers).2 Mobile cranes tied-down Mobile crane’s operating on a marine vessel. Free Lifting and Travelling With Load 11..6. Crane activities can only resume when the sea states fall below the above stated values.3 Mobile cranes free lifting Because of the particularly large and random motions of monohull marine vessel’s arising from wave action. Significant wave height : Maximum list : The master of the marine vessel or attending marine vessel shall demonstrate that the above weather criteria are met at all times during lifting operations. will liaise with the Marine Department of Brunei Shell Petroleum (SMR) to confirm the sea state values. outriggers. turnbuckles etc. of not more than 2 metres. 11.5 Weather Criteria and Mobile Offshore Unit (MOU) Stability 11. shall be assessed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society. The location of the tie-down points on the crane/marine vessel and. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 72 of 267 . All crane tie-down welds to be subjected to 100% volumetric and surface inspection methods prior to utilisation in Brunei. The crane tie-down welds shall be subject to 100% visual inspection every six months and 100% volumetric and surface inspection annually. under all operating conditions to prevent the crane from breaking off the deck or moving on the marine vessel. and a 3° roll and 2 deg pitch of the vessel. bedplate. Naval Architect or a BSP recognised warranty surveyor. 11. The supplier shall provide a critical assessment of the strength and failure mode sequence of the tie-down points and of the crane’s primary load path elements including as appropriate. chassis. car body.6. The crane supplier shall verify that the method used to fasten or restrain the crane to the deck is strong enough.1 Weather Criteria And Mobile Offshore Unit Stability The weather criteria and maximum MOU movement for all mobile cranes on marine vessel operations shall be as follows: Maximum wind speed : 20 knots steady wind measured at 10 metres above the sea. bolting.
Wheel mounted cranes shall not be considered suitable and are therefore not permitted. b. 11. f.. particularly when the motion of the marine vessel can cause the load to pendulum and adversely affect the stability of the crane. shall be assessed and approved by the marine vessel’s Classification Society. BSP's Technical Authority shall carefully consider cranes travelling with load on a case-by-case basis. When not working. they must fully meet the requirements of 11. bearers etc. under any forces arising from a). based on the weather criteria and maximum MOU movement detailed in Para 11. The deck structure of the marine vessel and any mats/bearers used. only after approval has been granted by BSP’s Technical Authority shall work commence. b). The maximum force that would cause the crane to tip. move. the use of mobile cranes travelling with load shall not be BSP’s preferred option.3 and be shown to be ALARP. 11. d). the effects of tyre floatation will add to the pendulum problem. Naval Architect or a BSP recognised warranty surveyor. Tractive forces i. forces to propel/travel the crane. the crane chassis is required to be anchored with tie-downs to the deck and the boom lowered on to a boom rest. Braking forces when arresting travelling and/or slewing and. c. BSP's Technical Authority shall carefully consider free lifting on a case-by-case basis.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 However. Where cranes are required to free lift. spread or cause any de-stabilising effects under any operating condition and. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix.4 Mobile cranes travelling with load Because of the particularly large and random motions of monohull marine vessel’s arising from wave action. Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. used to spread these forces are positively and effectively secured to the deck of the marine vessel. where cranes are required to free lift.e. decelerating the load hoist and boom. The supplier shall provide a critical assessment of the cranes stability.5 Mobile cranes used for basket transfer Mobile cranes operating on marine vessels shall NOT be used for the transfer of personnel. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 73 of 267 . c). only after approval has been granted by BSP’s Technical Authority shall work commence. A risk assessment shall be performed that shows that the risks are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). Any mats/bearers used to carry the load across the deck of the barge shall not deviate. the crane must work on a timbered area and have travel restrained by side constraints and end stops. The crane supplier shall provide copies of the approved calculations and the critical assessment report to BSP’s Technical Authority for review. e) and f) below. All crane tie-down welds to be subjected to 100% volumetric and surface inspection methods prior to utilisation in Brunei. The calculations of all forces transmitted to the marine vessel’s structure and the critical assessment. Forces induced by any motion of the barge. (refer table 1). Dynamic forces including any forces arising from offleads/sideleads Forces generated by steering and spragging of the crane. However. The crane tie-down welds shall be subject to 100% visual inspection every six months and 100% volumetric and surface inspection annually. where cranes are required to travel with the load.188.8.131.52. e. shall be adequate to support all forces generated by the operation and test loading of the crane including: a. d. On wheel mounted cranes. The supplier shall ensure that the provision of any mats.
4.8.7 Documentation 11. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . 5. weekly and monthly inspections. that no loss of fluids such as lubricating oil and coolant is apparent. tie-downs and associated equipment to be determined and its fitness for further operation to be properly addressed. however they occur.6 Procedures The contractor shall provide a procedure for the safe use of the mobile crane on the marine vessel. Check that all ropes are correctly positioned on their sheaves and drums have not been displaced.8 Periodic Checks 11. 11.2 to 11. 1. carried out on the crane. Records of any defects.3 have been carried out. 2.2 Daily At the beginning of each shift or working day that the crane is in use the following routine checks. The crane log of daily. The records shall be clearly identifiable with the crane to which they refer. Whatever method is used shall be adequate to ensure that the records allow a relevant coherent history of the crane to be readily retrieved. It is possible the crane operator could be authorised to carry out periodic checks. 6.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11. Copies of the manufacturer's certificate of tests stating specified and actual breaking load and the rope construction for all the ropes fitted to the crane. NDT reports and previous certificates of inspections. by inspecting relevant levels and/or components. Copies of the crane maintenance schedules and maintenance records. and are sufficient to enable the condition of the crane. incidents. 11. Records of significant repairs and modifications to the crane including renewal of major parts and confirmation of completion including signatures of responsible persons. The procedure shall be forwarded to BSP’s Technical Authority for review and approval. records of thorough examinations and inspections.8.6. Visually check that no electrical equipment is exposed to contamination by oil. The records shall include the following as a minimum: 1. 7. 3. Checks as required by the manufacturer's handbook. 11. dangerous occurrences reportable accidents. Page 74 of 267 3. to the extent that he maybe considered competent. Visually check. grease.8.1 Records Records shall be maintained by the Competent Authorised Person for the crane. It is not important in which format the records are kept. tie-downs and any other associated equipment. as appropriate for the type of crane. shall be carried out.7. 4. Hours worked 2. Test certificates. water or dirt. NOTE.8.1 General The Chief engineer shall ensure that the checks given in 11. shock loadings. including ropes.
g. Check hook(s) and other load lifting attachments. e. flattening. check that the crane is in a tidy condition and free from tins of oil. Check condition of the slew motor and gearing and slew brakes to ensure full control of slewing inertia when vessel is rolling. e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. missing and bent bracings on bridges and strut jibs. Check operation and adjustment of controllers. 14. Check the hook shank thread and securing nut for undue movement. using caution in making checks in case of malfunction. 9. Check and test slew motors. Visually inspect all ropes for broken wires. brakes. 10. that access and egress are adequate and that the appropriate fire fighting equipment is available. By varying the load lifting attachment radius without load. indentations and unusual rubbing marks on telescopic jibs. cracked welds and loose bolts and other fasteners. 12. 9. 11. 10. On hydraulic machines check for creep of hydraulic rams. slew pinion and brakes to ensure ingerity. Check slew lock if fitted. basket distortion or other signs of damage. Page 75 of 267 4. Check that there are no obstructions in the path of travel of the crane. tools or materials other than those for which storage provision is made. 1. Checks as required by the manufacturer's handbook. 8. safety catch(es) and swivel(s) for damage. 2. rags. bulges. worn bushes or seizure. pins and retaining devices and check all sheaves for damage.g. the following checks as appropriate for the type of crane shall be carried out. Check that the rated capacity indicator is set for its correct duty and that the manufacturer's daily test is carried out. Check that lights. free movement or wear. In the interests of safety and fire prevention. Check the operation of all limit switches or cut outs and the dead man's handle or lever. Check that the load radius scale is appropriate to the jib configuration fitted if the equipment is separate from that in item 6. check the correct movement of the equipment in items 6 and 7. 6. Check satisfactory operation of all audible warning devices. Check correct function of all crane controls without load. 15. Check all rope terminations. 7. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . 13. 16.8. 11. 3.3 Weekly Once a week. Inspect the structure for damage. 5. swivels. when the crane is in use. Check that the correct air pressure is maintained in any pneumatic control system. excessive wear and surface corrosion. 6. windscreen wiper(s) and washers operate efficiently. 8. 7. Check effectiveness of brakes and clutches. Check the rated capacity indicator in accordance with the operating instructions. which can indicate wear or corrosion.
Consideration can be given.2 Planned maintenance To ensure safe and satisfactory operation of the crane. lengths.1 General Provision shall be made to ensure that throughout its use the crane. An effective planned maintenance system shall recognise the possible need to prohibit the use of the crane until essential maintenance work is carried out. 4. The appointed person shall be satisfied that adequate information. shock loads. tie-downs and other equipment used in the lifting operation are maintained in a satisfactory condition. giving information on the major components used in the crane manufacture. a properly planned maintenance system shall be established and used. construction and breaking loads. A record (11. They also specify the lubrication points that require attention.9. 11. where appropriate.g. to stocking certain expendable items and other parts to minimise down time in the event of crane breakdown. 3. defects found at any other time.9 Maintenance 11.7. any defects found during daily or weekly checks. gear boxes. draining intervals of air receivers.4 Reporting of defects and incidents The Competent Authorised Person shall ensure the CSR and the project engineer are immediately notified of the following: 1. 2. incidents or accidents. 11. drives.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11. Furthermore. The frequency and extent of such maintenance shall take account of all factors that affect the crane in carrying out its work. pumps. the instruction books will also cover other essential maintenance such as replacement of filters. winches. the interval or frequency of greasing and oil changes and the grades and quality of lubricant to be used. Manufacturer's instruction books recommend that specific tasks be carried out at stated intervals and these periods shall not be exceeded. dangerous occurrences or reportable accidents. electrical and hydraulic equipment and switch gear.g. clutches and brakes. e. 11.3 Replacement Parts Replacement parts shall comply with the manufacturer's specification or an equivalent standard. e. is available and that the maintenance is carried out by trained personnel who have adequate knowledge of the correct procedures.1) shall be kept for the crane. Enter results of checks in the records of inspections. manufacturer's instructions. however they occur.9.8. make and model of motors. 11. rope diameters. 5.9.g. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 76 of 267 . frequency for checking the security of fixing bolts and recommended torque settings and other adjustments. e. however slight.
2. 2. Check the transmission fluid level.1 Pre-start vehicle inspection 1. Check the engine oil level. 13.2 Ignition ON checks Check/Test the standard equipment 1. Only properly trained and certified people are allowed to operate forklift trucks within BSP worksites. The wearing of the seat belt is obligatory.2. 12. ensure they are not bent or damaged. 6 and 20 tons. An acoustic reversing drive alarm is required to be installed. Mast assembly for wear. 11. Check the capacity rating plate is fitted and readable. 10. ensure anchors are secure. A bright orange revolving light shall be installed and must operate while the forklift truck is in use. Check the hydraulic fluid level. 5. 3. 7. and brake lights Fuel gauge (if diesel) Rated Capacity Indicator (if fitted) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 77 of 267 .1 FORK LIFT TRUCKS General The forklift trucks used for goods handling in BSP worksites range in capacity 3. Check seat belt condition and operation. tail. All hydraulic rams and cylinders and hoses for leaks. including anchorages. 8. Check the engine coolant level. Forklift trucks must be equipped with a protection device that protects the operator in case of roll-over. As a minimum the following checks shall be made: - 12. 6. Check fuel level and fuel gauge. lateral locks are present and working. Overhead guard for security.2. 14. Front. 12.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 12.2 Pre-Use At the start of every shift it is the forklift operator’s duty to carry out a visual check on the truck to ensure it is in a safe condition. 3. 9. Lift chains and rollers for wear and damaged links. Check the battery condition. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-G01 (section 9 page 20) 12. Condition of the wheels and tyres. Forks. 4. 12.
i. Forklift truck’s that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution. each motion individually at first then by combination of two or more motions simultaneously as appropriate. Checking for structural integrity. iv. Checking all control linkage for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication. 5.2. d. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the fork lift truck was out of use but also on the location of the fork lift truck during this period. 5. access.4 Pre-use checks for forklift trucks not in use for an extended period of time In cases where a forklift truck is not used for an extended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used. h. iii. Ammeter indicator lamp. b. and then repeating the test with a load. Amber warning light Windshield wiper. Checking all hoist chains for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication.2. rotator etc. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 78 of 267 . 2. g. missing components. f. the following checks. v. 6. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 4. 4. Checking for corrosion on the structure. ii. Steering Brakes Horn Lights Check the operation of any load-handling attachments. etc. a. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain. Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices. c. Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the forklift truck. seals or other components for evidence of deterioration. Water Temperature Gauge. dents. if fitted Acoustic reversing alarm 12. e. Ammeter. 6. Hour Meter. as a minimum. Testing of every motion without load. for example cracks. 3. Check the gauges Oil pressure indicator lamp. 12. control linkages etc. Checking hoses.3 Engine Running Checks 1. Forklift truck’s standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection.
or in the absence as general rule. 3. 2. If an operator becomes aware of any health condition. Operators must be aware of hazards in and at the perimeter of their areas of operation. Forklift truck manual The current certificate of examination The safe working load chart. When not in use.5 Documents The following documents must be present on the forklift truck: 1. keep to the left.4 Parking When unattended. Forklift truck operators shall wear a high visibility vest to aid visibility both while driving and at any time when they leave the operation position. 9. 12.2. 3. 8. forklift trucks must be parked in secured areas where access by unauthorised personnel is restricted. 7.6 Hazardous Zone Requirements Any forklift truck that is required to be operated in a zone 1 or zone 2 area requires to fully comply with the requirements of BSP-14-02-Standard-001. 4. 5.2. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 79 of 267 . A logbook shall be used to control the issuing and return of the keys. sharp braking or fast turning Be cautious when travelling on slopes.3 Operations Personnel must not operate forklift trucks unless they comply with the competency standards stated in Appendix 1 of BSP-ASS-Guidline-006. forklift trucks must be left with the fork arms tilted forward and lowered to rest on the ground or deck. 6. 12. 12. the key removed and the handbrake applied. Not carry passengers Not allow pedestrians to walk under the load Not drive in a direction where visibility is blocked Not attempt stacking and dismantling stacks on inclines Avoid fast accelerating. uneven or pot-holed surfaces Take care when operating in the vicinity of pedestrians or other vehicles Obey traffic regulations. Operators must not drive or operate a forklift truck unless they are in good health. Ignition keys must be kept in a safe place and only issued to authorised operators for the duration of the duty period or task. Forklift truck operators must – 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 12. which may affect their performance they must inform their supervisors. and are specifically authorised to do so. The engine must be switched off. 2.
Forklift trucks must only be used in areas where there is enough room for safe operation. Forklift trucks must not be operated on excessive gradients. BSP 13. Special care must be taken to avoid hazards such as loading bays. Driving on public roads must be restricted to an absolute minimum. Also refer to work instruction. (In general.) Forklift trucks must not be operated across gradients. other vehicles and hazards within their area of operations. racks and other plant. excavations. road humps and rough or soft surfaces are to be avoided. pipe work. Sharp bends and overhead obstructions must be avoided as far as possible. Forklift trucks must only be driven on suitable surfaces. “Use of Goods Handling Equipment (Forklifts Trucks). It shall be necessary to raise the forks slightly at the bottom of a slope to avoid grounding.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 12. Particular care must be taken to ensure that forklift trucks used in aisles have enough room to circulate and manoeuvre either loaded or unloaded. forklift trucks shall be driven forwards up a slope.5 Area of Operating Forklift truck operators must only drive in areas where they are authorised to do so. Figure 2 No Passengers on Fork Lifts BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 80 of 267 .00-W-002” for additional precautions and the pre-operation checks required. Care must be taken at all times during forklift truck operations to avoid pedestrians. Forklift trucks must not be operated in confined areas where there is a possibility of exhaust fumes accumulating. backwards down a slope and in line with the incline. columns.03.
Attachments must only be used as prescribed. 12. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 81 of 267 . The capacity is defined by a given weight with the center of gravity at a longitudinal distance from the face of the forks. Attachments must be manufactured by a recognised specialist manufacturer and must be certified in accordance with BSP-72-Procedure-012.6 Capacity Capacities of forklift trucks are rated by the manufacturer and under no circumstances must these capacities be exceeded. especially on uneven surfaces and while cornering.8 Attachments Forklift trucks must only use attachments that have been specially designed for use on the forklift trucks. It is stated as a maximum weight at a maximum load centre. 5. 2. and for the load intended. forklift trucks must be driven with the forks in the lowered position and with the mast slightly tilted back. Wherever possible. Forklift trucks must only be used for loads. In particular. Loads must be correctly placed and secured on the forks to avoid tipping forwards or sideways.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Figure 3 Stability of Fork Lift Truck's 12. 3. A forklift truck with a rated load of 3000kgs at 500mm centres will be able to carry only 2500kgs at 600mm load centres. The forks shall be so adjusted to ensure that the fork heels do not touch the ground. Non-standard. 4. Movement with loads in excessively raised positions must be avoided to minimise the danger of toppling. Rated weight x Rated distance New Distance = 3000 x 500 30 = 2500kgs 12.7 1. long tubes must be carried using appropriate attachments. un-packaged and excessively wide loads must be avoided wherever possible. which can be carried safely on the forks or attachments fitted. Loads and Handling Forklift trucks must only be used to lift loads within their certified capacity.
Driving rough terrain forklift trucks on public roads must be kept to a minimum. forks must be painted or otherwise made highly visible. 6. 4. Operators must ensure that the parking brake is capable of holding the forklift truck stationary on an incline. Special care must be taken near power lines and other materials handling vehicles such as mobile cranes. Rough terrain forklift truck operators must wear seatbelts while operating their vehicles. Loss of traction due to the nature of the terrain or weight transfer taking load off the driving wheels is to be avoided. Care must be taken at all times to ensure that traction is retained. 2. 12.9 Rough Terrain The operation of rough terrain forklift trucks involves special hazards. any consequential de-rating of lifting capacity is not exceeded. 3. 7.) Checks for overhead obstructions must be made before lifting and transporting loads. Care must be taken and speeds minimised to reduce the risk of load toppling caused by the imbalance induced when operating on rough terrain. When public road travel is necessary. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 82 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Care must be taken to ensure that where attachments are used. folded or protected in some way so that they do not present a hazard to other road users. which require additional care and consideration: 1. (Some rough terrain vehicles are capable of climbing inclines steeper than those on which the parking brake will hold the vehicle. 5. Where this is not possible. fork arms must be removed.
Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices. 13. gears. inspection. damaged control cables.1 Identification of Mobile Aerial Platforms.2. cracks. Manually Propelled Elevating Aerial Platforms. bearings. and operation of mechanical handling equipment. Boom Supported Elevating Work Platforms. The identification and rated load/applicable capacity ratings shall be clearly marked on the mobile aerial platform. or distortion such as pins. Hydraulic system for proper oil level. Inspect hydraulic or pneumatic systems for observable deterioration or leakage and check hydraulic system for proper oil level if suspect. and Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms. 12. and loose cable/wire connections. Inspect chains or wire rope for wear or distortion. 13. Hydraulic and pneumatic fittings hoses and tubing for evidence of leakage abnormal deformation. couplings. 4.General The design. 7.1. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-G01 (section 10 page 22) 13. 4 3. 6.2 Pre-Use Operational Checks These inspections shall be performed each day the mobile aerial platform is used and shall include the following: 1. 8. signs of deterioration. shafts. 11. 9. testing. maintenance. 13. 10.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 13.2 Aerial Platforms This section applies to those platforms. rollers and locking devices. 5. Condition and tightness of bolts and other fasteners. Check safety devices for malfunction. maintenance and operation of this equipment shall comply with an international standard or manufacturer's association rules. Inspect for defects such as cracked welds. and instructions.2.2. personnel certification. Check operating and control mechanisms for proper function. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 83 of 267 . or abrasion. Legible and proper markings of controls ratings. 13.1 Design Criteria . Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders and holding valves for malfunction and visible damage. Inspect mechanical parts for any signs of wear. Inspect electrical equipment for signs of malfunction.1 MECHANICAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT General Requirements This section establishes minimum standards for the design. and dust and moisture accumulation.
obstructed path of travel. and travelling operations. rain. soft earth. the operator shall have read and understood the manufacturer's operating instructions and safety rules. Personnel must: a. etc). 2. and other possible hazardous conditions. and travelling operations. the manufacturers' recommendations.3 Use Operations. wind.. c. 4. ditches. productivity. Before each use. 5. Repairs and adjustments shall be made before operations begin. tools. have been trained and have read and understood all decals and warnings on the equipment. including all limit switches and outrigger drift switches. Consideration must be given to prevailing environmental conditions (e. sail area) before commencing operations. Fall protection is required at all times for personnel using mobile aerial platforms with a lanyard attached to a dedicated lanyard anchorage point. Mobile aerial platforms shall be operated according to this section. 5. Keep all parts of the body.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 13. Personnel shall keep all parts of the body. debris. If controls do not operate properly the operator is responsible for notifying the supervisor. Personnel must not operate aerial platforms unless the fully comply with the competency standards stated in BSP-ASS-Guideline-006. The following practices shall be followed for mobile aerial platform operations: 1. lightning.g. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 84 of 267 . 6. Attach only one (1) lanyard per lanyard anchorage point (Refer Section 15. and equipment inside the work platform periphery during raising. the operator shall survey the area for applicable hazards such as overhead obstructions and high-voltage conductors. and manpower requirements associated with other methods of access.. b. and equipment inside the work platform periphery during raising. bumps and loose obstructions. The use of the mobile aerial platform to move ‘heavy’ materials is not allowed. lowering.2. 5.g. NOTE IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL ACCESS PLATFORMS WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE. The operator shall ensure the equipment is within inspection and testing intervals by examination of the periodic re-certification tags and/or documentation. The operator shall adhere to all decals on the controls. Determine that the proposed mobile aerial platform operation is the desired operation after comparing hazards. Before each use. if applicable but excluding the tilt alarm/shutoff. drop-offs and holes. The platform shall not be loaded beyond its rated load (capacity). tools. 1. the operator shall perform a pre-operational check to demonstrate operational readiness. Before each use. 4. materials shall not project outside the workbasket. 3. as well as aspects of the device (e. unstable footing. The platform be clearly marked with the number persons it is designed to carry. snow. 6. lowering. The operator shall establish appropriate safety zones before initiating operations. Hold onto a moving platform using both hands. 2. Operator discipline shall be maintained at all times.35).
15. 12.2. 18. or similar items on platform to provide additional reach. or any energized (exposed or insulated). the operator shall be responsible for all machine operations. The requirements of this section apply to all uses of mobile aerial platforms. 17.4 Electrical Hazards For work on or near electrical distribution and transmission lines. 9.g. The user must be familiar with the surface before driving. 2. Note: for non-insulated access platforms it is recommended that the following sign be posted: ‘This machine is not insulated and does not provide protection from contact or proximity to electrical current’. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 85 of 267 . Do not exceed the allowable side slope and grade while driving. 14. 8. 11. Maintain safe distance from electrical lines. 16. Do not refuel the machine with the engine running. When two or more persons are in the platform. Never allow personnel in the platform while towing. heavy rain etc before commencing operations. Alternate methods of tool delivery beside mobile aerial platforms shall be investigated. Insulated mobile aerial platforms must be tested and inspected Do not use machine as a ground for welding. unless so designed that the operator has to be on the platform to drive it. Tools and other objects shall be carried in canvas bags or by other methods that free both hands and do not present a snagging hazard. Outdoor mobile aerial platform operations shall not commence if winds are above 37km/hr steady state or if gusts exceed 46 km/hr or as recommended by the manufacturer. 20. Never use the boom assembly to enter or leave the platform. steps. apparatus. 3. movement for storage/repositioning and use of the platform close to ground level. Charge batteries only in a well ventilated area. precautions shall be taken to protect the chassis from direct exposure to weld and metal cutting spatter.2. Consideration shall also be given to weather conditions such as lightning. Stow the boom and shut off all power before leaving machine.. Keep both feet firmly positioned on the platform floor at al times. Free hanging loads shall not be lifted. 13. e. The mobile aerial platform shall not be used to exert a sideways force. mobile aerial platforms must be operated in accordance with the applicable national and or local standard. Do not place boom or platform against any structure to steady the platform or to support the structure. 4. or hauling.5 Tipping Hazards 1. lifting. 1. Never use ladders. 19.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. Persons younger than 18 years are not allowed in the workbasket. 10. planks. boxes. When performing welding or metal cutting operations. 13. 13.
Position barricades on floor if necessary. Personnel shall not be driven with the platform elevated. When driving in high speed. Travel grades in low speed only. bumps. 4. Do not increase the surface area of the platform or the load. Do not push or pull any object with the boom. check allowable capacity of the surfaces. 2. not the drive function. slope. 3. and driving. switch to low speed before stopping. Warn personnel not to work. 6. Use the boom functions. trucks. Be aware of stopping distances in all drive speeds. Always post a lookout when driving in areas where vision is obstructed. 4.6m) from holes.2. 13. Distribute loads evenly on platform floor. visibility. and other factors. All operating and ground personnel shall wear approved hard hats. Do not increase the platform size with unauthorised deck extensions or attachments. on sides. 5. Keep non-operating personnel at least 6 ft. debris. 8. 9. 8. Keep the chassis of the machine at least 2 ft. 7. Increase of the area exposed to the wind will decrease stability. 3. Never exceed the maximum platform capacity. 14. drop-offs. Before driving on floors. Do not tie-off machine to any adjacent structure. 10. Exercise extreme caution at all times to prevent obstacles from striking or interfering with operating controls and persons in the platform. 7. 12. bridges. Do not raise the platform or drive from an elevated position unless the machine is on firm. and bottom of platform when lifting or lowering platform. (0. and other surfaces. (1. 13. Limit travel speed according to conditions of ground surface. location of personnel. to position the platform close to obstacles. or soft surface. Check work area for clearances overhead. keep all body parts inside platform railing. Be sure that operators of other overhead and floor level machines are aware of the aerial work platform’s presence. stand. uneven.8m) away from machine during all driving and swing operations. 9. Personnel Platforms/Carriers must not be elevated whilst on a sloping. obstructions. congestion. Do not use high-speed drive in restricted or close quarters or when driving in reverse. Disconnect power to overhead cranes. which may cause collision or injury to personnel. level surfaces and evenly supported. 11.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. concealed holes. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 86 of 267 . 10.6 Crushing and Collision Hazards 1. 5. or walk under a raised boom or platform. Never attempt to use the machine as a crane. During operation. 6. and other potential hazards on the floor/surface.
4. 3. SWL and have an in-date certificate of inspection from a third party surveyor. 13. and are specially designed for lifting and moving packages or pallets e. front-end loaders. hand pallet trucks. e. the load is not pinned to the boom or on tines. next inspection date.g.g. Hand pallet trucks are suitable for loads up to 3000kg. It is important to note that when other mobile plant is used as a mobile crane. especially where no guardrails are fitted.g. increase both the physical effort required and the risk of toppling. excavators and telescopic handlers. Fig 1 Example of an excavator operating in a crane configuration FIG 1 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 87 of 267 . Special care must be taken when using hand trucks in split level areas. e. In the latter case the facility to jack up the truck maybe be incorporated. but is hanging from the boom by means of a chain or rope). the level of safety provided by the lifting set-up must be at least equal to that when a mobile crane is used. If there is no alternative. cracked concrete. Such surfaces. date of inspection.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 13. Users of hand trucks must report any mechanical defects to the appropriate supervisor. 2. Other mobile plant that is sometimes used in this way includes backhoes. Hand trucks must not be used on sloping steel surfaces such as ramps and particularly not on long inclines (maximum recommended gradient 1:15). 13. distorted tarmac.4 Use of Other Mobile Plant as a Mobile Crane Other mobile plant maybe used as a mobile crane to lift or lower freely suspended loads (i. Hand pallet trucks must be clearly marked with an unique identification number.1 General Requirements 1. consideration shall be given to using trucks fitted with brakes. loading bays. 5.e.3. Hand trucks must not be used on uneven or soft surfaces.3 Hand trucks Hand trucks are for moving loads over short distances (typically less than 100m). Hand trucks must have all their wheels in contact with the working surface at all times during their use. sand and grassy areas.
Manufacturer’s name and model. Deductions for attachments.3 Lifting Points On Earthmoving Plant Lifting attachments on earthmoving plant are sometimes supplied by the plant manufacturer. 2. must be deducted. the attachments must be designed by an engineer. such as buckets or quick hitch. for each lift point. Precision lifting and placement requires the plant to operate at creep speed (inching). If this is not the case. the rated capacity of the plant must not be greater than: 1. Track width. Lifting attachments often consist of a welded assembly that fits onto the end of the dipper arm when the bucket is removed. 75 % of tipping load in the stationary mode. or where variable load rating is provided for. net allowable load to be lifted can be determined by one of the following: i. 13. and the corresponding rated capacity for each position. particularly where different boom configurations maybe used. to which a load rated shackle maybe attached. or reach. The appropriate load chart must be fixed inside the operator’s cab and show the following information: 1. such as bucket or quick-hitch devices. so that the information on the requirements for earthmoving equipment.4. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 88 of 267 . 4. Boom and dipper arm identification and length.2 Load chart The load chart for the mobile plant must identify each lift point location. 2. the mass of any attachments. where this is variable. excavators are less suitable than most common types of cranes for precision lifting and placement applications.1 Rated Capacity of Other Mobile Plant The rated capacity of other mobile plant is the maximum mass that maybe handled at the maximum lift point radius. To ensure the stability of the mobile plant. 13. (WARNING: Quick couplers or hitches shall have independent latching devices) Fig 2a Fig 2b Typical example of a quick coupler or hitch boom and bucket As a rule. and to support the load without drift while connections are being made.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 13. 66% of tipping load in the pick-and-carry mode. the rated load at the least stable position. ii.4. or 50% of tipping for articulated wheel loaders and tool carriers. without the strength and stability requirements being exceeded. When determining the allowable load to be lifted. All lifting points on earthmoving plant must form a closed eye. means to clearly determine the load position in accordance with the rated capacity chart. unless the rated capacity chart allows otherwise. 3.4. 3.
7. The location of lifting points. Make sure that plant inspection and maintenance is within the date specified by the maintenance manual and check sheets.5 Working Practices Whenever earthmoving equipment is used in a crane configuration. 1.4. and The rated capacity or working load limit (WLL) of the plant corresponding to the position of each lifting point. 13. 13. bucket or linkage. The loads to be lifted. accompanies the earthmoving equipment. 2. and Must be intentionally disengaged for the attachment to be uncoupled. arm. d. the weight of the lifting attachments must be deducted from the WLL). 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The inherent 'hydraulic drift' characteristics.4. Plant model identification and serial number. manufacturer's name. the weight of the loads and the load radius are in compliance with the instructions. 4. information or restrictions provided by the manufacturer of the excavator. b. mobile cranes shall be used. Check that a manufactures load chart is mounted inside the operator's cabin. and boom configuration. as well as the capacity of each lifting point. e. The manufacturer's name. rules out the use of excavator for precision lifting and placement. In order to determine the weight of the freely suspended load. This is important because booms on earthmoving equipment are sometimes interchanged and capacities may vary.4 Quick Coupler or Hitch Loads shall not be suspended from a lift point fitted to a bucket or attachment coupled to the boom via a quick coupler or hitch unless the quick coupler or hitch is secured by an additional independent latching device which: 1. Quick coupler or hitch shall only be used to support attachments for which they have been specifically designed. and maximum rated capacity. c. prepared either by the manufacturer. (Note: The WLL is equal to the sum of the weight of the lifted load and the lifting attachments. Make sure that each lifting point forms a closed eye. 2. its operation shall be consistent with the advice provided in the manufacturer's manual and with the following rules: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 89 of 267 . or boom attachment. (Inspection and maintenance is usually dependant on environmental operating conditions). and that slings will hang clear of the boom. Check to ensure that lifting slings cannot become detached from the lifting point or load. 5. Ensure that the maintenance records are available with the earthmoving equipment. or a quick coupler or hitch frame as specified and rated by the manufacturer. supplier or a competent person. containing daily check sheets. and their corresponding rated capacity. The load chart shall include the following information: a. Check that the working load limit (WLL) is marked on the boom of the machine. quick coupler or hitch weight. Lifting points maybe a lug located on the boom. Is positively and mechanically locked in an engaged position. Quick coupler or hitch must be maintained in proper working order and shall be marked with the model and serial number. Make sure a logbook. and the absence of an integral winch and hoisting rope. 6. Date of manufacture. The erection of structural steel and multi-crane lifting (dual lifts) are applications where the use of excavators are not suitable and must not be used.
If working on a gradient. Drivers’ cabin shall be suitable to protect from adverse weather conditions at all times. Make sure the machine is only travelled with its arm and boom retracted to minimum practicable radius. 11. 14. All vehicles shall be inspected by the driver at the start of the shift. 15. Make sure loads are not suspended from bucket teeth or adaptors. 6. A banksman must be in attendance during lifting operations. Make sure deductions from the rated capacity for larger than standard buckets or quick coupler or hitch devices have been made to determine the maximum allowable weight of the load to be lifted.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. Wheels or tracks shall be placed at 90º to the workface. the bucket shall not be extended too far in the downward direction. Soil type shall be taken into account when positioning vehicle. Where the machine requires the use of stabilisers in order to achieve stability. Vehicles shall be loaded from the side or rear and material shall not be dropped from excessive height. 13. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 90 of 267 . Where the sling or lifting tackle is wrapped over the back of the bucket.e. the maximum gradient shall be as specified by the manufacturer. 4.4. Avoid contact with overhead lines and underground utilities. 10. Make sure no person is ever permitted under the boom or suspended load. signals. When travelling. 8. 2. 7. The excavator must not be used for lifting operations if working on a gradient. etc. 12. 13. 3. Convex mirrors to allow vision from the drivers seat (without slewing) at all points 1 metre high and 1 metre from the machine Ensure a suitable clearance for ‘tail swing’ behind and around the machine – danger area shall be barricaded. Movement alarm and flashing beacon must be fitted. 8. make sure it cannot come into contact with any sharp projection or sharp edge. the working cycle shall be slowed down. Bucket or load shall not be slewed directly over personnel. 2. 4.6 Other Precautions: 1. make sure they are always used. 10. 5. 5. Make sure operational speed is reduced from high-speed excavator mode where possible. 3. 7. Never permit a person to be lifted by earthmoving equipment. Dangerous overhangs must not be created on a high workface and a workface below a machine shall not be undercut so as to affect machine stability. 9. radio. 9. 6. Make sure lift points are arranged so that accidental unhooking of the load cannot occur. i. Communications with the driver/operator must be established. the bucket shall be tucked into the machine and clear of the ground.
Excavators must not be used to "pick and carry" loads (i. travelling with a suspended load). Mechanical handling equipment that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution. control linkages etc.6 Documents The following documents must be present on the mechanical handling equipment: 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 91 of 267 . seals or other components for evidence of deterioration. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. each motion individually at first then by combination of two or more motions simultaneously as appropriate. 13. dents. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain. d. a. 2. and then repeating the test with a load. Checking hoses. Checking all hoist chains for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication. g. for example cracks. 13. h. Mechanical handling equipment standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. 3. the following checks. e. Checking all control linkage for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 16. Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices. Testing of every motion for several minutes without load. Checking for corrosion on the structure. c. The current certificate of examination. The safe working load chart. missing components. as a minimum. Equipment manual. b. etc. Checking for structural integrity. NOTE IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL EXCAVATORS WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the mechanical handling equipment was out of use but also on the location of the mechanical handling equipment during this period. f. Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the mechanical handling equipment. access.e.5 Pre-use checks for mechanical handling equipment not in use for an extended period of time In cases where mechanical handling equipment is not used for an extended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used.
and loads contacting other structures. the crane operator shall have been adequately trained. The IMDG Code.1 CRANE OPERATION Introduction This section is intended to provide fundamental safe working procedures for offshore crane operators and associated personnel. the rigger/slinger and the banksman. SMR Marine Procedures (Module 3 & 5) As necessary. A significant change in the work activity or conditions. Risk assessments/lift plan for ‘Routine’ lifting operations can be ‘generic’ where similar activities are being undertaken in similar places of work. 14. Where Non-routine crane operations are discussed.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. especially in relation to minimising the risk of collision between the crane and other plant.3 Lifting Team The number of persons in the lifting team must be determined by the risk assessment/lift plan and be appropriate to ensure the safe operation of the crane at a workplace.2 Regulations and documents for safe Offshore Crane Operations The following regulations apply directly to offshore crane operations: 1. the crane operator. 3. overhead power lines or workers. Non-routine Lifting Plans and separate Risk Assessment measures are required and in this section they will be discussed as they arise. BSP Manual Handling. The risk assessment/ lift plan shall consider the size and complexity of the lifts to be performed when determining the number of operators to work together in the team. 14. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 92 of 267 . 14. Crane lifting operations shall in all instances consist of a team of minimum three people.7. 2. and has adequate experience and fully complies with the competency requirements of the Lifting Equipment Management Manual (LEMM) appendix 1. These basic safe working procedures apply to all crane operations. However. 2.4 to 14. Lifting Operations and Lifting Equipment Regulations (LOLER). refer to section 9 and the above for guidance when planning any non-routine lifting operations. 14. Risk Assessments and Safety Check Lists (Appendix 3). Refer to Appendix 14 for BSP’s risk matrix. The duties of each are outlined in Paras 14. When applicable the requirements of the regulations listed at (1) and (2) below must also be implemented at the worksite in the form of suitable risk assessment completion (Section 9): 1. Most crane operations covered in this section can be classified as Routine Operations and as such will be covered by generic Lifting Plans. HSE Lifting and Hoisting EP2005 – 0264-G01 (section 3 page 14). regardless of crane type.4 Crane Operator In appointing an individual to the position of crane operator on an Offshore Platform. these assessments must be reviewed if there is: Reason to believe that the content of the generic ‘assessment or lift plan’ is no longer valid. classification or location offshore.
Crane Maintainer/Operator or crane operator will normally be designated as the Task Supervisor. 3. It is important that a banksman is readily identifiable (by the crane operator) from other personnel e. The banksman will be responsible for load movements only.6 Banksman The banksman is the Competent Person with sole responsibility for directing (signalling) the crane driver with respect to movement of the load on the crane hook. The Banksman controls the initial lifting and movement of the load.2m and 15knots for GP boats. or in the case of supply vessel back loading/discharging because of the prevailing sea-state.7 Banksman/Slinger Activities When the Slinger/Banksman and other crew members are involved in crane maintenance duties. The banksman must not however commence load movement signals until the slinger informs him that it is safe to do so. plant or equipment maybe jeopardised. where. Any crane operator involved in sub-sea lifting operations shall undergo a suitable sub-sea lifting familiarisation program before commencing operations.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The crane operator must be able to undertake all crane operations in a safe and controlled manner. Additional load handlers can be used as necessary to ensure the safety of the lifting operation. The Deck Foreman or deck crew team leader will make the allocation of duties to achieve an efficient and safe load handling and lifting operation. the safety of personnel. he must immediately suspend lifting operations until such time as control measures have been introduced to minimise or eliminate the recognised potential risk(s). is 2 m swell and 20 knots for supply vessels and 1. 14. he will be assisted by a Slinger who will act as the load handler. He must also have agreed with the crane operator the method of signalling to be used. At the commencement of each shift all personnel involved in crane operations will be involved in a Toolbox Talk for all routine lifting operations. During such activities either the Crane Maintainer. such as rope changes. in the crane operator’s opinion. or a condition exists. 14.1 Crane Operator’s Responsibilities When a situation arises. 2. 14. The weather limits for platform and rig supply as well as boat to boat lifting activities. He must at all times retain an overview of the lifting operation.4. Operations must not re-commence until the crane operator is fully satisfied that conditions have improved to within the safe operating parameters recommended by the Crane Manufacturer. Banksman duties are as follows: 1. applicable ‘generic’ Risk Assessments must be followed. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 93 of 267 . waistcoat or helmet.5 Rigger/Slinger The rigger/slinger is the Competent Person responsible for preparing and slinging a load in readiness for a crane lift. and its final positioning on the landing area or site. the crane operator must resist any pressure to restart operations until in his opinion it is safe to do so.g. When lifting operations have been temporarily suspended due to inclement weather. 4. by wearing a high visibility jacket. The Banksman and Slinger shall discuss each lifting programme with the crane operator to ensure that each understands the sequence relative to the priority of lifts. 14. He is also responsible for attaching or detaching load slings to and from the crane hook. The Banksman shall not become involved in handling of the load. Brunei Shell Petroleum Adverse Weather policy and/or imposed by the platform SOS.
the pennant must be as long as is possible. 7. 17.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. When using radio communications. a tag line is to be fixed just above the crane hook. 16. the pennant deployed shall under normal circumstances be approximately 3m long. The crane operator and vessel's crew must exercise utmost caution. the banksman shall identify escape routes for all parties involved with each lifting operation. the Banksman shall ensure that both he and the crane operator are in possession of a copy of the cargo manifest. is correctly colour coded and is of sufficient capacity to carry out the lift. the Banksman shall stand in a position where he can be clearly seen by the crane operator and he can maintain visual contact with the load. 13. Ensure that a cargo-handling pennant of 2 – 3 metres long and correct capacity is attached to the crane hook and is suitable for the particular lift to be carried out. hook block assembly and attachments have a clear passage. 8. Prior to discharging or back loading of supply vessels. If using hand signals. Allowance must be made for the rise and fall of the supply boat in the sea during vessel cargo operations Make it clear to the crane operator where the load is to be placed. Where because of the crane' s limited boom length a fulllength pennant cannot be deployed. stop the load just clear of the deck to check balance and security of load. If a problem develops whilst lifting or landing a load. 11. 21. During ‘blind’ lifts. under radio communication. 10. When lifting. Ensure that the lifting area is suitably barriered off. Do not move the load over personnel. Be aware of any obstructions within the crane's radius and working area. When carrying out lifts. that it is certified for use. 19. Check to ensure that the crane's hoist rope. The Banksman at the load shall have a Page 94 of 267 6. Keep a check on other activities within the crane's operating area to avoid the development of unforeseen hazards. The Deck Foreman must be consulted with regard to the sequence of lifts and positioning of loads The banksman must be aware of the wind speed and direction and be familiar with the capacities and parameters of the crane in use. 20. 9. the banksman shall stand in a position where he can maintain visual contact with the load. He must check that the deck crew has checked the lifting gear being used for condition. load handler(s). which are out of the line of vision of the crane operator (‘blind’ lifts) ensure that the crane operator is at all times aware of the load movement. If no extension is possible. and see potential crane boom collision points. This will also give the crane operator the opportunity to check slippage of his hoist brake. load handler(s) and potential crane boom collision points. 14. 12. 15. Be aware of potential snagging points in the vicinity of the load whilst hoisting/lowering in restricted areas. Warn other personnel in the area of the movement of the load. In the case of supply vessel operations. the criticality of the lifting operation maybe such that there is a requirement for the crane operator to acknowledge and repeat the instruction he has received over the radio. each Banksman shall stand in a position where he/she can be clearly seen by the next person in the chain. 18. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . All signals shall be clear and precise. During ‘blind’ lifts which are being conducted by a hand signalling method and more than one Banksman is being used to relay instructions to the crane operator.
THE USE OF MORE THAN TWO BANKSMEN MAY GIVE AN UNACCEPTABLE SIGNAL TIME DELAY. 29. c. be aware it may well be that the crane operator has lost sight of the banksman's signals. a third party maybe transmitted on the working channel. 25. the Banksman shall be available to assume control of the operation if requested to do so by the crane operator in the event that he loses sight of the supply vessel deck or an emergency situation arises. tools or debris are lying on roof.g. 33. The use of plate clamps is restricted to situations where plate is being removed from a racking system or is being moved short distances where the lift can be retained just above ground or deck level. drums etc. always barrier off the hatch area and erect signs with a contact number. or being struck by a falling hose. Bundles of tubulars such as drill pipe. Use lifting equipment specifically designed for that purpose to remove barrels. The same equipment shall not be used to lift barrels or drums across platform areas. Do not use plate clamps for the purpose of transferring steel plate. 31. Page 95 of 267 34. 23. Where practicable. That all valves are shut to prevent spillage. When engaged in deployment or re-stowage of bulk hoses. or by using an appropriate slinging arrangement. If the crane stops. safety cages or framework must be erected over hose handling stations to protect personnel operations in the event that a hose falls from the crane or lifting arrangement. 27.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 complete overview of the activity. Do not land loads on areas. on the drill derrick. When lifting operations are being conducted through hatches to lower decks. Always ensure the integrity of the barrel rim. Security of panels. The barriers must not be removed until the hatch has been replaced and secured. 22. While the crane is engaged in cargo handling operations with a supply vessel. CAUTION: WHEN CARRYING OUT BLIND LIFTS. e. etc. 30. from transit carriers or containers. Appropriate signs with contact numbers shall be posted. 32. the area at deck level shall be cordoned off. 24. casing and scaffold tubes must be slung using the ‘double wrap’ slinging method applied ¼ length in from each end of the tubulars. Prior to either transfer on the platform or to a supply vessel the security of cargo inside containers or baskets etc must be ensured. Or. That no loose equipment. Secure slinging methods must be used. d. which are designated as ‘No Load’ areas. 28. Do not drag trapped slings or other lifting equipment from under loads. Before movement on the platform or to a supply vessel. if radio communication is being used. all units or equipment shall be checked to ensure: a.g. by applying shackles. b. That there are no unavoidable protrusions liable to cause snagging. For vessel cargo operations there must be only one banksman who maintains a clear view of the crane operator throughout. framework etc. During overhead lifting operations e. 26. Re-establish visual or oral contact before re-starting the lifting operation. the banksman and handlers must not stand in a position where there is potential for entanglement. Other personnel must be kept well clear of the area. Do not direct the crane in a load path over live plant cooler banks. Additionally the doors of the containers must be secured by cable tie (ty-wrap) or similar. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . Security of hatches. A safer more secure method of lifting this type of material e.
Do not stack cargo carrying units. On occasions when it is necessary to double stack equipment. Where the crane has one main load chart. identify what a crane is able to lift safely.8 Load Charts Load charts. to avoid entrapment always keep hands clear of the load. unless they are specifically designed for that purpose and it is permitted by the platform or vessel. into or out of baskets or containers. Fig 1 Typical Offshore Pedestal Mounted Crane BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 96 of 267 . Fit tag lines to the load. 36. ensure that the integrity of lifting gear is not jeopardised. When guiding equipment.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Appropriate rope clamps or fist grips and cable ties (tie-wraps) must also be applied to ensure the security of the slinging arrangement. Personnel must not enter baskets or containers during these operations. tanks or equipment. also called rated capacity charts. 37. 35. 14. Load charts must be written in English and/or Malay and use metric units. this must be fixed in the operator’s cabin in a clearly visible location. Cargo or equipment stowed on top of containers etc must be secured against movement (by wind) or collision with other equipment.
c. Radio messages must reflect work requirements only. In addition to maintaining the integrity of the radio this will also eliminate the danger (to personnel below) of dropping the radio from height. if the radio antenna becomes damaged exposing the central core. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 97 of 267 . To minimise background noise and distortion ensure that the radio microphone is not exposed to the wind. Always ensure that the transmission button is fully depressed before speaking into the microphone. 5. Set up call signs and adhere to them. During 'blind' lifts where the load is being hoisted or lowered for a long time the banksman must: a. 6. 2. When a banksman moves position he must re-establish clear communication with the crane operator. Do not carry hand-held radios in a coverall pockets. Give the initial instruction and then talk to the crane operator every 3 – 4 metres to reassure him that the line of communication is still active and that control of the lift is being maintained. place a plastic bag or a piece of cling film around the microphone to ensure it is kept dry. 4. The crane operator and Banksman must establish a clear understanding and line of communication prior to the commencement of any lifting operation. Not keep the transmission button in the depressed position for the duration of the lift.10. If a plastic carrying case offering full protection of the radio is not available. 3. general conversation must not be carried out over the airwaves. Do not release the button until a few seconds after completing your message. Not give an instruction at the commencement of the lift and then cease communication until the lift has almost reached its destination. 3. 14.General Information The following must be understood: 1. Use the agreed call signs at all times to establish the authenticity of commands or directions. 2. Speak clearly at all times. The radios must be intrinsically safe and approved for use on BSP offshore platforms. They must be carried in protective holsters attached to the body by either shoulder lanyard or waist belt. 5.Radio Communication 1. To ensure no radio interference.9 Protocol for the use of two-way radio communications Crane operators must always observe the following: 1.10 Two-way Radio Communications . For diving operations communications must be made via a hard wired system. In order to maintain optimum performance and to ensure user safety.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. b. Ensure that the radio microphone is not exposed to rain. 3. 4. 2. any banksman’s accompanying assistant(s) radio must be switched off.1 Banksman . 14. the antenna must be replaced immediately.
Crane operational condition. or machinery room. the crane operator must ensure that all access ladders. are within examination certification. Crane Operations Area. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 98 of 267 . 4. Ensure cab door is unobstructed. 4.11. 2. If a dedicated banksman is not used. Ensure access routes are unobstructed. Clean up any oil spillage and remove any loose materials. Warning signs and barriers are posted as necessary. Do Not Enter! No other personnel are present on the crane. with person designated as authorised banksman for the proposed crane operations.g.11. is secure. 3. e. 2. and that he knows how to use each of the units provided. windscreen wipers and sun visors are in good condition and that the screen wash system is full charged and functions correctly.2 Crane Access Each time that the crane operator accesses the crane. and if any fault conditions have been reported by previous shift by checking the contents of the crane operations log. 2. 14. For any form of crane maintenance that maybe in progress. 14. gates and hatches are: 1. e. rags. Ensure that all personal belongings or clothing are stored in such a manner that they do not interfere with the controls of the crane during operations. diesel.4 Safety Equipment The crane operator must carry out daily visual checks to ensure that all safety equipment such as life jacket. Check machinery space is clean and tidy.g. Service hoses. in order to re-establish/establish signalling protocol. e.g. to hand and in a serviceable condition. emergency escape equipment etc.11 Crane Inspection 14. about any relevant crane operating observations made that may not be in the log. or is due to start.3 Housekeeping Keep the crane cab.11. Free from obstruction. trips or falls. tools.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. to prevent slips. before starting any crane operational activities a crane operator must check: 1. 6. and machinery spaces in a clean and tidy condition. The crane operator (particularly when he is new to the crane) must confirm that the fire extinguishes provided are of the correct type and size as specified by Brunei Shell Petroleum. By personally speaking to the previous operator before he goes off-shift. in its engine room.11. 5.1 Pre-requisites On a daily basis. walkways. 1. air. All deck plates are secured and access hatches are shut. greases and solvents. Clean and free from oils. 3. 14. The crane operator must also ensure that: 3. Check that the operator's cabin windows are clean. and water are empty/de-pressurised and neatly stowed.
1. coolant and fuel contents gauges. and if necessary in the machinery/engine room. g. If the crane engine requires refuelling (Para 14. b. crane operators must comply with the following minimum safety requirements: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 99 of 267 .11. as a minimum. 3.11. visually checking for fault conditions and abnormalities.7). Checking for structural integrity.5 Crane Pre-start Checks Carry out the following pre-start checks. 6.6 Pre-use checks for cranes not in use for an extended period of time In cases where a crane is not used for an extended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used. missing components. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. f. access. control linkages etc. Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the crane.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. check to ensure that cladding and panel work in crane operator’s cab and machinery space is watertight. machinery house cladding. The checks must include the boom. Checking for corrosion on the structure. h. 5. 14. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain. etc. Carry out approved pre-start checks following checklist supplied by the Manufacturer. and then repeating the test with a load. slew motors. a. rope terminations and any anchorage points). cab. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the crane was out of use but also on the location of the crane during this period. which may affect the operational integrity of the crane. 4. Any fault condition found during the pre-start checks must be reported. each motion individually at first then by combination of two or more motions simultaneously as appropriate. seals or other components for evidence of deterioration. Check that all guards over and around moving machinery are in place and secure. Crane that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution. Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices. If the crane cannot be operated post ‘DO NOT OPERATE’ signs in a prominent position at the operator's controls. dents. 14. This must include a check of oil. In order to prevent water ingress. Crane standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. e.7 Crane Refuelling When refuelling the crane. c. hook blocks. pinions and brakes. Checking hoses. Walk round the crane and the crane access ways.11. Checking all control linkage for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.10. 2. sheaves. The crane must not be used if there is any reduction in the safe operation of the crane. wire ropes and pendants (including spooling of wire rope on to the drums. Top-up fluid levels as required. Testing of every motion for several minutes without load. the following checks. d. Checking all ropes for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication. for example cracks.
12. check that all air and oil pressure gauges are within manufacturer’s stated safe operating range. When the crane prime mover starts.1 Function Test Crane Controls Carry out a function check of all crane controls before each lifting operation. 14. 4. The appropriate generic COSHH/HRA (Control of Substances Hazardous to Health/ Health Risk Assessment) must be observed prior to commencement of the refuelling operation. b. 3. 2. carry out a function check of the boom minimum radius cutout and the hook block (main and auxiliary) over-hoist cut-outs (anti-two block’). the highest position of the hook (this is generally known as ‘anti-two block’). At the commencement of each shift. ensure that all controls are in neutral position.8 Crane Start-up Proceed as follows: 1. exhaust or electrical equipment. a function test of the crane controls need only be carried out at the start of operations. 3. Limit switches must not normally be overridden. Limiting switches must be fitted to a mobile crane to prevent motion out of its service limits. where fitted. These checks must also include. 2. c. If the crane is manned and used continuously. Allow engine (prime mover) to obtain operating temperature while maintaining a watch on all gauges. 14.12 Crane Function Tests 14. CAUTION: ALWAYS APPROACH LIMIT CUT-OUTS SLOWLY AND WITH CAUTION SO AS TO LIMIT DYNAMIC SHOCK LOADING AS THE FUNCTION IS STOPPED BY THE CUT-OUT. the extreme permissible operating positions of the jib (luff limiter). The crane engine must be stopped. boom and slew systems. 14. and the end positions of horizontally telescoping. Extreme care must be taken to prevent overflow or spillage of fuel onto the engine. Check that all crane emergency stop buttons are correctly reset/set.11. including deceleration where appropriate and stopping. Carry out crane manufacturer’s start-up checks. maximum radius and maximum payout limits.2 Function Test Limit Switch Cut-outs Limiting switches are used to prevent physical damage to the crane or part of the crane due to movement of the crane or part of the crane past its designed range of motion. These devices cause braking. AND TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO CRANE STRUCTURE/EQUIPMENT IF THE CUTOUT FAILS TO OPERATE. Refuelling must not take place whilst the engine is running. Stop crane immediately if any abnormality is observed. but if a cut-out override facility is fitted this too must be function tested. Switch on aviation warning lights.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 100 of 267 . 5. when the following extreme permissible positions have been reached: a.12. Prior to start-up. Carry out safe function tests of hoist.
Note The overload protection requirements for offshore pedestal and mobile cranes are documented in Appendix 17. Recheck the cut-out limit switch operation. Rated Capacity Indicators. The platform or appropriate sea-state condition is selected. Prior to the commencement of any lifting operations.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. Activate the test function to ensure that all visual and audible alarms operate correctly and where fitted operate lamp test button to ensure all indicators function correctly. See Caution above. On completion of the override function test.3 Rated Capacity Indicators RCI (Automatic Safe Load Indicators . 3. the crane must not be used for lifting until the reported condition has been safely cleared by crane maintenance personnel. lower the crane hook over known radius mark(s) (painted on the platform deck).12. falls of rope. 3.2 Emergency Stop Buttons The emergency stop button shall be used only: 1. Check as follows that: 1. 4. The load to be raised must include the weight of all lifting appliances that are not permanently attached to the crane.ASLI) Limiting and indicating devices are intended as an aid to crane operators. 14. ensure that the rated capacity indicator is serviceable. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 101 of 267 . Rated capacity means the maximum load that maybe attached and handled by the crane.13 Emergency Load Release Function 14. 5. and may not include the weight of the hook block. Ensure that appropriate load/radius chart is in good condition and visible from the crane operator’s seat without difficulty. are commonly known as the Automatic Safe Load Indicator (ASLI) and is a vital component in the safe operation of the crane. 14. Sole reliance on these devices in place of good operating practices may cause an accident. The crane’s load chart will provide guidance on any deductions that may need to be made. return the override switch to its normal position and move the boom/hook away from the cut-out. A rated capacity indicator prevents overloading of the crane by stopping all relevant crane functions when an overload is detected.13. During a periodic function check. check that the manually operated Emergency Load Release cannot be inadvertently activated during normal operations. 14. 2. 2. Exercise extreme caution when function testing an 'override' limit switch. slings and rigging hardware.13. If during a function test a fault or abnormality is encountered in the operation of the RCI/ASLI. As a check that the RCI is displaying the correct radius. A function test of the emergency load release is not part of the crane operator’s routine function checks but is normally tested as part of the third party examination. The devices must not be relied upon to replace the use of the crane’s load chart and operating instructions under any circumstances.1 Emergency Load Release System Where fitted. The main hoist and auxiliary hoist modes indicate the correct number of falls.
14. The crane operator must only respond to signals from another person in an emergency situation. With respect to banksman signalling. Also: 1.15.e.. Crane movements must stop if visual contact is lost and recommence only when a clear line of vision is re-established. 2. darkness. etc. visual contact with the banksman must be maintained. Banksman signals are illustrated in Appendix 1. i. c.15 Load Handling on the Platform Deck 14. In the event of a dangerous engine condition or component failure occurring during crane operations. b. 4.1 Routine Lifts Routine platform lifts will be covered by generic risk assessment and lifting plan and can be undertaken without further procedures being required. either visually or orally. (Refer section 9) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 102 of 267 . When radio communication is used. If anything abnormal occurs.e. 3.1 Signalling All platform crane operations require a crane banksman. Report defects or malfunctions. even with radio communication. 5. safely lower any load on the hook. The crane operator must only respond to hand or radio signals given by the authorised banksman. When hand signals are being used.g. Be aware of slight ‘shocks’. i. 14. 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. which could indicate improper spooling of hoist ropes or imminent equipment/machinery failure. when the 'Emergency Stop' signal is given. Crane operations must not restart until clear communication with the Banksman is re-established. 3. Stop the crane as soon as it is safe to do so. the following must be strictly adhered to: 1. a. Check possible cause.3 System Checks Whilst Crane is Running Periodically check all gauges to ensure that all pressures and temperatures remain within the manufacturer’s designated safe operating range. or the banksman reverts to radio communication. the crane operator must stop the lifting operation immediately if there is any interruption to the communication (e.14. third party transmission/interference).14 Routine Crane Operations 14. and the lifting operation cannot be executed safely. The crane operator must ensure that a hand signalling diagram (which complies to the signals illustrated in Appendix 1) is clearly displayed in the crane and is visible from the crane-operating seat without difficulty. When the normal stop system fails to operate. When the crane operator's ability to see the banksman’s hand signals is impaired by inclement weather conditions. Listen for unusual engine and/or machinery noises. Crane operators and banksmen must be familiar with the system of signalling used on board the Platform. 2. 14.13. crane operations must stop.
e.e.g. 8.3 Platform Deck Work Before starting lifting operations. 4. The barriers maybe made from red/white marking tape.g. Lifting operations must not commence if environmental conditions are liable to jeopardise the safety of the activity. crane operator. 5. (see fig 16A) Pennant when used to lift pre-slung loads shall be hooked directly to the master link of the sling set attached to the load. etc. the crane operator must assess the prevailing weather conditions. 9. must be vertical before a lift is started.15. loads must not be moved over: a. 7. (Refer section 9) 14. The following instructions with respect to load movements on the platform deck must be observed and understood: 1. The work area must be closed off with barriers to prevent unauthorised personnel from entering the work area. If the load is hazardous check that it is segregated from other loads and that it has clear markings indicating its hazardous contents.3 metres long or an appropriate length and fitted with a swivel scissor action self-latching type hook with trigger release handle. from boom tip to crane hook. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard .2 Non-routine Lifts For a non-routine lift. 6.e. to outside the working parameters of the crane. in order to reduce the number of “links” between the load and the pennant hook. except for heavy lifts. a specific risk assessment and lift plan (specially generated by persons with related competence) will be required. or their delegate. no sling shall be attached between the pennant hook and the master link. The crane operator must also be confident that he has the knowledge and experience to carry out the lift. To facilitate safe handling of the load attach tag lines or handling lines to all long or awkward lifts. Before a load is attached to the crane hook the crane operator must be aware of the weight of the load and its distance (radius) from the crane. rigging shall be kept to minimum. At the commencement of the first lift. i. except where required to allow connection from a deck load. 10. casing/drill pipe bundles. banksman and rigger or slinger) the banksman is in control of load lifting and manoeuvring activities. 3.15. Ensure that a cargo-handling pennant (stinger) of 2 . Keep a load within the specified radius of the crane. etc on the load.g. Check that there are no loose tools.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. wind speed/direction and visibility. A non-routine lift must not be undertaken until these documents are in place. or the crane hook. 11. equipment. Without the prior consent of the SOS. over the centre of gravity so as to give a stable lift. Unprotected accommodation or offices. In general. Page 103 of 267 2. the crane operator must carefully check the operation of the hoist brake to ensure no slippage. i. Do not permit load handlers to push or pull loads. 12. While there is a shared responsibility for the safety of each lifting operation (e. e. completion baskets. and ensure that the RCI is set to the correct duty. of sufficient capacity and is correctly secured and positioned on the load. The crane hoist rope. The crane must not be operated in wind speeds above the limit set by the manufacturer and/or the Marine MOPO. Ensure that the tag lines are secured to the load and not to the rigging gear. The crane operator must check with the rigger/banksman that the lifting gear is correctly colour coded.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 b. which could be an indication that the load. Confer with the Person in Charge (PIC) of Lifting Operations and state lifting operations to be suspended until conditions improve and the lifting operation can be carried out safely. monitor the RCI for any loss or increase in the weight of the load. adjust hook position as necessary to minimise any 'drift' of the load as it is lifted clear of the deck. CAUTION: NEVER WORK OR WALK UNDER A HOISTED OR SUSPENDED LOAD UNLESS IT HAS BEEN ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BELOW AND ALL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE PIC. monitor the rated capacity indicator for possible overload situation. 14. i. check that all personnel are clear of the area of the load and load path. personnel must be temporarily evacuated from danger areas in the path of the lift. Smooth operation of the crane reduces the possibility of the inherent risks involved with undue shock loading or stress to the structure and/or machinery. carry out all movements in a controlled manner. or the load slings. During crane operations. Take up sling slack to confirm that the banksman/rigger has correctly positioned the crane hook centrally over the load lifting point. As the load is lifted off the deck. If this occurs. If weather conditions become adverse during a lifting operation. Obtain a copy of the cargo manifest(s). The crane operator must not leave the crane controls whilst there is a load on the hook. 14.1 Routine Lifts Routine vessel cargo lifts will be covered by a generic risk assessment and lifting plan. outside of.supply vessel work 14. which have now become dangerous. the following must be observed: 1. have snagged on the superstructure or on adjacent equipment.2 Non-routine Lifts For a non-routine vessel cargo lift. a separate risk assessment and lift plan (specially generated by persons with related competence) will be required (See Section 9). 18.16 Cargo handling .3 Vessel Cargo Handling Operations When carrying out vessel cargo handling work. When moving loads across the platform deck.16. prior to commencement of BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 104 of 267 . the crane operator shall be aware of any other activities/obstructions within the crane radius arc. the crane operator must resist pressure to carry out lifts. live gas lines or similar wireline and coil tubing operations. When lifting equipment from baskets or containers a lift shall not start until all personnel are clear of the immediate area of the lift. 14. 14. A non-routine vessel lift must not be undertaken until these documents are in place. 20. stop the lifting operation immediately and advise the banksman.16. 17. 19. machinery. 16. Establish early radio communication with the supply vessel Master or where applicable the vessel's deck crew. and clear of the basket or container. NOTE: Where a load cannot be moved other than over workshops. Vulnerable plant. 15.16. offices or similar accommodation. Before hoisting.e. When carrying out ‘blind lifts’. 13.
and that it has clear markings indicating its hazardous contents and that appropriate paper work forwarded to or from the vessel. No cargo operations are to commence until the vessel's master verbally confirms by radio that he is satisfied with the conditions and his ability to maintain station and that required controls such as communications are in place. Wait for the correct moment to make the lift. 2. If a load is hazardous. 12. ensure that the ship's deck crew are in a position of safety. with trigger release handle is used. or verbal instruction. 9. When lowering loads to a supply vessel deck. Refer to BSP HSE standard module 19 "Chemicals Management Guidelines" and the IMDG Code. 6. b. position or sea state. in advance. While engaged in supply vessel activities. Loads. The pennant shall have a minimum length of 2 . Check load weights to see if any loads are positioned outside crane load/radius operating limits. Ensure that the pennant (stinger) length provides an adequate safety margin for the sea state. to alleviate the danger to the boat deck hands from a swinging hook block. 4. 11.g. which may still be secured to the vessel deck. (see fig 16A) Prior to the commencement of cargo handling from/to supply vessels. 3. a cargo handling or safety pennant (stinger) of sufficient length and capacity as prescribed in Par 4 above. and if the supply vessel is unable to hold station. Whenever possible. Report the incident to the Person in Charge (PIC) for Lifting Page 105 of 267 10. and Person in Charge (PIC). to compensate for vessel ‘drift’ movement. the crane operator shall be alert for: a. e. abort action. confirm the prevailing wind and sea-state conditions. well clear of the intended cargo stowage area. be aware of the probable increase in weight from water retention. to hoist. ‘Snag-ups’ with adjacent cargo.3 metres long or an appropriate length and be fitted with a swivel scissor action self-latching type hook.e. must be used. weight. do not be rushed by signals from the vessel deck crew. When hoisting loads from a moving supply vessel deck packed with cargo. avoid excessive impacts and avert any shock loading being transmitted to the crane. Cargo that is heavier than the manifested weight. the pennant must be appreciably longer than the maximum wave height. Before hoisting loads from the supply vessel deck. Keep some boom radius (within RCI limits for weight of load) in reserve. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . If there are any doubts. except for heavy lifts. ensure that the ship's crew have reached a position of safety well clear of the cargo handling area and have given the appropriate hand signal. do not use maximum boom radius (for the load) during supply vessel cargo lifts. Where practicable. i. Except in extraordinary circumstances. ensure enough slack is given in the pendant and slings to allow for the movement of the vessel. discuss proposed operation with Vessel Master. 5. c.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 the operation to be aware of the weights of the cargo to be discharged/back loaded to/from the supply vessel. check that it is segregated from other loads in accordance with the IMO (International Maritime Organisation) IMDG Code (International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code). Similarly when back loading cargo to a supply vessel deck. 7. If conditions are marginal. where a planned non-routine lift is taking place.g. the proposed cargo transfer must be postponed until conditions improve. for whatever reason e. 8. If a load is immersed in the sea for any reason. hoist/lower loads over open water and not over the supply vessel deck.
13. When moving long tubulars. on cranes equipped with more than one hook block. Do not authorise access to the crane or its superstructure until the crane has been brought to a complete halt and the parking brake applied. Except when back loading to supply vessels.18 General Operating Instructions This paragraph covers those areas of safe operating not specifically covered previously. Do not use limit switches or cut-outs to stop the crane boom or load line motions. 14. do not lift long or awkward loads without tag lines attached to the load (not the slings).05 PROCEDURES-102 INSTRUCTIONS TO MASTER OF VESSELS ON CHARTER for the safe distances of vessel from fixed platforms.17 Transport of scaffolding Materials and Boards Scaffolding material and boards shall be transported in dedicated load carriers. 7.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Operations so that he can check the load and/or contents for any damage sustained following its retrieval. 4. 2. Do not use the crane to drag (fish) loads. 5. before taking the lift ensure that tag lines are attached to assist control and handling of the load on the platform/vessel deck. WITH RETAINING NUT AND SPLIT PIN. This presents snagging potential. SCREW PIN SHACKLES SHALL NOT BE USED. baskets or other awkward loads. Attention is drawn to BSP-14. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 106 of 267 . 1. NOTE: FOR ALL OFFSHORE LIFTING OPERATIONS SHACKLES SHALL BE OF THE 4 PART BOW SAFETY-ANCHOR TYPE. Do not. 3. Do not carry out single point lifts with one handling pennant hooked into the other. 6. Fig 2 Beware of Swinging Hooks 14. Check that tag lines are secured to the load and not the load rigging. Do not engage slew parking brake or lock until the crane superstructure has come to a complete halt. operate the crane with a handling pennant or other ancillary equipment attached to the stowed hook block.
in high wind conditions. Do not lift loads of large surface areas. A certified lifting device specifically designed for the purpose is used. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 107 of 267 .1 Stabilise the Lift Ensure that at all stages of the lifting operation. Always assess the effect. When operating from a moving vessel. the crane operator must assess his abilities to correct a swinging cargo and stop operations.3 metres long or an appropriate length and be fitted with a swivel scissor action self-latching type hook. The sequence of the trial lift and adjustments shall be repeated until the crane operator is satisfied that the load is safe to lift. (see fig 16A) When carrying out lifts from areas such as the Drill Floor etc. ensure that the pennant length provides an adequate safety margin for the sea state.2 Trial Lifting With all lifting operations the load shall only be lifted a nominal distance in the first instance. the pennant must be appreciably longer than the maximum wave height. cables. balance stability and security whilst it is in a relatively safe position. steel plates. where necessary. The pennant shall be 2 . or other material/equipment of a similar nature. i. 9. 12. ii. When discharging and/or back loading supply vessels. Never slew loads over or near diving operations.e. 14. 15. Do not lift wire ropes. such actions are extremely dangerous. The lifting arrangement is secured approximately quarter to one-third distance from one end by the use of a clamp or other device to prevent the lifting strop slipping. An appropriate Risk Assessment must be conducted and one of the following methods adopted: a. Ensure awareness of the operation of the crane emergency load release and load lowering equipment (if fitted). b. the weather conditions could have on the behaviour of the load. the load remains in a stable condition. provided that: i. If any discrepancies are found the load can be lowered and the slinging revised.e.18. liquids in half full tanks). ensure that the Banksman is correctly positioned to determine the crane boom proximity to potential collision points Ensure that. Allowance must be made for the rise and fall of the supply boat/barge when making the trial lift offshore.g. 14. 13.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 8. with trigger release handle is used. 17. 14. the load may become unstable if at any time the centre of gravity of the load is not vertically beneath the crane hook or the centre of gravity of the load is higher than the point of attachment of the slings to the load or if the contents can move around (i. This trial lift allows the operator to check the load weight. which are not already spooled on drums provided for that purpose. Lift the material in a single strand. Coil and then securely sling the material using an approved slinging arrangement method involving at least a double wrap and bite. e. 11. In general. a Banksman assists the stowing of the boom in its cradle. Never allow personnel to ride on crane hook blocks or on loads. Except for heavy lifts. Exercise caution when lowering a ‘light’ hook block so that the winch rope ‘payout rate’ is not exceeded. 18. 16. 10. Do not interfere/tamper with rated capacity indicators or other safety equipment attached to the crane.18.
18. Particular attention to the end termination and the part of the rope entering the end termination. Any anomalies shall be reported immediately and lifting operations stopped. and approved by the rope manufacturer. 4.5 Rope Inspection During sub-sea lifting operations all accessible rope and associated equipment shall be checked visually each day.2 Crane Maintenance The crane maintenance during sub-sea operations will be inline with the crane manufacturers recommendations.3 Sub-sea Lifting Some cranes are suitable for sub-sea lifting.3. 14. and lubricated to make sure that they run freely. 2.18.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. The lubricant must be an appropriate heavy marine grade. 14. 14. The rope must be maintained in a well lubricated condition using appropriate marine grade rope lubricants (as recommended by the rope manufacturer). 3.18. long before external signs of deterioration become apparent. This operation must be carried out at appropriate intervals (generally not exceeding more than one week during sub sea operations). This characteristic becomes even more pronounced when the rope is frequently immersed or sprayed with sea water. as this leads to severe internal fretting wear.3. This shall be carried out at intervals not exceeding six months. A surface dressing must be applied at appropriate intervals from the winch drum to the hook.18.3. because multistrand rope tend to suffer internal damage. All sheaves and guide rollers in contact with the moving rope must be given regular visual checks for surface wear. commensurate with the depth to which the hook will be deployed. A visual inspection of the rope.18. This generally requires high pressure application of a heavy grade of lubricant. as recommended by the manufacturer of the lubricator. an effective lubricator is one that will not only convey fresh lubricant to the core of the rope but will also displace trapped water. local reductions in diameter or lay distortions shall be treated with the utmost suspicion as they are likely to indicate serious internal degradation. however not all.3 Rope Maintenance Spin resistant multistrand ropes have a characteristic of developing large numbers of internal wire breaks. 1. from the winch drum to the hook. The crane manufacturer must be contacted for written conformation of suitability of sub-sea lifting before the crane is used. 14. At the same time. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 108 of 267 . use an effective pressure lubricator. from the winch drum to the hook commensurate with the depth to which the hook will be deployed. 14. due to the way they are constructed. commensurate with the depth to which the hook is to be deployed during sub-sea lifting operations. In order to make sure that the inner layers of the rope remain well lubricated. must be carried out at weekly intervals during sub-sea lifting operations.4 Crane Inspection The routine crane inspection during sub-sea lifting operations will be inline with the crane manufacturers recommendations.1 Load Charts Sub-sea capacity charts must be posted in the operators cabin and the rated capacity indicator must be programmed for sub-sea duties. The maintenance of internal lubricant is especially important for multistrand ropes.18.3.3. Application of the surface dressing maybe by whatever application method is convenient.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 At intervals not exceeding 12 months. construction. needs to include: a. results of the functional tests. 3. 14. Page 109 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . 14. diameter. Crane manual. Confirmation of daily and weekly inspections. e. 2. date. when the period of non-use exceeds one month. weekly inspections and maintenance carried out on the crane. c. from its first installation to discard. results of six monthly inspection. before putting it back into service.6 Crane/Rope records Full records shall be kept for the crane involved in sub-sea lifting operations. minimum breaking load and certificated test strength. 3. For crane ropes not in use. length installed and name of rope manufacturer. particularly within the rope where sea water may have been trapped by any external dressing. A record of lubrication (date. lubricant used and application method). This crane record.3. details of any length removed. maintenance and testing. The current certificate of examination. 2. The records shall contain the following information:1.18. f. if applicable. A record of inspections. 4. At installation. details of re-termination. including the end termination. wire grade and surface treatment. the wire rope and termination shall be subjected to external visual inspection to identify any corrosion or damage over the entire length of rope.19 Mobile Crane Operations Only crane operators who have been adequately trained. details of the installed rope must include: a. corrosion can take place. shall be part of the records of the crane’s planned maintenance programme. When a rope is not in service. c. if applicable. details of pressure lubrication. details of the NDT. b. and has adequate experience and fully complies with the competency requirements of the Lifting Equipment Management Manual (LEMM) appendix 1.1 Documents The following documents must be present on mobile cranes: 1. the rope shall be replaced. The safe working load charts in English or Bahasa Malay. d. Crane operators daily inspection log book. b. 14. 4.19. the records shall contain details of all daily. This means it is necessary to subject the rope to appropriate inspection and tests. Full records shall be kept for each rope involved in sub-sea lifting operations.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 110 of 267 . 6. The ground or foundation. there maybe numerous load charts for differing boom and counterweight configurations. Although the crane’s load capacity indictor system may appear to be operating correctly.g. Settlement and deflection of ground support or structures must also be taken into account. 14. The lifting capacities specified on a load chart must never be exceeded. unless this is allowed for and noted on the load chart. b.3 Sitting of Cranes 1. Two important factors that are often overlooked when reading load charts are: a. Cranes must not be sited on soft or waterlogged ground unless adequate precautions have been taken to provide support to each wheel/outrigger. if the crane is overloaded in the stability area of the load chart. Capacities of the main boom are generally based on the fly jib being removed. The need to subtract the mass of the fly jib from the capacity of the main hook when lifting from the main hook on the main boom with a fly jib attached to the boom head. and stability when the working radius is greater.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. The need to subtract the mass of the hook block and lifting slings from the gross capacity of the crane at the particular radius. 3. The load charts maybe complex and include numerous conditions that must be complied with to ensure the crane can safely lift a load. the load to be lifted cannot be greater than 19 tonnes.19. but the hook and lifting gear have a combined mass of one tonne. b. a structural or mechanical component of the crane may fail. However. This issue becomes critical for heavier hook blocks and lifting gear (e. The load charts on most cranes have a bold line or shaded area dividing the chart into two segments. On some mobile cranes. Registration document. temporary supporting structures. spreader beams). Mill certificates for all ropes fitted to the crane. which might arise during operations must be estimated and calculations must include a 25% margin to allow for unpredictable effects.g. 2. 8. Dynamic loads. MPI reports of the Hooks / Hook blocks. the charts must be kept in a book. while the ratings below the bold line are based on the stability of the crane. the load charts must be available to verify that the crane is not being overloaded. the likelihood of the crane overturning can be very high. The current certificate of examination for all lifting equipment belonging to the crane. folder or envelope in the operator’s cabin. which capacities are. and which are limited by stability. If this issue is ignored. if the load chart states the crane can lift 20 tonnes at a given radius. If a crane is overloaded in the structural area of the load chart. The lifting capacity of a crane is limited by: a. For example. 14. 4. 7. unless otherwise noted on the load chart. packing or anchor points must be of sufficient strength and stability for the maximum loading to be imposed. the crane may overturn.2 Load Charts Where the crane has numerous load charts (e. limited by structural strength. The divided segments show the crane operator.19. except during testing of the crane by the third party surveyor under controlled conditions. Ratings above the bold line are based on structural strength. for different boom and fly jib configurations). Lifting must not take place unless the load charts are in the crane cabin. structural strength when the working radius is small.
c. 12. This issue is particularly important where mobile cranes are set up on public roads. Another way to minimise the risk of injury from collision with other mobile plant and vehicles is to increase the visibility of mobile cranes. The operation of any crane within 15 metres height or reach from the nearest point of contact (typically the boom. c.g. For cranes sited in flowing water careful investigation must be made of any potential for scouring effect. 16. Adequate clearance must be allowed between any part of a crane and the nearest obstruction to prevent contact with. the operator must work only under the direction of a banksman so positioned as to have a clear view of the crane and the obstruction. buildings or walls. whichever is the lower. bridges. scaffolding. gantries. jib or cab) with live overhead electric cables or conductors is strictly prohibited. and Consist of two contrasting colours. 10. The striping must: a. One way to increase the visibility of a crane is to permanently mark the crane’s outriggers with high visibility hazard striping (i.e. 6. Particular care must be taken when cranes are sited in the proximity of hazards including other cranes. Prior to the commencement of any lifting operations. Where necessary the crane shall be levelled using outriggers or other means to give a level and stable working platform. Sitting of cranes on sloping ground must be avoided. 15. Mobile cranes must not be operated where the operating radius of the boom overlaps with that of another crane unless: a. Constant checks must be made during operations to monitor the situation. Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal. 14. b. There is a clear over-riding business requirement and There is no alternative sitting or equipment that can be used and The operators and banksmen of both cranes are supervised by a single supervisor in accordance with the written lift plan. b. Mobile crane shall not be used during wind conditions above 15 m/s or above the crane supplier’s recommendations. Be 40-150 mm wide. Cranes must not be operated unless all personnel including third parties and members of the public are cleared from the radius of the crane’s boom and loads with a safety margin of 5 metres. The outrigger beams and/or hydraulic cylinders shall be marked with the hazard striping. Checks must be made to ensure that cranes are not sited above or adjacent to excavations or inadequately compacted ground. 7.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. 13. and/or the trapping of personnel when the crane is slewed. A wind anemometer shall be fitted to the boom tip alternatively a hand-held anemometer can be used in the area of the lift. ‘zebra striping’). which shall be liable to subside. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 111 of 267 . 8. The barriers maybe made from red/white marking tape. 11. black and yellow. 9. The possibility of cranes being trapped by rising water must not be overlooked and cranes must be moved to safe positions as necessary. the temporary closure of roads and access required for crane operations must be notified to all parties likely to be affected by the closures. Where there is a danger of any part of the crane fouling any overhead or nearby obstruction e. Mobile cranes must be positioned so that the risk of injury from collision with other plant is minimised. pipe work.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 112 of 267 . Ensure that a pennant (stinger) of a minimum length of 2 metres and fitted with a swivel scissor action self latching type hook. (see fig 16A) 3. 8. deform or become damaged during the lifting operation. be in accordance with manufacturers 2. 3. Preparations for lifting operations must recommendations and the lift plan. On wheeled cranes with pneumatic tyres particular care must be taken to ensure tyres are inflated to correct pressures as recommended by the crane manufacturers. NOTE IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL MOBILE CRANES WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE. 2. The load is properly slung and evenly balanced using certified loose lifting tackle with a SWL.5 Lift Plans All crane operation shall be suitably planned as described in Section 9 Before lifting operations. 14. CAUTION: NEVER WORK OR WALK UNDER A HOISTED OR SUSPENDED LOAD UNLESS IT HAS BEEN ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED FROM BELOW AND ALL CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE PIC. 14. Visual load/radius indicators and rated capacity indicators must be checked after assembly. limit switches and all other safety devices must be function tested before operation of a crane. overload cut-outs. which might affect correct and safe operation. Load indicators. 4. Prior to operations. 7.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 17. the crane must be jacked in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.19. 5. the person in charge (PIC) of the lift must ensure: 1. 6. boom length change or any other factor.19. The load is robust and not likely to break up. adequate for the operation The lifting gear is properly attached to the load and where lifting points are used they are designed for that lifting operation and are in good condition with appropriate certification stating the SWL/ conditions. with trigger release handle is used. Counterweights of the correct weight must be correctly fitted prior to operation. Where it is not possible to allow such a clearance. no access must be allowed whilst lifting operations are in progress. except for heavy lifts.4 Preparation 1. Additional counter-weighting must be fitted as necessary to suit load requirements and any boom or jib extension. Outriggers must be fully extended properly supported and if required by manufacturers pinned in position. Jacks and outriggers must be correctly fitted with feet to provide a firm base for the crane.
Wind imposes additional stresses on both the crane and its loads. Page 113 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . with the hoist rope slackened.19. except where it would be more hazardous than not continuing the lift. signed and dated The latest examination/test certificate. e. All lifting operations must stop when the wind speed exceeds 20. shipping containers. Cranes must not be used as winches to drag materials or equipment. Any defect or damage to the crane or its structure affecting the safety of the crane must be reported.6 Environmental Conditions Cranes must not be operated if the visibility of the crane operator or the banksman is significantly impaired by heavy rain. smoke. pipes. Crane manual The latest daily safety check report. 14.7 General Operating Instructions Cranes must not be left unattended whilst suspending a load. if outriggers do not fully extend. steam. crane cabs and control compartments must be kept closed with controls or power packs locked off. Capacity charts in either English or Malay. or pointing downwind with the boom angle lower than 45°. Load swinging and snatch loading must be avoided. Lifting of bulky objects with large surface areas (tubulars. Crane booms must not be used to apply sideways force to an object. Do not use for dragging or fishing a load. Lifting operations must be suspended during heavy rain. there are hydraulic fluid leaks or controls and safety equipment are defective.8 Documentation Documents required to be carried onboard the crane 1.19. The crane boom must be left on any fitted rest. 4. Cabs and control compartments must be locked and the vehicle parked without obstructing normal access. Cranes must not be operated in darkness without adequate lighting to illuminate the crane’s lifting area. On completion of crane operations. 14. etc. Cranes must not be used if they are not fully rigged or are in a defective condition. 3.) must be stopped when the wind speed reaches or exceeds 13m/s. tree felling or pushing materials and boxes. When not in use and left unattended. For example. 5.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. Cranes must not be used for any purpose other than for lifting in a vertical plane. The crane must be taken out of service immediately the defect or damage is detected and not used until it has been rectified. 2. the crane boom and hook must be properly secured before the crane operator leaves the crane. steel plates etc. Test certificates for all the wire ropes fitted to the crane. particularly when a load starts to swing.g. during demolition.5 m/s. Extreme caution must be used during windy conditions and the following restrictions must apply: 1. 2. lowering or slewing at excessive speed. and re-certified if necessary.19. Lifting operations must be conducted cautiously without hoisting.
ii. 4. the following minimum capacity requirements for each crane will apply: 1. For two cranes—20% greater than the calculated share of the load. Use cranes of equal capacity and similar characteristics. 5. 2. 7. Use luffing up in preference to luffing down. iii. and how the proportioning is to be maintained. 3. 14. 14. Make sure that both cranes are aligned in the same direction when using non-slewing type cranes in the pick-and-carry mode. Mass of the load. and Synchronisation of crane motions. 3. and rehearse the operation wherever possible. avoid hoisting a load with more than one crane.20. how the load sharing is to be proportioned. MPI reports of the Hooks / Hook blocks.20. However. because the effects of the relative motion between the cranes may create additional loadings on the cranes. 4. Maintenance records. the load and the lifting gear in place. Vehicle registration document and certificate of insurance. The person in charge (PIC) of the lift shall be in overall control of the lift.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 6. Position of the centre of gravity.2 Calculated Share of the Load Where multiple hoisting operations are carried out. 14. 2. Make sure the instructions to each crane operator and other persons involved are clear. then an engineer must check and certify the lifting plan. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 114 of 267 .20. Make an accurate assessment of: the share of the load which is to be carried by each crane. 6.20 Multiple Crane Lifts Lifting a load with two or more cranes requires greater attention to planning and supervision. 3. 5. Safe working capacity of the lifting gear. where it is necessary to lift a load using more than one crane. 2. 14.1 Safety Measures for Multiple Crane Lifts Where possible. and For four or more cranes— 50% greater than the calculated share of the load.3 Principles for Multiple Crane Lifting The following factors are to be considered when planning for multiple crane lifts: 1. 8. where practicable. For three cranes—33% greater than the calculated share of the load. the following steps must be taken: 1. i. If it is not possible to comply with the minimum capacity requirements stated above. Mass of the lifting gear.
Lattice boom cranes must not be moved uphill with an unloaded boom in the near vertical position. Regard the boom backstop as a safety device only.20.5 Synchronisation of Crane Motions Minimise the variation in the direction and magnitude of forces acting on the cranes by synchronising the cranes’ motions. 2.2 Position of the Centre of Gravity Due to the variable effect of manufacturing tolerances and rolling margins.21 Precautions when Using Mobile Cranes 14. Where heavy or awkwardly shaped loads are handled.3.3.3 Mass of the Lifting Gear Ensure the mass of the lifting gear and its distribution are accurately known and included as part of the calculated load on the cranes. The crane boom has limited strength in the lateral plane.21. the lifting operation must be performed at low speeds with extreme care to ensure the hoist ropes are kept as close as possible to vertical. 14. and the means for keeping such inequalities to a minimum. or operated: 1. Where possible. the top of the extended boom must not be lowered to a point below the horizontal line that passes through its boom heel pivot pin. The lifting gear must have a safe working capacity margin in excess of that needed for its proportioned load. which will arise during the lifting operation. 14.20. or With the boom hard against the boom backstop to avoid serious damage to the structural members of the boom. 14. is made. Accordingly. there will always be some variation due to differences in response to the activation of the motion controller and the setting and efficiency of the braking system.20. With the boom at an angle less than that shown on the load chart. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 115 of 267 . is established. However. the proportion of the load being carried by each crane may therefore be uncertain.20. If the boom tips below this plane. which may arise from inequalities of speed. which may occur during multiple lifting. 14.20. ensure allowances are made for manufacturing tolerances.4 Safe Working Capacity of the Lifting Gear Ensure the distribution of the forces within the lifting gear. As it is unlikely that the motions of the cranes will be accurately synchronised. Determine whether special lifting gear is required to suit the maximum variation in distribution and direction of applied loads and forces. Where the information is taken from a technical drawing.1 Lattice Boom Cranes On lattice boom cranes. ensure cranes of equal capacity and similar operating characteristics are used. The rated capacity of a crane is calculated on the assumption that the load will be raised and lowered in a vertical plane. 14.1 Mass of the Load Ensure the total mass of the load and its distribution is either known or calculated. To allow for these inequalities.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. in practice.3. the angle of pull of the boom luffing ropes could cause the boom to buckle before the boom begins to lift. the deduction from the safe working loads of the cranes to allow for the weight of the lifting gear maybe quite significant. ensure that an assessment of the effect of variation in plumb of the hoist ropes.3.3. the position of the centre of gravity may not be accurately known.
When originally introduced. The slewing brake or lock is applied when travelling with a load. rail track etc. The method of mounting the crane to the vehicle must be in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s specifications. The load is lifted from the vehicle bed to an elevated area at a workplace (e.22 Vehicle-Loading Cranes 14. remote from the vehicle on which the crane is mounted.2 Crane and Vehicle Suitability Vehicle-loading cranes must only be mounted on vehicle types and models specified by the crane manufacturer. 2. or The load is lifted both to and from locations. and must not be lifted higher until it is almost in position. these types of cranes are also used for traditional crane operations where either: 1. The slew brake is applied at all times other than when the slew motion is being used. Where possible.22. the crane operator must ensure that: 1. Failure to comply with this could lead to structural failure of the crane or vehicle. Welding the crane to the vehicle chassis is generally unacceptable because it can damage the chassis.21. and The crane is not moved uphill with an unloaded boom in the near vertical position. While vehicle-loading cranes maybe used for the applications stated above. as these could de-stabilise the crane or load. depressions. vehicle-loading cranes were used for loading the truck on which they were mounted. soft ground or shoulders. Precautions are taken on uneven road surfaces when loaded or unloaded. and not walk in the path of the crane.2 Hydraulic Boom Cranes When extending the boom on hydraulically operated cranes. ensure that the boom sections are extended or retracted in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.1 General use Vehicle-loading cranes are intended to be mounted on a broad range of vehicles including flat bed trucks and prime movers. and also lead to fatigue failure of the connection. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 116 of 267 . When travelling and manoeuvring with a load. lifting containers from the vehicle directly to the work area).3 Precautions with Pick-and-Carry Cranes When moving a load in the pick-and-carry mode. 2. 14. the level of safety provided by the lifting set-up must not be less than if a mobile crane was used. avoid travelling the mobile crane across slopes or over potholes. 14. 14.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. Always travel slowly to prevent excessive swinging of the load. However. as an undulation in the road surface may move the crane into an unstable zone.g. The load must be carried as close to the ground as possible. the banksman must remain in sight of the crane operator. 3. or make the crane combination unstable.21. Any adverse effects to both the vehicle and crane are to be taken into consideration. The crane must not be operated with the boom at an angle less than that shown in the load chart. 4.22. with the introduction of larger capacity vehicle-loading cranes.
7. 6. black and yellow. as described below. and must be adequately maintained. If there is inadequate room on the outriggers the dimensions of the hazard striping maybe decreased. 9. These are often referred to as tag lines. the movement of the load must be directed by a qualified banksman. Additionally. The crane must never be used in pick-and-carry mode. The crane must only be used so that it is level in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s specifications (usually not exceeding 1º or less). Hooks must be provided with spring-loaded safety latches. their use does introduce some additional risks. Be 40-150 mm wide.3 Rated Capacity Limiters The purpose of the rated capacity limiter is to prevent movements that may increase load moment in excess of the rated capacity.4 Operational Issues for Vehicle-Loading Cranes The vehicle-loading crane must be operated in accordance with the operator’s instruction manual provided by the crane manufacturer. Timbers or other supporting pads specified by the crane manufacturer must be provided under the outrigger feet for every lift in every circumstance. The striping must: a. Where provided. Refer to Appendix 17 for the requirements. 2. 14. 10. c.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14.22. the following points must be complied with: 1. Operators must be trained in the specific operation of the particular vehicle loading crane.23 Use of Tag Lines In certain circumstances soft lines maybe used to assist in the handling of long and/or fragile items of cargo. 5. spring lock-outs on the vehicle are to be activated during crane operation. It must be recognised that. The crane may only be used with all outriggers extended in accordance with the crane manufacturer’s instructions. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 117 of 267 . 8.22. the legs must be set up in compliance with the manufacturer’s load chart. 12. If the load is out of the operator’s view at any stage during the lifting process. b. and to also prevent an increase of the load radius or permissible stresses in the structure. 4. Where it is possible to apply a side load to the crane hook. Vehicle-loading cranes are not to be used for lifting persons. 11. The crane is not to be used to drag a load across a supporting surface. and Consist of two contrasting colours. 3. the hook must be provided with an appropriate swivel. The outrigger legs shall be clearly marked with ‘zebra striping’ to improve visibility. whilst such aids may assist operations. Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal. Where multiple positions can be used on outrigger legs. The crane must only be used with a load suspended vertically from the hook. 14.
14. 3. through a heavy load rotating in an uncontrolled manner and the tag line being fouled in limbs or clothing.23. must be kept in front of the body.2 Make-up of Lines Make-up of lines includes the following: 1. At all times personnel handling tag lines must work at a horizontal distance from the load equivalent to its height above the handling area. the use of tag lines will allow the operation to be completed safely.23.1 Risks Additional risks associated with the use of tag lines include the following: 1. 6. and as such must only be used when weather conditions would permit the lifting of the item without the use of such arrangements. 5. including slack.5) times the maximum height above the handling area at which the arrangements will be used. Where two or more persons are handling the same line. It must not be assumed that. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 118 of 267 . precautions shall be observed as follows: 1. 5. Potential injuries from dropped objects as a result of personnel handling cargo having to work in closer proximity to suspended loads than would normally be the case. 3. or other parts of the body.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 14. This includes the practice of making a “round turn” on stanchions or similar structures and surging the line to control the load. Apart from the knot attaching the line to the cargo. there must be no other joints or knots in the line. Tag lines must be of sufficient length to allow personnel handling cargo to work in a safe position well clear of the immediate vicinity of the load. 2. 4.3 In Use Whilst in use. 2. between the handler and the load. They must not be looped around wrists. maintaining an angle between the line and the horizontal of not more than 45º. Potential injuries resulting from personnel handling cargo being dragged across the handling area.23. Tag lines must be made up from single. Tag lines are an aid to positioning the load when landing. Tag lines must be held in such a manner that they can be quickly and totally released. in conditions more severe than this. Preferred rope materials are Polypropylene or Manila. Particular care must be taken when using tag lines whilst wearing gloves to ensure that the line does not foul the glove. 4. all must work on the same side of the line. All sections of the line. Potential injuries resulting from tag lines being secured to adjacent fixed structures parting and whipping back as a result of a heavy load rotating in an uncontrolled manner. continuous lengths of rope. 2. 3. The minimum diameter of rope used shall be 16 mm. In this regard the length of the line shall be not less than one and a half (1. 14. 7. Tag lines must not be secured or attached in any manner to adjacent structures or equipment.
14.25 Multi-leg Slings When lifting with multi-leg slings. you must be aware of the increased loadings in the slings when lifting at an angle.24 Sling Wire Diameters and Masterlinks The minimum wire rope diameter for the construction of wire rope slings attached to loads. is 13mm (1/2”) Any wire rope of a smaller diameter is very susceptible to impact damage and must not be used. they are rated at a certain capacity from 0º . When using pallet lifters (see fig 3) it must be ensured that the forks of the pallet lifter are of adequate length for the load to be lifted. consideration shall be given to providing personnel with boat hooks or similar equipment to retrieve the lines without having to approach the dangerous area in the vicinity of the suspended load.e.26 Pallets Only purpose built pallets in good condition. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 119 of 267 . It is permissible to have a third leg on a master link but only if it is to be used as a top lifting leg.45º to the vertical and this WLL shall not be exceeded even if the angle is less than 45º. Under no circumstances shall any type of pallet be used as a lifting device. Three and four leg sling sets must be fitted with quadruple assemblies i. FIG 3 Pallets that require to be lifted from vessels offshore are required to be loaded into drum cages to facilitate the pre-slinging requirements. For more details of the loadings refer to Appendix 9. a master link with two intermediate links. 14. 14. The maximum number of lifting legs allowed on a single master link is two this is to avoid out-of-plane forces. Pallets shall be lifted by a forklift or other certified pallet-lifting accessory. which will be lifted offshore. When using slings in pairs however. Where pre-installed lines are used. For example. without broken boards and blocks shall be used for transporting of loads. When a load is lifted using a manually operated or semiautomatic pallet hook. putting slings through wooden pallets to lift them and their contents is prohibited. An example of such circumstances would be when lines are attached to a load on the deck of a vessel. Slings are likely to crush the pallet leaving the contents on top unsecured. the load must always be in a horizontal position or with a slight backward angle.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 8. the load being then transferred to an offshore installation.
the following checks. Lifting appliances standing under cover or inside a workshop might require very little extra inspection. SWL MARKING OR DATE OF INSPECTION CANNOT BE READ WITH CERTAINTY. The extent and thoroughness of this programme depends not only on the length of the period that the lifting appliance was out of use but also on the location of the lifting appliance during this period.4 Pre-Use Inspection . IT MUST NOT BE USED. etc.3 Identification and Certification Every item of lifting appliances. might require an extensive appraisal to ensure fitness for work. NO SWL MARKING. Refer to the Glossary of Terms in Appendix 17 for further information 15. 2.4.2 Lifting Appliances and Lifting Tackle The terms ‘lifting appliances’ and ‘lifting tackle’ will be encountered in this Section and throughout this section.1 Introduction OF This Section gives the pre and post checks and brief descriptions of the more frequently used types of lifting equipment used on Brunei Shell Petroleum onshore and offshore platforms. Identification number. b.1 Pre-use checks for lifting appliances not in use for an extended period of time In cases where lifting appliances are not used for an extended period of time the user shall ensure that the competent person specifies a special programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections and thorough examination before it is used. PRE & POST-USE CHECKS AND SAFE USE LIFTING APPLIANCES AND LIFTING TACKLE 15. 15. Lifting appliances that have been out of use in the open and therefore exposed to the weather and atmospheric pollution.2 page 7) 15. Item identity number SWL or WLL Date of Inspection Examination colour code (if applicable) The requirements for the above are briefly detailed in Paras 15. 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. d. The programme of pre-use checks and in-service inspections must contain. portable or fixed (used onshore or on an offshore platform) must have as a minimum the following legible markings: 1. WARNING: IF AN ITEM OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT HAS NO IDENTIFICATION MARKING. Any checks that are recommended in the manufacturers instructions for the lifting appliance.5 to 15.9. c. The date of inspection and next due date and current 6 monthly colour code if applicable. a. 15. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-ST (section 4. as a minimum. Safe Working Load (SWL).6. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 120 of 267 .Basic Requirements Whenever lifting equipment is inspected prior to use the first items that must be checked are: a. DATE OF INSPECTION OR IF EITHER THE IDENTIFICATION MARKING.
2 Safe Working Load (SWL) Mark The Safe Working Load (SWL) is a method of stating the maximum load or mass that an item of lifting equipment may raise.1 Identification Number/Mark All items of lifting equipment must have a permanent. e. missing components.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 b. Checking all linkages for evidence of seizure or partial seizure and ensuring that there is correct lubrication.5.5 Equipment Identification Markings 15. g. 15. attached plate or label. components. Checking seals or other components for evidence of deterioration.5. dents. unique means of positive identification relating to ownership. f.6 Colour Coding System Brunei Shell Petroleum require that all lifting equipment owned by them. for example cracks. e. 15. The SWL must be permanently marked on the lifting equipment and be shown on the Certificate of Conformance issued at the time of purchase/commissioning. The colour code for the next 6-month period will be advised by the CAP and always follows the sequence. Blue.5.g.3 Working Load Limit (WLL) Mark The Working Load Limit (WLL) is an internationally used term (meaning the same as SWL). or suspend. e. Checking all hoist chains for signs of corrosion/degradation and damage and ensuring that there is thorough lubrication. 15. 15. and Yellow. be thoroughly examined at fixed intervals. Testing of every motion for several minutes without load and then repeating the test with a load.g.5. SWL x Tonne 0° to 45° from the vertical. Checking for structural integrity. Green. d. White. c. 15. 15. or used on their worksites or where BSP has the prevailing influence. lower. Checking for corrosion on the structure. If the identity of an item of lifting equipment cannot be found it must not be used. that item must not be used. (Refer section 4) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 121 of 267 . linkages etc. Checking for correct functioning of all the safety devices. h. The colour (code) is changed at ‘set’ 6monthly intervals and lifting tackle shall only be used if they are displaying the current colour code.5 Multi-leg Slings Multi-leg slings are marked with its SWL and the angle (from the vertical) at which the SWL applies.5. (Refer appendix 15) A colour code system is used by Brunei Shell Petroleum to indicate to the end user that item of lifting tackle has undergone a 6 monthly examination. For positive identification purposes the equipment identification number must be used on all certification and records relevant to that item of lifting equipment. stamped number.4 Absence of SWL or WLL If an item of lifting equipment has no SWL or WLL marking. or the (assumed) SWL/WLL marking cannot be read with absolute certainty.
Whenever an item of lifting equipment is removed from the rigging store it must be ‘booked out’ in accordance with the booking `system (register.1 Wire Rope Wire rope is manufactured from individual steel bars that are 'drawn' to size through a series of dies. Certificate of Conformity Certificate of test and examination (if applicable). Refer Section 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. Individual wires are then formed and wound into strands. Tee card. however the most common are Ordinary lay and Lang's lay. 15. Similarly it must be ‘booked in’ upon return to the rigging store.9. The strands are then wound together around a central core to form the rope (see Fig 1). 1. 15.9 Wire Rope and Wire Rope Slings CAUTION: ALWAYS WEAR GLOVES WHEN HANDLING ANY FORM OF WIRE ROPE. reducing the diameter of the bar each time until a wire of the desired diameter is obtained. crush resistant. The number of wires in a strand and the number of strands in a rope are known as the 'construction' of the rope. 3.9.2 Types of Lay A wire rope comes in a verity of lays. when not in use be stored in an on-site ‘Rigging Store’. CORE: FIBRECORE = FC INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE = IWRC CORE WIRE ROPE STRAND WIRE CENTRE WIRE Fig 1 Wire Rope Terminology 15. 2. etc. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 122 of 267 . There are a variety of arrangements in wire rope construction. 15. or other system). The core of the rope can be of fibre or an additional steel strand. Operating and Maintenance Instructions. rotation resistant. designs are produced to give special characteristics such as flexibility. ‘Ordinary lay’ is the term used to describe a wire rope in which the wires in the strands are laid one way and the strands in the rope laid in the opposite direction.8 Rigging Store Procedures Lifting appliances and tackle used by Brunei Shell Petroleum personnel and its contractors’ will.7 Documentation Accompanying Lifting Equipment The following documentation shall accompany an item of lifting equipment and must be available to the end user if/when required.
4 Sling Identification All single and multi-leg wire rope slings must have stamped on a permanently attached metal tag or ferrule (see Fig 3). Wire rope slings must be adequately protected from crushing and chafing damage by the use of adequate packing. from wire rope. crushing and kinking or similar abuse. However.3 Wire Rope Slings Wire rope slings are manufactured in accordance with BS EN 13414. impact loading. ‘Lang's lay’ is the name applied to the type of rope in which the wires in the strands and strands in the rope are laid in the same direction. 15.9. Identity number. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 123 of 267 . Wire rope slings are the most commonly used lifting accessory and require care in handling and attention in use. Fig 2 Single Leg and Endless Slings 15. SWL. 1. or an equivalent International Standard. it normally returns to its former position when the load is released.9. while in Langs lay they run diagonally across it. which meets the requirements of BS EN 12385. abrasion. They must be protected from severe wear.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Ordinary lay rope is completely stable. The two lays can be readily distinguished: with Ordinary lay the individual wires appear to run along the rope. to the extent that a slight amount of ‘turn’ will always come out of a 6 stranded rope when a load is applied. 2. The more common types of wire rope sling are shown on Fig 2.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3. ID No. FOR ANY ANGLE BETWEEN 0° AND 45° TO THE VERTICAL. A sling must also carry the correct colour code. Fig 4 Multiple Leg Slings BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard EWL Effective Working Length Page 124 of 267 . & SWL Tag Fig 3 Sling Identity As well as single leg sling options. AT THE MASTER LINK. IMPORTANT: THE CAPACITY OF A MULTI-LEG SLING IS STATED AS A SINGLE SWL. they can be supplied as double leg slings fitted to a single link (known as a master link) or as multi-leg slings (3 or 4 legs) fitted to a master link assembly Fig 4 shows typical arrangements.
Protect them from abuse. 3. If it is obvious that the load is unbalanced. or pitting. wear. bird caging. 15. damaged or kinked wires. OF 0° TO 45°. (possibly from welding equipment) or similar such discolouration to the sling wires. NOTE: 2.e. the leg tension (not the weight of the load) in the sling legs carrying the majority of the load must be assessed when determining the sling SWL required. impact loading. 3. The exact load weight is unknown. gaps or excessive clearance between strands. core protrusion. crushed areas. Ensure that sling thimbles are secure in the sling eyes. the amount shall not be such that the thimble may become dislodged.6 Safe Use When using slings observe the following: 1. AT THE MASTER LINK.5 Pre-use The following procedures cover wire rope and wire rope slings. links. Do not assess the required WLL of a multi-leg sling by dividing the load weight by the number of sling legs. d. Always use a sling with a greater WLL than the anticipated weight of the load if: a. Destroy (oxy-cut) slings that are found to be unfit for use. 9. crushing and kinking or similar 2. There must be no evidence of heat burn. b. If in doubt do not sling the load but seek advice from a supervisor. When the load has to be lifted over vulnerable plant (because there is no alternative route). There is a possibility of shock or dynamic loading. etc. Check all attached fittings. kinks. Check for signs of abrasion and similar damage resulting from chafing action against the load or ground/deck.9. so that they cannot be accidentally re-used. through wind effect. 8. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 125 of 267 . underlying. c. 7. hooks. high stranding. rings. There will be an increase in load. Check sling /rope for broken wires. It is permissible for a thimble to display a small amount of movement. abrasion. 1. 4. i. With multi-leg slings. deterioration and security.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. Check the rope for corrosion. which may have been caused by previous incorrect slinging of the load. 6. Inspect end terminations for damage. 5.9. bulges in the rope. NOTE: IF IN DOUBT DO NOT USE AND SEEK ADVISE FROM THE CAP. NOTE: FOR MULTI-LEG SLINGS THE WLL IS QUOTED FOR AN ANGLE OF THE LEG TO THE VERTICAL. it is possible that two legs could be carrying the majority of the load whilst the other sling legs just balance the load. Check sling unique identification and SWL are present and readable and current colour code is present. Check for broken. There is no way of knowing that all sling legs will carry equal amounts of the load.
which is: a. the angle of the leg to the vertical. b. when fitted to the load. Never land a load on to the load slings Keep slings away from welding or cutting operations. With four-legged slings. e. Take care not to 'kink' wire rope or a sling. severely affecting its strength (WLL) causing it to be removed from service and destroyed. A multi-leg sling must not be used if. tensioning a sling over an acute angle.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 4. Do not wrap a wire rope around a hook (see Fig 6). Prepare the load landing area. c. By pulling on a loop accidentally formed in a sling. 9. Bad slinging practices. the angle from the vertical at the master link is greater than 45°. 6. With two. A kink in a sling or rope will distort the sling/rope. a kink will quickly form in the sling (see Fig 5). Fig 6 Never Wrap a Wire Rope Round a Hook BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 126 of 267 . sling with longer legs must be selected. the angle between one leg and the vertical (0° to 45°).g. 5. Never use a sling that is knotted or kinked.leg slings. With three-legged slings. the angle between one leg and the vertical (0° to 45°). Most loads can be lowered on to timber battens allowing the slings to be withdrawn. Kinks are usually formed in one of two ways: a. or round too small a diameter. Be aware that tension in sling legs varies with the angle of the leg to the vertical at the hook. 7. If the sling is pulled instead of 'untwisted'. A 'sling angle' is usually denoted by the angle of the leg to the vertical at the lifting point. 8. b. Fig 5 How a Kink is Pulled into a Wire Rope 10.
The only acceptable rope grip is the double-saddled type (fist grip) Refer to Appendix 11 for installation instructions 14. Figure 8 Application of Rope Grip's 15. Do not join two slings together by. If two slings are to be joined together. Wire rope slings that are made using this method shall not be used for lifting. 16. When using a sling in a choke-hitch mode. The choke-hitch must be allowed to form its own 'natural angle’. A knot will cause severe kinking of the sling when the load is lifted. and the application of sufficient torque to the securing nuts. This dangerous malpractice and is often called "battening down".1 page 13) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 127 of 267 . and result in the sling being removed from service and destroyed. U-Bolt rope grips must not be used. 12. The minimum radius around which a sling shall be bent is 6 times the diameter of the rope. Semi-permanent terminations of wire ropes are frequently made using wire rope clips. Always avoid bending a sling around small diameters. 'threading the eye' (see Fig 7). which will be about 120° (see Fig 9). do not force the eye of the sling into closer contact with the load. These provide a quick and easy way to terminate wire ropes and when properly applied including the insertion of a thimble in the eye of the sling. they must be joined with a shackle of at least the same SWL as the slings to be joined. the angle between the sling 'legs' will probably increase beyond 120° and become dangerous. Fig 7 Joining Slings 13.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 11. Never shorten a sling by tying a knot in it. If forced down. provide up to 80% of the strength of the original rope. an immediate reduction in the SWL of the sling. The slinging of pipes and tubulars is a very common lifting operation. Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-G01(section 2.
If using a fist grip. around a beam is cosmetic and unacceptable. in case the bundle loosens in transit. the maximum lifting angle must never exceed 45 degrees from the vertical. a tie wrap must then be fitted to prevent the reeved eye slipping over the fist grip. a. c. Fig 10 Packing Out a Load to Prevent Damage to Load and Slings BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 128 of 267 . The sling positioning must be approximately 25% (of the total length) in from either end of the tubular (Fig 9). b. The choke hitch shall be pulled tight to contain the bundle and secured using an wire clamp (Asbro clamp) or a fist grip. The wrapping of a fire blanket. Do not bend a sling round sharp corners of a load.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 9 Do Not Batten Down Slings The slings must be double wrapped with a choke hitch taking care not to cross over the wires on the underside of the pipe or tube bundle (Fig 9). Use wooden packing to protect the sling from sharp edges and to generally increase the radius around which the sling must bend. Each sling shall have a WLL at least equal to the gross weight of the load. or similar. The recommended safe lifting angle of the sling leg is 30 degrees from the vertical. Ensure that the correct length of slings are used. Refer to BSP Lifting Information Memo LIM-001-05 for further details.
THE CLAMPS MUST BE REPLACED. deformity and impact damage. BEWARE OF TUBULARS ROLLING OUT TO A FLAT POSITION. d. cracks. Tag lines must be attached to the load and not to the lifting gear.9. Return slings to the rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. cracks.1 Rejection The clamp shall be rejected when there is any obvious excessive wear. mechanical damage and soaking from water accumulation. it must be slowly lifted clear of the ground. it must be lowered immediately and re-slung in a more stable position. CHECK THAT THE BUNDLE REMAINS SECURE AND THERE IS NO BACK SLIPPAGE OF THE ROPE THROUGH THE CLAMP.2 Care and maintenance The clamps must be inspected for damage after removing from sling. CAUTION: AFTER LANDING LOAD ON THE TRUCK OR SUPPLY VESSEL.9. 15. and the clamp reassembled and stored in a box marked with the correct size/diameter for future use. 19. it may also be advisable to lock the choke with a wire clamp or fist grip. The Wedgelock shall be greased. The wire clamp must be stored in a dry atmosphere. THERE MAYBE A DANGER OF LIMBS BEING TRAPPED. c.6. check slings for damage and deterioration in the same manner as for pre-use inspection. deformity and impact damage and check that the wedge lock is free to move 15. Although Standards indicate that it is acceptable to single wrap and choke individual tubulars.1 Wire Clamp (ASBRO) Pre-Use Inspection Wire clamps must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: a. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 129 of 267 . IF ANY BACK SLIPPAGE BECOMES APPARENT AND/OR THE BUNDLE BECOMES SLACK. this is only recommended under ideal conditions.9. 18. 15.6. if there is the slightest doubt as to the stability of the load. It is a requirement that individual tubulars are double wrapped.6. Alternative lifting arrangements must be made. 2. Never leave slings laying on the ground/deck where they will be exposed to environmental hazards such as chemical spillage. Inspect the wedge for excessive wear.9. 3. 15. if required. When lifting a load. deformity or impact damage or if the clamp allows the rope to slip through when landing the bundle thus allowing the bundle to become slack. cracks. if the load then tilts. After use and before storing. cracks. If the tubular or load is being lifted and laid down more than once. b. Multi-leg slings must not be used if there is a possibility that they will damage the equipment to be lifted. Inspect the claw for excessive wear.7 After Use Proceed as follows: 1. Inspect the saddle for excessive wear. deformity and impact damage. Check the clamp is of the correct size for the wire rope.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 17.
4. 15. A pennant (stinger) must be used for all lifts to and from supply vessels work boats etc. Various chain sling configurations are shown on Fig 11. In exceptional circumstances were due to jib length it is not possible. 5.1 1. 6.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15.0 1. 7. However. Some chains are shown with chain ‘shortening clutches’. The construction shall be with hard eyes terminations.8 Pennant or Stingers Pennants shall meet all the requirements of wire ropes slings (see section 15. Pennants shall have the capacity to lift 125% of the planed load. The rating of chain slings is based on the uniform load method. The crane operator and vessel's crew must exercise utmost caution 2. Fig 11 Chain Sling Configurations chain slings are used for lifting skips and lifting barrels / steel drums. The attached hook shall be of an approved design of swivel scissor action self-latching type hook with trigger release handle.5 x x x x x SWL of a single leg SWL of a single leg from 0° to 45° SWL of a single leg from 0° to 45° SWL of a single leg from 45° to 60° SWL of a single leg from 45° to 60° Page 130 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . a tag line is to be fixed just above the crane hook.9.4 2. 3. a hook on one end and a master link at the other end.9. A hi-visibility cover for the wire rope portion is recommended.10 Chain Slings and Fittings It is Brunei Shell Petroleum policy not to use chain slings for general lifting operations. from containers. or similar.3) and in addition the following requirements shall apply: 1.0 1. which give the following results: Single leg sling Double leg sling Three and Four leg sling Double leg sling Four leg sling = = = = = 1. (see fig 16A) The hook shall have a working load limit of at least equal to the wire rope. The master link shall be of a suitable size to fit the crane hook.
There will be an increase in load.2 Pre-use Chain and barrel slings must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1. 6. Fig 12 Barrel Sling 15. Check end fittings e. 8. Inspect end terminations for damage. etc.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. d. hooks. a drum cage must be used.1 Barrel Slings Barrel slings as shown in Fig 12 must be used for lifting a single barrel/drum only. connectors etc in accordance with the appropriate sections of this standard. 2. Always use a sling with a greater WLL than the anticipated weight of the load if: b. Check for stretch in the individual legs. Check all attached fittings.10. rings. cracks and the securing/ load pins are secured. grade 8. through wind effect. 3. Check sling unique identification and SWL are present and readable and current colour code is present. twists. elongation and nicks.g. c. 2. Protect them from wear. corrosion. 4. 9. There is a possibility of shock or dynamic loading. deterioration and security. i.e. links. Ensure the grade of the chain sling is suitable for lifting duties i. abrasion. Check each leg for distortion of links e.10. or similar abuse. NOTE: 15. When more than one barrel is to be lifted in one lift. so that they cannot be accidentally re-used. bends.3 Safe Use Destroy (oxy-cut) slings that are found to be unfit for use. 5. Check for wear between chain links and load pins. 7. hooks.10. The exact load weight is unknown. crushing.g. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 131 of 267 . Check all coupling components are free from distortion. impact loading.e. When using chain slings observe the following: 1. 10 etc.
5. Most loads can be lowered on to timber battens allowing the slings to be withdrawn. the angle between one leg and the vertical (0° to 45°). of 0° to 45°. which is: a. Care must be taken when using a ‘barrel lifter’ to ensure that the barrel to be lifted is of standard size. With three-legged slings. Never use a sling that is knotted.10. With multi-leg slings. the angle between one leg and the vertical (0° to 45°). A 'sling angle' is usually denoted by the angle of the leg to the vertical at the lifting point. There is no way of knowing that all sling legs will carry equal amounts of the load. For multi-leg slings the WLL is quoted for an angle of the leg to the vertical. Lift height must be minimised and personnel must not be allowed beneath the barrel. 15. A multi-leg sling must not be used if. If in doubt do not sling the load but seek advice from a supervisor. The vertical barrel lifter must only be used to lift barrels from containers and place them on the deck alongside the container. check slings for damage in the same manner as for pre-use inspection. Non-standard / modified barrels must not be lifted with this type of barrel lifter. Never land a load on to the load slings Keep slings away from welding or cutting operations. If it is obvious that the load is unbalanced. After use and before storing. c. When the load has to be lifted over vulnerable plant (because there is no alternative route). Prepare the load landing area. Return slings to the rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. 2. the angle of the leg to the vertical. the angle from the vertical at the master link is greater than 45°. Do not assess the required WLL of a multi-leg sling by dividing the load weight by the number of sling legs. With four-legged slings. when fitted to the load. the leg tension (not the weight of the load) in the sling legs carrying the majority of the load must be assessed when determining the sling SWL required. mechanical damage. it is possible that two legs could be carrying the majority of the load whilst the other sling legs just balance the load. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 132 of 267 . 8. b.10. 3. 3. 6. This type of barrel lifter is only used to lift the barrel from a container and place it on the deck beside the container. They will not ‘fit’ the barrel lifter and may drop when lifted. Various manufacturers produce this type of barrel lifter and a typical top (vertical) barrel lifter is shown in Fig 13. at the master link. Be aware that tension in sling legs varies with the angle of the leg to the vertical at the hook.leg slings. With two. sling with longer legs requires to be selected.4 After Use Proceed as follows: 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 e. Never leave slings laying on the ground/deck where they will be exposed to environmental hazards such as chemical spillage. 7.5 Barrel Lifters Barrel lifters are used to lift barrels vertically from half-high containers. 15. NOTE: 4.
each of which shall be considered and may affect a webbing sling selection process. BARREL LIFTERS SHALL NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH LIFTING OPERATIONS USING OFFSHORE CRANES. the width of a webbing sling governs the WLL and approximates to 1 tonne per 50mm of width for Simplex (single thickness) slings and 1 tonne WLL per 25mm width for Duplex (double thickness) slings.g. 15. chrome tubulars.11 Man-Made Fibre (Webbing) Slings It is Brunei Shell Petroleum requirement that webbing slings shall not be used for general lifting either onshore or offshore. Generally man made fibre slings are used for slinging fragile loads or for suspending loads where the equipment coating has to be protected i. do not attempt to lift more than one barrel at a time. They can also be supplied as “round” slings (see Fig 14). Webbing slings of nylon or other man made fibres are extremely difficult to examine by visual inspection only. hard eyes or endless to suit specific requirements. If more than one drum is to be lifted a container must be used. Generally. Table 1 shows the webbing sling material colour code and WLL. as flat web slings with soft eyes.e. Nylon or Polypropylene. Man-made fibre (webbing) slings are manufactured in various formats e. Fig 13 Typical (Vertical) Barrel Lift Device CAUTION: DO NOT USE BARREL LIFTERS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TRANSFERING BARRELS AROUND THE PLATFORM/PLANT.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 When using barrel slings. THE USE OF THIS TYPE OF LIFTING APPLIANCE IS RESTRICTED TO LIFTING BARRELS FROM A CONTAINER AND PLACING THE BARREL ON THE DECK ALONGSIDE THE CONTAINER. Webbing slings are manufactured from Polyester. Each material has particular design properties. Weakening of the main body of the sling or stitching by chemical or mechanical means can all too easily remain undetected until the sling is loaded. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 133 of 267 .
11.2 Pre-use Fibre slings must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 134 of 267 .1 Webbing (Round and Flat) Sling WLL Colour Coding The colour of the outer canvas cover of a round sling denotes the WLL of the sling (Table 2).11. SLING WLL (TONNE) 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 Table 2 COLOUR OF OUTER COVER VIOLET GREEN YELLOW GREY RED BROWN BLUE ORANGE Webbing (Round and Flat) Sling WLL Colour Codes 15. 15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 14 Webbing Slings Material Polyamide (Nylon) Polyester Polypropylene Identification colour for material (found on label) Green Blue Brown Table 1 Fibre Sling Colours Do not use a webbing sling as a transit sling.
) Where exposed temperatures in excess of 80 degrees Celsius may occur. Mildew does not affect the strength of the webbing and maybe removed by washing in water only. Check webbing seams for deterioration. and must be used only under strict control whenever delicate. Cuts. look for: a.g. will result in a serious loss of strength and the sling must be destroyed. Local abrasions will cause a serious loss of strength and the sling must be destroyed. 5. rough or abrasive surfaces could cut or tear the sling (e. which can be recognised by weakening or softening of the material such that surface fibres can be plucked or rubbed off. b. shiny surface on the web. smooth. 6. d. Where sharp edges. c. if found. 3. 1. 5. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 135 of 267 . 4. 2. as a powder in extreme cases.g. Observe the WLL mode factor for webbing slings as shown on Fig 15. 2. Destroy sling if chemical damage is found. solvents and paints). If mildew is found. piping with specialised coatings. Check for chemical attack. where risk would be reduced For applications where the design specifies man-made fibre slings. If there is evidence of damage at the sling eye destroy the sling.11. oil. Check for damaged stitching and cuts to the inner surfaces. 15. For any load that may rotate in the sling.4 Prohibited Lifts Man-made fibre slings are prohibited in the following situations. alkalis. For pre-slinging loads associated with dynamic factors.g. Webbing slings shall not be used for general lifts. Chafes to the sling. such as vessel operations. particularly at the edge stitching. Where wire rope could cause crushing or surface damage to unprotected loads (e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. For awkward lifting. Check the sling unique identification. etc. which will be brittle to the touch. destroy sling if chafes are severe.11. WLL are present and readable and correctly colour coded. Pay extra attention to webbing slings when inspecting for damage. Where exposure to chemicals is likely (e. the sling must be destroyed. fragile or specialist lifts are required. rotating components from machinery. wash off with fresh water do not use detergents. 4. 7. acids.3 Safe Use Man –made fibre slings may only be used: Where there is no practical alternative. Give special attention to webbing strop eyes. 3. These must be viewed critically. Friction burns can be recognised by a hard. I beams. 15. fragile equipment etc).
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
15.11.5 Special Applications
Any sling used in support of fast rescue boats shall be: 1. 2. 3. Made of continuous fibre construction Have extra UV protection Be replaced annually or sooner if required.
There maybe the rare occasions where a man-made fibre sling maybe exposed to a dynamic lift, shock or snatch conditions i.e. lifting of chrome tubulars offshore. Under such circumstances the lifting operation shall: 1. Be considered as a complicated lifting operation and thus be subject to the additional requirements for job planning and operating practice. Refer to Section 9.9 Utilise slings with a working load rating that is double the actual load being lifted (e.g. 5 tonne straight lift requires a sling with a 10 tonne working load rating).
CAUTION: A NYLON (POLYAMIDE) SLING CAN LOSE UP TO 15% OF ITS SWL WHEN WET. 1. To minimise loss of strength when using a webbing sling eye on a hook, the hook bowl must have a width of more than one-third the inside length of the webbing sling eye. Protect a webbing sling when passing it round a surface that may cause damage to the sling. Do not permit the eye of a webbing sling to be opened in excess of 20° to avoid excessive load on the stitching. Do not cause friction heat in a webbing sling by pulling it round a solid object. Do not allow a webbing sling to contact hot pipelines or hot pressure vessels. Webbing slings are adversely affected by heat. Ensure that a flat webbing sling is loaded evenly across its full width. Under no circumstances shall two slings be joined together by 'threading the eye'. If two webbing slings have to be joined together they must be joined with a shackle. Webbing slings must not be used as the primary lifting slings for the transportation of goods or cargo to or from a platform, except where noted above.
Carry out the following: 1. Check sling(s) for damage, deterioration and contamination before storing. Damaged slings and chemically contaminated slings must be destroyed. If a fibre sling is wet it must be thoroughly dried before returning to rigging store. Dry the sling by hanging it in a warm area, not over/on hot pipe work where excessive heat could damage the sling. Return sling(s) to rigging store and ‘complete ‘returns’ procedure.
FIBRE SLINGS WILL DEGRADE IN ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT AND MUST BE STORED AWAY FROM SUNLIGHT AND OTHER SOURCES OF ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 136 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Fig 15 Fibre Sling - Mode Factor
A variety of hook designs will be encountered on Brunei Shell Petroleum worksites and platforms however, all hooks must be of the ‘safety hook’ type, i.e. a hook that has a mechanical latch arrangement that prevents the hook from opening until manually released. Fig 16 shows two of the more commonly used hook types. A hook that does not have a safety latch must not be used. The scissor action self locking type hook shown in Fig 16, or the BK type are commonly known as a ‘scissors type’ safety hook. The geometry of these hooks is such that as long as the load is passed vertically through the centre line of the hook, the applied forces will positively close the hook. When the hook closes a cam-lock will prevent the hook from opening. To open the hook the cam-lock requires manually unlatching. This design makes the hook one of the safest types under normal operational circumstances. However, care must be exercised when using this type of hook to ensure fingers are not pinched in the scissor action when used for lifting operations to and from a moving marine vessel, they must be fitted with the additional trigger release handle. (see fig 16A) The scissors type hook can however, be unlatched accidentally if the hook is subject to shock loading in the opposite direction to which load is normally applied. Scissor action self locking type hooks fitted to pennants must be fitted with the additional trigger release handle Fig 16A.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 137 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Fig 16 Hook Types
Fig 16A Scissor Hook with trigger release handle
Hooks must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1. Check hook WLL is present and readable.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 138 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Check that wear on the bearing surface of the hook is not excessive and that there are no stress/fatigue cracks, or any form of damage (see Figs 17 and 18).
Fig 17 General Hook Inspection
15.12.2 Scissor Hook Inspection
The scissor type self-latching hooks shall be inspected as follows. 1. 2. 3. Check generally as shown in Fig 17. Physically close the hook and check that hook closes correctly. With hook closed attempt to pull hook apart and check gap between closing faces of hook. The gap on smaller hooks (less than 10 tonnes) must not exceed 2mm and on larger hooks (greater than 10 tonnes) the gap must not exceed 4mm (see Fig 18). View the hook edgeways and check for ‘twist’. If either the bottom or the top of the hook is twisted beyond the centreline the hook must not be used. Check hook swivel for free rotation, damage and wear. Confirm that hook latch mechanisms operate freely and has a positive action.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 139 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Scissors Type Hook Inspection
Observe the following: 1. The WLL of a hook applies only when the load is correctly positioned on the load line of the hook. If the hook is eccentrically loaded, or if a load is applied other than on the hook load line, the hook WLL is greatly reduced. Do not attach more than two sling eyes directly on a hook. If more than two slings need to be attached to a hook, a suitable shackle must be used between the hook and the slings’ (see Fig 19).
Fig 19 3.
Do Not Overcrowd a Hook
Where the load will have a tendency to rotate when lifted, use a swivel hook, or insert a swivel link between load hook and lifting rope. Always check to ensure that the hook safety latch, or on scissors type hooks the latch release cam has closed correctly before allowing the load to be lifted. Do not side load, tip load, or back hook (see Fig 20).
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 140 of 267
Where a shackle pin is designed to accept a locking split pin (safety shackle). 2.13. Note: Mild steel shackles shall not be used under any circumstances. “R” clips cannot be substituted for a split pin and must not be used. The use of higher tensile steel shackles is to be avoided for reasons of safety (e. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 141 of 267 . After Use Check hook as for pre-use checks. cracks or corrosion on any part of the shackle (see Fig 21). with single sling.e. Ensure that the pin and the body are of the same grade material and that they ‘match’.4 1. which can have a Bow or Dee shape body. the split pin must be in good condition and of the correct diameter and length see Appendix 12.1 Pre-use Inspection Shackles must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1. 15. WLL and colour code. cuts. A high tensile steel shackle of similar size to an Alloy steel shackle is approximately only half the strength confusing the two could lead to inadvertent overload). This type of shackle can also have a Bow or a Dee shape body. i. Check shackle unique identification. Look for damage to the pin or body threads.e. distortion in any part of the shackle and obvious wear on the body or pin of the shackle. 2.12. return hook to rigging store.g. A Bow shackle is generally used where more than one attachment is to be made to the shackle. 2.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 20 Incorrect Hooking Methods 15.13 Shackles All shackles used by Brunei Shell Petroleum shall preferably be of the alloy steel variety and designed and manufactured in accordance with the US Federal Specification RR-C-271D or an equivalent international standard. 1. 'Screw pin' shackle with a pin screwed into one body eye. 'Safety-Anchor' shackle with bolt. 3. A Dee shackle is generally used to link two items of lifting equipment together and restricted to one attachment only i. 4. If applicable. If body and pin do not match the shackle must not be used. 15. nut and safety pin. Two basic types of shackle will be encountered on BSP worksites and offshore platforms (Fig 21). with multi-leg slings. and complete ’returns’ procedure. Also check for nicks.
attachments and shackle are all of adequate SWL. Care requires to be taken to ensure that the structure. Used where two components are connected Fig 21 Shackle Inspection 15. Page 142 of 267 3. A shackle must be fitted and loaded such that the load line is on the centre line of the shackle and not in such a way that side loads are imposed on the body.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 When a shackle body is suspended from its crown on a piece of wire and tapped with a hammer it shall have a clear 'bell-like ring'. When a shackle is used to secure the top block of a set of rope blocks the load on the shackle (and anchor eyebolt) is increased by the value of the hoisting effort. To avoid side loads on a shackle fit loose spacer/shimming washers at each end of the shackle pin.2 Safe Use When using a shackle. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . or fit a shackle with a jaw opening 'gape' that fits the hook. 4. Used where more than two components are connected Fig 22 Correct and Incorrect Use of a Shackle with a Hook 2. Welding heat will seriously weaken the shackle. the following shall be observed: 1. The increase in load to be expected is shown in Fig 23 Table.13. Do not reduce the width between the jaws of a shackle by welding washers or spacers to the inside faces of the shackle jaws. and invalidate certification. if a crack is present the shackle will have a 'dead' sound.
66 0. 5.88 1.06 5. The load is unstable and if it shifts.05 Part of rope supporting the load – tonnes W 2 3 4 5 0.08 Fig 23 Use of Shackle with Sheave Block Note: The above loads must not exceed those marked on the blocks as being the safe load that may be lifted. A factor for friction has been added.93 3.53 2.52 4. Most blocks are limited by size of hooks and other components and not the number of falls of rope. the rope could unscrew the shackle pin.53 0.34 2.72 2.20 1.49 0.84 1.28 0.29 0.60 2.05 4.76 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 143 of 267 .30 2.44 0.63 0.84 2.87 0.20 1.00 0.10 0.20 2. Always place the shackle with the pin uppermost in the hook and with the sling eyes located in the shackle body (Fig 24). Fig 24 Use of Slings with Shackles 6.16 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The figure shows an example of a pulley block Tabulated safe loads allow for one extra (lead) sheave (not shown in the diagram) D = Minimum diameter at bottom of groove of sheave in mm P = Pull in the lead rope (as fixed by size of rope) in tonnes W = Safe load that may be lifted.40 6 1.12 3.64 3.97 1. Do not use a single rope (sling) passed over a shackle screw pin to lift a load (Fig 24). Rope Diameter mm 16 20 24 28 32 D mm 80 100 120 140 160 P tonnes 1 0.67 1.84 1.
Fig 25 Types of Eyebolt and Eyebolt Terminology 15. 3. An eyebolt with a link can be loaded in any direction to full SWL provided that the angle of the load to the axis of the screw thread does not exceed 15°.1 Eyebolt with Link This type of eyebolt is preferred for general lifting (see Fig 25).13. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 144 of 267 . however.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. Coat threads and body of shackle with light machine oil. Thoroughly clean the shackle and inspect the shackle in accordance with pre-use procedures. 15. Do not separate pins and shackle bodies. For greater angles (up to 45°) the SWL requires to be de-rated by a reduction factor of 0⋅65. 2. Return the shackle(s) to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure.14 Eyebolts Eyebolts are one of the most widely used items of lifting tackle. It can be used where loading cannot be kept to a single plane.14.3 After Use On completion of use: 1. certified unit. only collared eyebolts must be used. A shackle must always be stored as a complete.
deformed eye. it is essential that each eyebolt is of adequate capacity. Fig 26 Eyebolt Inspection 15. with a maximum variation of 5° either way. so that it seats correctly on the load. For angles between 0° and 45° collar eyebolts must be de-rated by 50% Where more than one eyebolt is used to lift a load. COLLAR-LESS EYEBOLTS WITH A SCREWED SHANK. Check eyebolt unique identification and WLL. the hook.g. and colour coded. If defects are found the eyebolt must be scrapped. WARNING DYNAMO EYEBOLTS.4 Safe Use Observe the following: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 145 of 267 .14. e. Generally clean the eyebolt and inspect the eyebolt for bent shank. OR THREAD DIAMETER OF LESS THAN 12mm ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR LIFTING. 3. 2.14. cracks and nicks and in particular for thread damage.14. are present and readable.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. the eyebolts must have the same WLL. A pair of collar eyebolts can however be used in conjunction with a shackle and two-leg sling to lift at an angle to the vertical but the WLL must be de-rated.2 Collar Eyebolt A collar eyebolt (see Fig 25) must have a thread that is run out and recessed under the collar. 15. The plane of each eyebolt shall align with the point of lift. In instances where the eyebolts will not be equally loaded. The WLL of a collar eyebolt is stated for vertical lifts only. Caution EYEBOLTS MUST NOT BE USED FOR OFFSHORE LIFTING. its thread is in good order and there is no build-up of dirt/grease in the bottom of the hole that will prevent the eyebolt collar from seating. Check that the threaded hole into which the eyebolt is to be fitted is clean.3 Pre-use Inspection Eyebolts must be visually inspected before they are used as follows: 1.
which will cause a reduction in the WLL. Check that the eyebolt thread and the hole thread are compatible. Fig 27 Use of Eyebolt with Shackle 4. 7. When using more than one collar eyebolt for lifting if the plane of an eyebolt will not align with the point of lift. 2. Over-tightening of an eyebolt can cause stretching of the shank under the collar resulting in serious (but hidden) damage. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 146 of 267 . 3. The shim thickness must not exceed half of one thread pitch and the outside diameter of the shim must be the same diameter as the eyebolt collar diameter (Fig 29). a shim maybe used under the eyebolt collar.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. a swivel must be used in the lifting gear to prevent the eyebolt from being unscrewed. If threads are mismatched any attempt to force-mate will result in a serious reduction in lifting capacity and will render both threads (male and female) unfit for further use. The threaded hole receiving an eyebolt must have sufficient thread depth to ensure that the eyebolt collar will seat before the eyebolt thread reaches the bottom of the threaded hole. If a single eyebolt is used for lifting and there is a possibility that the load will revolve or twist. use a shackle (Fig 27). Use no greater leverage than a spanner compatible with the eyebolt thread size. Fig 28 Eyebolt Tightening 6. Do not use excessive leverage to tighten an eyebolt that will not seat correctly with normal leverage (Fig 28). Check that the surface area around the hole (under the eyebolt collar) is clean. Do not fit a hook directly on to an eyebolt. and will not hinder the eyebolt collar from seating all round.
5 After Use On completion of use: 1. 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 29 Eyebolt Alignment 8. 15. Check eyebolt for any damage that may have been incurred during use. b. 8. Inclined loading at eyebolts. a. The nut shall be of a grade compatible with the eyebolt. Eyebolts used in clearance holes with back nuts shall have some locking device fitted to the nut to prevent the nut from unscrewing. Return eyebolt(s) to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. Use a tapered washer if an eyebolt is used on a tapered surface (Fig 30). and Angle at the hook from the vertical. Fig 30 Fitting Eyebolt to Uneven Surface 10. threads and underside of eyebolt collar. i.14. The swivel hoist ring will swivel unrestricted through 360º and its lifting bail ring will pivot through 180º (Fig 31).14.6 Swivel Hoist Rings The swivel hoist ring performs a similar function to a link eyebolt but with a greater and safer range of out-of-vertical lift capabilities. There is no reduction in SWL for angled BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 147 of 267 . 9. 15. Lightly coat with oil to protect machined surfaces. When using eyebolts in conjunction with a two-legged sling ensure that the longest sling legs possible are used so as to minimise.e. 2. Under no circumstances must an eyebolt be over-tightened in an attempt to achieve correct alignment. When an eyebolt is removed ensure that the tapped hole is suitably protected against damage and deterioration.
3. Check the tapped hole for cleanliness and thread rating. 4.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 lifts between 0º and 90º. Inspect for defect to the threads. Check swivel hoist ring unique identification and WLL are present and readable.1 Pre-use Swivel hoist rings must be visually inspected before they are used as follows 1. 2. Do not exceed the swivel hoist ring WLL. Silver denotes Metric thread.14. 180 ° PIVOT 360 ° ROTATION Fig 31 Hoist Ring 15.000lb Working Load Limit (WLL). 3. Hoist rings with a UNC securing thread are available in sizes from 800lb to 30. Hoist rings are available with either UNC or Metric thread sizes. freedom of movement and free rotation through 360°.2 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. the coloured washer on the swivel identifies thread type: Red denotes UNC thread. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 148 of 267 . Check ring bail for elongation. Install and tighten to manufacturer’s recommended torque. 2. and colour coded.900kg WLL.6. corrosion. wear or damage. 15. Do not use spacers between bushing flange and mounting surface. check pivot moves freely through 180°.14. Make sure the bushing flange meets the load surface. Metric thread types are available in sizes from 400kg to 16. possible wear.6.
When using lifting slings of two or more legs. Where some side loading is expected to occur in a beam clamp lifting operation. Fig 32 Typical Beam Clamps 15. After Use Check as for pre-use. Loading at any angle (to 90 degrees) without de-rating. rope. The onshore/offshore industry uses only the type which actually clamp onto and grip the beam by means of a threaded adjusting bar (see Fig 32).16 Universal Superclamps The only clamp that will accept lateral and longitudinal side loading in line with the beam is the clamp shown in Fig 33.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. ensure that the forces in the legs are calculated using the angle from the vertical to the leg and select the proper size swivel hoist ring to allow for the angular forces.14. return to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. Use as an anchor point for lifting and pulling. This clamp is suitable for: 1. The more common types of beam clamp used in offshore and onshore are shown on Fig 31.15 Beam Clamps A beam clamp is an item of portable lifting equipment.3 Sling angles may de-rate sling members (chain. a beam clamp specially designed for side loading shall be used (see Fig 33). which is used to attach a hoist or similar portable lifting equipment to a structural beam capable of sustaining a load. they are designed for vertical lifts only and must not be subjected to side loading. 2.6. Low headroom use. both laterally and longitudinally. 3. Beam clamps are often used as an anchor point for manually operated hoists. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 149 of 267 . 15. NOTE: 15. or webbing) but will not de-rate swivel hoist ring capacity.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 150 of 267 .16. Do not exceed the WLL of the beam clamp or the WLL of the beam to which the clamp is to be secured.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 33 Universal Super clamp 15. Check beam clamp unique identification. WLL. 2. 3. Ensure that the beam clamp is correctly clamped to the beam and that the centre line of the beam clamp suspension point is in alignment with the centre line of the beam. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Ensure that the adjustable screw rotates freely. defects and deterioration. if defects are found the beam clamp must not be used.2 Beam Clamp Safe Use Observe the following: 1. 2. if any defects are found the beam shall not be used. 15. 4. Report defects to the CAP or worksite supervisor. Inspect for damage.16. do not attempt to repair the beam. distortion and deterioration.1 Pre-use Inspection Check as follows: 1. Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage. Report defects and place a notice on the beam clamp indicating that beam clamp must not be used for lifting until defect is rectified.
use the beam clamps shown in Fig 33.17. 15.17. light loads (usually 2 tonne maximum) and infrequent use.1 Push Type Trolleys Push type trolleys are generally suited to low suspension levels. A trolley will be either a 'push' or 'gear' type and can be either permanently fitted.16.2 Gear Type Trolleys Gear type trolleys are usually preferred when loads in excess of 2 tonne are handled and/or accurate positioning of the load is required. They are usually traversed by an endless hand chain and are more suited to high suspension levels and regular use.3 Beam Trolley Installation A Competent Person must carry out the installation of a trolley to a beam. Clean the clamp(s) and inspect as for pre-use inspection.17 Beam Trolleys A beam trolley is an item of portable lifting equipment used to attach a hoist or similar portable lifting equipment to a structural beam capable of sustaining the load to be lifted. 15. Fig 34 Typical Beam Trolleys 15. no side loading longitudinally along the beam is not permitted. 15. or removable (Fig 34).17. 2. Where side loading is expected. it also facilitates horizontal movement of the load along the beam.3 After Use Proceed as follows: 1. Use standard beam clamps for vertical lifts only. 5. Adjustment is achieved by BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 151 of 267 . a spreader bar must be used to ensure equal and vertical loading. Beam trolleys are in the main adjustable to suit a specific range of beam flange widths. If two clamps are to be used on a beam for one lift. 15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 3. Return clamp(s) to rigging store and carry out ‘returns’ procedure. 4.
Check cross bolts. Check trolley unique identification. WARNING: BEAM TROLLEYS ARE DESIGNED FOR A VERTICAL LOAD HANDLING ONLY AND ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SIDE LOADING BEAM END STOPS (TO PREVENT THE TROLLEY RUNNING OFF THE BEAM) MUST BE PRESENT ON ANY BEAM WHERE A TROLLEY IS USED. When fitting the trolley to the beam adjust the wheels/rollers so that there is 6 mm clearance overall (i. the operating chains (trolley and hoist unit) must be long enough to hang approximately half a metre above the operating level of the load. do not attempt to repair the beam. 4. WLL. 5. especially the 'split' link. Confirm that 'end stops' are fitted to the beam. Before a trolley is fitted to a beam. (If contaminants penetrate the bearing seals. side plates and assemblies for security and signs of damage or deterioration. END STOPS MUST CONTACT THE TROLLEY BODY. 3. Check rollers for free running and for any wear at outside diameters. 15. it may already have been damaged beyond repair and is unfit for use. Check also for the possibility of incorrectly substituted components. 12.5 Pre-use Inspection Check as follows: 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . for distortion. TO PREVENT THE TROLLEY MOVING UNDER GRAVITY THE BEAM ON WHICH THE TROLLEY IS USED MUST BE HORIZONTALLY LEVEL UNDER ALL LOADING CONDITIONS.4 Anti-tilt Device Most trolleys are fitted with an anti-tilt device that must be adjusted to just clear the underside of the beam. 3 mm max each side between the roller rim and the outer edge of the beam (Fig 35). Where fitted. (Someone may have tried to make one good trolley from two unserviceable trolleys). date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. check hand chain and wheel for deformation and chain links. check that operating height of hand chain is compatible with beam height. Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage. THE PLATFORM STRUCTURE MUST NOT BE USED TO LIMIT TROLLEY TRAVEL. Page 152 of 267 2.e. Never attempt to straighten a distorted chain link. ensure that trolley centreline is aligned with centreline of the beam web. check for distortion of the side plates and/or load bar. 15. ensure that the track width and shape of trolley wheels/rollers is compatible with the beam. When selecting a trolley. If the trolley cannot be adjusted to give the required clearance it must not be used. 10. Where applicable. Check trolley generally for freedom of operation. Report defects to the worksite supervisor. 11. if any defects are found the beam shall not be used. Check bearing stubs and bearings for evidence of wear.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 means of a screwed adjusting bar or by the positioning of spacer washers on the trolley load bar between the side plates. After fitting the trolley to the beam.17. rapid wear and/or seizure will result). 7. 6.17. defects and deterioration. 9. 8.
run it along the beam. DO NOT OPERATE A STRAIGHT SIDE PLATE TROLLEY WITH FLAT TREAD WHEELS ON A TAPPERED FLANGE BEAM BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 153 of 267 . If the hand chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it is not correctly locating in the wheel pockets and the trolley must not be used. Fig 35 Beam Trolley Checks CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATE A TAPPERED SIDE PLATE OR TAPPERED TREAD WHEELED TROLLEY ON A FLAT FLANGE BEAM. 'slips' or has any form of malfunction. Do not use a trolley that 'sticks'.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 12 Function test the trolley without load.
Do not operate a tapered tread wheels on a flat flange beam. They are intended for lifting and moving metal plate in the horizontal position only.18 Plate Clamps Plate clamps are available in two basic designs: 1.17. which may then wedge under the trolley wheels. 7.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. Do not shock load the trolley and associated equipment. Clean the trolley and inspect as pre-use inspection. Ensure that trolley is used for vertical lifts only. 5. Horizontal Plate Clamps: These are used in pairs and usually suspended by a two-leg sling from a beam. Return the trolley to rigging store and carry out ‘returns’ procedure. Do not allow the hand chain to tangle.6 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. 15. 15. Horizontal Plate Clamps Universal (Vertical) Plate Clamp Fig 36 Plate Clamps BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 154 of 267 . 4. Do not use the hand chain for lifting or slinging purposes. Do not operate a straight tread wheels on a tapered flange beam. 2. 2. 8. 3.7 After Use Proceed as follows: 1.17. 6. or to become twisted or kinked. 2. Keep the trolley wheels and the beam free of grease and contaminants that may collect foreign bodies. Universal Plate Clamps: These clamps are intended for lifting and moving metal plate in the vertical position. or for any form of load support. Ensure that the trolley anti-tilt device is adjusted so that it is just clear of the beam.
Fig 38 shows various acceptable horizontal plate clamp lifting arrangements. or any coating that could prevent the clamp gripping surfaces from making positive contact with the plate.18. Horizontal Plate Clamps Check plates (to be lifted) and clean off mill scale. 3. 6. grease. It is important to select a clamp with WLL as close to the weight of the plate (never below) as possible. Selection of a plate clamp for lifting one plate at a time will be subject to three main considerations: 1. Check clamp opening and closing operation. Check cam segment shaft and cotter pin for any wear or damage. The thickness of the plate.1 Pre-use Check the following: Check plate clamp unique identification.e. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 155 of 267 . An over-specified clamp will not be as efficient as one with an WLL just above the weight to be lifted. BUT MUST NOT BE USED TO TRANSPORT PLATES HORIZONTALLY. 15. 3. which will determine the correct model of clamp with the appropriate jaw opening. paint.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 WARNING: UNIVERSAL PLATE CLAMPS CAN LIFT A PLATE FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL AND VICE-VERSA. The weight of the plates to be handled. NOTE: Plate clamps are not suitable for sub-sea work. For lifting more than one plate (in the horizontal position only) specially designed clamps known as Sheet Bundle Clamps must be used (Fig 37). date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. 2. 5.2 1. Check that the teeth are sharp and free from dirt. 2. Inspect clamp cam segment for wear or distortion. 4. Inspect clamp body for damage. fractures or deformation. horizontally or vertically. which will determine the WLL of the clamp(s).18. Fig 37 Example of a Sheet Bundle Clamp 15. How the plate is to be transported and stacked i. WLL.
The spring must have no signs of corrosion or loss of tension. Operation must be positive and not heavy or rigid. but see also Fig 39 Check operation of locking assembly.18. 4. 3. Check the lifting eye for wear and/or deformation. Check operation of the spring by pressing on the hoisting eye in the closed position. 2. Universal (Vertical) Plate Clamps Check as for horizontal clamps above.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 38 Horizontal Plate Clamps 15. This applies force on the spring. Fig 39 Universal Plate Clamp BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 156 of 267 .3 1.
lower the hoist sufficient to enable a complete disengagement of the clamp. Vertical clamps can be used individually. Before lifting. c. When using two clamps to lift a plate. When using more than one clamp ensure clamps are equally loaded. j.18. which could cause instability and possibly release the load from the clamps. If a gap appears between plate and clamp. e. Ensure equal load on each clamp and that the load is balanced. especially when used with endless chain slings. Check that the plate is adequately supported and cannot slip and that the lifting sling is loose enough for the clamp to be removed. and then set the locking assembly to the ‘LOCK’ position. f. i. When lowering the load. a spreader bar must be used to prevent overloading the clamp and slippage due to angle increase (see fig 38). Determine the weight and size of the plate to be lifted. b. in pairs. turn or transfer only one plate at any one time. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 157 of 267 . Universal (Vertical) clamps for carrying plate vertically a. Firmly push the clamp against the plate. f. c. Reference shall be made to manufacturers safe working load charts with respect to clamps used at angles. The clamps must remain positioned against the plate throughout the entire lifting operation. Horizontal Plate Clamps for carrying plate horizontally a. check the clamp to ensure that it is locked onto the plate. b. never use the hoist to remove clamps. To minimise damage of the cam segment when not in use leave clamp in an open position. When using multiple pairs of clamps ensure that the load is shared equally between the clamps. if the clamp is fitted with a pre-tension system no further operation is required. take care not to snag or lower the plate onto obstacles or structures. lower the plate to a safe position and investigate cause of clamp movement. or in multiples. This will determine the WLL and type of clamp to be used. Lower plate onto battens to enable removal of clamps. g. 2. Do not attempt to lift more than one plate at a time. g. When moving plate. d. Clamp plates used to carry plate vertically are also suitable for lifting and turning steel plates. Place the clamp in the open position onto the plate so that the jaw of the clamp rests completely on the plate.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. e. Always use horizontal plate clamps in pairs. If it does not have a pre-tension system ensure that the inner side of the clamp body is located against the plate edge when tightening of the clamp occurs. d.4 Safe Use of Plate Clamps Observe the following: 1. These clamps are used to lift. h.
the body is internally threaded.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 CAUTION UNIVERSAL PLATE CLAMPS CAN LIFT A PLATE FROM HORIZONTAL TO VERTICAL AND VISA-VERSA. Fig 41 Turnbuckle In each case. a screw shall be selected which meets this dimension at `Mid-position' to allow adjustment in each direction. When closed rigging screws are used they must be fitted with view holes (refer to fig 40). which. Rotating the body of the unit will thus either increases or decreases the overall length of the screw assembly. there is a possibility of `over-opened' and consequent failure due to lack of load bearing thread. through the use of screw threads. the threads must not be screwed beyond these holes to prevent inadvertent over opening. However. PLATE CLAMPS SHALL NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH LIFTING OPERATIONS USING OFFSHORE CRANES. BUT MUST NOT BE USED TO TRANSPORT PLATES HORIZONTALLY. It is recommended that once the ideal length required has been calculated. View Holes Fig 40 Rigging Screw A turnbuckle consists of two reins with a boss at each end (open body) with a screwed fitting each end (see Fig 41). A rigging screw consists of a tubular (closed) body sometimes referred to as a box or bottle with a screwed fitting each end (see Fig 40). between a rigging screw and a turnbuckle. DO NOT USE PLATE CLAMPS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TRANSFERING STEEL PLATE AROUND THE PLATFORM/PLANT. THE USE OF THIS TYPE OF LIFTING APPLIANCE IS RESTRICTED TO SITUATIONS WHERE PLATE IS BEING REMOVED FROM A RACKING SYSTEM. Rigging screws and turnbuckles are normally supplied in a galvanised condition with a variety of end fittings as illustrated in Fig 42. 15. one end with a right hand thread and the other end with a left-hand thread.19 Rigging Screws / Turnbuckles The terms `rigging screw' and `turnbuckle' are often applied to a piece of rigging equipment. With closed body screws. provides a means of length adjustment or tensioning in a securing rope. OR IS BEING MOVED SHORT DISTANCES WHERE THE PLATE CAN BE RETAINED JUST ABOVE THE DECK/GROUND. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 158 of 267 . The length of the body dictates the amount of adjustability (more commonly known as `Take-up'). When in use. In the interests of safety. There are differences however. they shall not be used for lifting purposes. open bodied screws are preferred. Within Brunei Shell Petroleum these items are classified as ‘lifting equipment’ and must have certification.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. 3. it shall be specified that they are fitted with locking wire or split pins. If a turnbuckle is to be used in an application where vibration is present. Check for cracks or distortion to both end fittings. the end fittings shall be secured with locking nuts wire to prevent loosening alternatively it maybe secured with locking wire to prevent loosening (Fig 43).2 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. 2. Check for cracks or distortion to body (Fig 42). BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 159 of 267 .19. lock nuts can be used but they may slacken. 4. 3. Select the correct type and size for the job. especially at the neck of the shank. WLL. Check rigging screw/turnbuckle unique identification. stretch and possibility of a bent thread bar. If the rigging screws/turnbuckles are to be used in an environment where vibration is present.19. Refer to Manufacturer’s load charts. Jaw Hook Note: the hook has reduced capacity Eye Fig 42 Turnbuckle Inspection 15. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable Check for thread damage. (Thread size determines SWL). 2.1 Pre-use Check as follows: 1.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 FIT LOCKING WIRE AT EACH END TO PREVENT SCREW TURNING Fig 43 4. Locking Wire Fitted to Turnbuckle If a rigging screw is used with hook end fittings a reduction in working load limit will be required. 15. Fig 44a Wedge and Socket Arrangement Fig 44b Terminator wedge and socket arrangement BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 160 of 267 . (Refer to Manufacturer’s load charts).20 Wedge and Socket Wedge and socket assemblies are usually encountered as terminations on crane running ropes. Fig 44a. Never over tighten rigging screws/turnbuckles. 5. b and c show the assembly arrangement of a typical wedge and socket arrangement.
Accidental slackening of the rope grip could slacken the rope and dislodge the wedge. 45 (13 mm) ½” (13 mm) ½” 65 (16 mm) 5/8” (16 mm) 5/8” 95 (19 mm) ¾” (19 mm) ¾” 130 (22 mm) 7/8” (22 mm) 7/8” 225 (25 mm) 1” (25 mm) 1” 225 (29 mm) 1-1/8” (29 mm) 1-1/8” 225 (32 mm) 1-1/4” (32 mm) 1-1/4” 360 * The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean. WLL and rope size are present and readable. Check the rope around the wedge for corrosion and security. Table 1 Rope Size Clip Size (10 mm) 3/8” (10 mm) 3/8” *Torque Ft. 5. Check the dead end of the rope length (Table 1). but not less than 152 mm (6"). Ensure rope grip is secure.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Wrong Rope backwards Wrong Wedge Backwards Wrong Dead end clamped to live end Correct Fig 44c Termination of the Crosby “Terminator” Wedge and Socket *Wedge and Socket Tail Length Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope A minimum of 6 rope diameters. Check that the wedge/socket are the correct size for the rope. dry. 4.20.1 Pre-use Check the following: 1. but not less than 152 mm (6") Rotation Resistant Wire Rope A minimum of 20 rope diameters. Table 2 15./lbs. Check for signs of cracking/distortion on the socket body. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 161 of 267 . Check the wedge and socket unique identification. 3. resulting in the wedge dropping out. and free of lubrication. 2.
After installation. Three basic types of runway beam are found on offshore platforms (Fig 45). 1. 2. 2.21 Lifting Nipples and Lifting Caps Lifting nipples and lifting caps shall be certified and approved for lifting.1 Pre-Use Before use. 2.21. periodic inspection and renewal of the termination must be carried out throughout the life of the rope.2 1. a check shall always be carried out to: Ensure that the thread section on the pipe and on the lifting nipple or lifting cap are undamaged 15. Safe Use If the wedge and socket is to remain in use.22.20. 15.2 Safe Use 1. a good covering of grease must be applied at the bend as protection against weather.21. The lifting nipple or lifting cap is correctly installed. and that the thread dimension and type are the same. the area below the travel path is barred off.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. 15. 15. or structural beams that have been tested and certified for lifting purposes and the attachment of items of lifting equipment.1 Beam Identity Certified runway beams must have: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 162 of 267 . 3. When moving a load with lifting nipple or lifting cap.22 Runway Beams Runway beams are specially fitted beams. Rolled Steel Joists (RSJs) "I" or "H" Beams Universal Beams RSJ I or H UNIVERSAL BEAM Centre line of suspension point must always align with centre line of beam/column Fig 45 Types of Runway Beam 15.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 163 of 267 . Check beam unique identification. a risk assessment approved by the lifting Technical Authority is required. the lifting plan together with a sketch. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable Identification marking (Fig 46).22. if any defects are found the beam shall not be used. The striping must: a. details of the item to be lifted and the lifting equipment etc must be forwarded to the appropriate Asset Structural Engineer for approval. Zebra striping to indicate they are runway beams and to improve visibility. Black Yellow Fig 46 Beam Identity 15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1. Report defects to the CAP or worksite supervisor. c. Unique identification. CAUTION UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL PIPEWORK BE USED TO SUPPORT ANY PIECE OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT. and Consist of two contrasting colours. Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal.3 Pre-use Inspection Before using a runway beam the following checks must be carried out: 1. WLL. Generally clean the beam and inspect for damage. Confirm that the total load to be suspended from the beam will not exceed the beam WLL. 3. b. If a beam that has no certification for lifting and it is required to be used for lifting. Where a beam is bolted to the supporting structure ensure that all bolts/nuts are secure and in good condition. 15. yellow and black. Be 40-150 mm wide. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. If any doubt exists as to the capacity of the lifting point or it is suspected that an overload may occur. 2.10 for details. do not attempt to repair the beam.2 Uncertified Lifting Beams If a section of the platform structure of an uncertified beam is to be used for lifting purposes. a risk assessment must be carried out and a lifting plan prepared Refer to section 9. SWL. 4. 2.22. defects and deterioration.
by which it can be safely lifted. fabricated lifting plates. No more than one item of lifting equipment shall be used on the same runway beam at the same time. 15.23 Pad Eyes Pad eyes are lifting eyes that have been attached (welded or bolted) to a beam. 2.4 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. Be 40-60 mm wide.22. b. With a cantilever runway beam extra care must be taken when operating at. 3. Do not: 2. or near. cables etc from runway beams. and Page 164 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . Check. lifting eyes. that end stops are fitted to the beam and are adequate to prevent a travelling lifting device running off the beam. where appropriate. Be at an angle 30-60 degrees to the horizontal. Attach additional steelwork or suspend scaffold pipes.5 Lifting Points A ‘Lifting Point’ is generic term for the ‘certified’ point(s) or attachment(s) on an item of plant. structure or similar to be used for lifting purposes. The platform structure must not be used to stop a travelling lifting device fitted to a beam. the beam SWL and at the extreme end of the beam. 3. The square shall be painted with zebra striping. Padeyes shall be identifiable at point of location with the padeye centrally positioned in a 20 cm x 20 cm painted square (minimum size). 15. The striping must: a. The term also applies to points or attachments fixed to structural members and from which a load can be suspended. Fig 47 Runway Beam Inspection 15. trunnions. pad eyes.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. For example lifting lugs.22. Shock or side load runway beams.
23. INCLUDE WEIGHT OF LIFTING EQUIPMENT AND SLINGS. yellow and black. Zebra striping Visually check the state of the weld Padeye identity and SWL (Padeye shall not be used if no identity or SWL is displayed!) Check condition of padeye in general and hole for elongation or damage Fig 48 Typical Pad Eye Welded to Beam Fig 49 Pad Eye . OR ADD 10% TO TOTAL IF WEIGHTS ARE ESTIMATED. A PAD EYE IS DESIGNED AND CERTIFIED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY. HOWEVER. WHEN ASSESSING LOAD WEIGHT ON THE PAD EYE. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 165 of 267 . WARNING: Consist of two contrasting colours.1 Bolt-on Pad Eyes Bolted-on pad eye type lifting points suitable for the fitting of shackles through which lifting equipment can be attached are shown on Fig 49. A SUITABLY SUPPORT WELDED PAD EYE (FIG 48) CAN BE USED FOR LIFTS AT ANGLES UP TO 45° PROVIDED THAT A RISK ASSESSMENT IS CARRIED OUT BY A ‘COMPETENT PERSON’.Bolt-on Type 15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 c.
a shackle must be fitted between the pad eye and the equipment in the correct manner as shown in Fig 50. 2. Check pad eye unique identification. inspect for damage. suitable for shackles. A pad eye is designed and certified for vertical lifts only. or add 10% to total if weights are estimated.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15.23. Holes inherent in the design.23. Welded-on integral pads for jacking points. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 166 of 267 . Trunnions. Report defects and place a notice on the beam indicating that padeye must not be used for lifting until defect is rectified. include weight of lifting equipment and slings. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. a suitably support welded pad eye (Fig 48) can be used for lifts at angles up to 45° provided that a risk assessment is carried out by a ‘competent person’ and suitable de-rating is applied.4 Other Types of Lifting Points Other types of lifting points that maybe encountered on equipment to be lifted. 4. 3. Whenever lifting equipment is attached to a pad eye. 15. Links welded on to reinforcing members in a concrete structure. WLL. are listed below: 1. and which can be used if a risk assessment is carried out. NOTE: 2. distortion and deterioration. 2. if defects are found the pad eye must not be used. However.2 Pre-use Inspection Check as follows: 1.23. Fig 50 Fitting a Shackle to a Pad Eye 15. When assessing load weight on the padeye.3 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. Clean the pad eye and immediate vicinity.
those covering the shackles.1 Ratchet Lever Blocks (Pull Lifts) A ratchet lever block is a lifting machine. shall be identified and tagged. Tapped holes. Inspection date and next due date. When equipment forms part of a larger assembly. The certificate of conformity will refer to all associated equipment. 15. shall have the thread form and diameter permanently marked adjacent to each hole.: 3.6t 1.5 Additional Lifting Points If additional lifting points have been secured to a lifting beam. and the Non-destructive Examination (NDE) reports.23. 2. through the use of a gearbox and brake mechanism.9t 5.3t Any possible load supporting arrangement (e. Safe Working Load at 0° to 90°.23. All integrated lifting points that are cast into concrete beams or blocks must be of a propriety type. 15. Identification (serial) number. hooks etc. Each additional lifting point shall be clearly and permanently marked with: a.24 Manually-Operated Hoists 15. which. Plant weights Pump Motor Base Plate Total Assembly 2. 15. and the total assembled weight shall be given on a clearly visible tally plate. b. e. when used to locate a lifting point (e. c. eye bolt).6 Spreader Beams and Lifting Frames Spreader beams and lifting frames are often specially made to facilitate a particular ‘lift’. a hole in the beam) which cannot be used safely. e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5.8t 0. the following points must also be present: 1.g. Typical examples are shown at Fig 51 ratchet lever block with capacities up to 15 tonne are manufactured. A certificate of conformity and certificate of examination shall be supplied with each spreader beam and associated equipment. a list of the assembled parts. allows the user to raise heavy loads (commonly up to 6 tonne) by applying a force to the operating lever.g. their individual weights.24.g.g. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 167 of 267 . Under no circumstances shall high tensile reinforcing bar be used as or made into lifting points. or lifting frame. which have the necessary certification supplied. ‘NOT SUITABLE FOR LIFTING’. and is accessible such that casual use could occur.
e. in either direction. THE PAWL MUST NOT BE DISENGAGED WHEN THERE IS A LOAD ON THE HOOK. by hand. OR THE LOAD WILL DROP. Fig 52 Ratchet Lever Block with Pawl WARNING: ON RATCHET LEVER-BLOCKS/PULL LIFTS WITH MANUAL RELEASE PAWL. standard short link chain and roller chain (Fig 52). Some manufacturers of this type of ratchet lever block have a pawl release lever that when manually operated release the hoist pawl and allows the load chain to be pulled freely through the machine.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 51 Typical Ratchet Lever Block Ratchet lever block can be operated at any angle. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 168 of 267 . They are available with two types of chain i. including upside down. Link chain models are the most popular as they are flexible and easy to use whereas roller chain models tend to be more rigid and the chains corrode and seize more readily.
USE TWO-MAN OPERATION. DO NOT FIT A HANDLE EXTENSION. in raising. 8. A disadvantage with ratchet lever block is that to operate the ratchet lever block. spray with light machine oil. An advantage when using a ratchet lever block instead of a chain block is the ‘drawn up dimension' (closed height) where headroom maybe limited.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 RATCHET LEVER-BLOCKS/PULL LIFTS THAT HAVE UN-COATED ALUMINIUM COMPONENTS IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION ARE UNSUITABLE FOR USE IN AN OFFSHORE ENVIRONMENT. Consult the manufacturers for confirmation of suitability before using a ratchet lever block for sub-sea lifting. corrosion and any other form of damage. corroded or distorted components (Fig 53). which could create a problem. Check also for obvious opening-out. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. the user must be at the same level as the suspension point. If the ratchet lever block fails any one of the following checks it must be rejected: 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 169 of 267 . WARNING: THE RATCHET LEVER BLOCK/PULLIFT MACHINE IS DESIGNED FOR ONE-MAN OPERATION. check that the pawl that operates correctly. Most ratchet lever block are suitable for sub-sea work but not all. 3. 9. 6. if access to the hoist suspension level is restricted.24. When engaged the pawl gives a distinctive 'clicking' sound when the ratchet lever block is operated. Ensure hook safety latch functions correctly and the swivel operates without restriction. Where fitted. The chain linkage must all appear to be in a straight line. There must be no damaged. 7. 4. load wheel and chain end stop. Check correct operation of selection lever. Hang the ratchet lever block on its suspension hook and pull the load chain out to its 'stop' and let it hang vertically free. If the hoist has not been used for some time the load chain could be dry. an end stop must be present on the free end of the load chain. Non-spark ratchet lever block are available for use in hazardous areas and pull lifts can also be supplied specially coated for use in an offshore environment. To prevent the end of the chain from passing through ratchet lever block. 5. 2. WLL.2 Pre-use The following checks must be carried after ‘booking out’ from a rigging store and before use. 15. if the chain gives the appearance of having a 'spiral' the ratchet lever block has been overloaded whilst the chain was twisted. of either the load hook or the suspension hook. Check for build-up of dirt in the pocket wheel. OR USE ANY EXCESSIVE FORCE TO OPERATE THE HOIST. Check hoist for unique identification. Check chain. Check load chain for distortion. Check the suspension hook and load hook. lowering (engaged) and 'pull through' (disengaged) modes of operation.
The pawl must not be disengaged whilst there is a load on the hoist hook or the load will drop! Do not use load chain for slinging purposes (Fig 55).3 Safe Use Observe the following: 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 53 Ratchet Lever Block Pre-use Checks 15. 4. ensure that the pawl release lever is in the 'engaged' position before operating the hoist (Fig 54). Do not twist or knot the load chain.24. 3. 2. On a hoist with a pawl release lever. Fig 54 Ratchet Lever Block Pawl BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 170 of 267 .
and check generally for abnormalities. check that: a. Before applying full load. b. Operate by two persons. 5. stop lifting operations and investigate. Do not: a. Secure lifting chain to avoid chain lying on ground when hoist is hung in rigging store. Check by selecting ‘Raise’ and operating hand lever to take the weight of load. Take care not to contaminate clutch mechanism. 6. which may have become attached to the chain preservative. 2. a. If it requires excessive force to operate the ratchet lever block. Thoroughly clean the ratchet lever block. If operation of the hand lever is difficult .something is wrong! 15. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 171 of 267 . 3. a ratchet lever block must always operate smoothly and easily. The load will not drop if hand lever is released. When operating the ratchet lever block ensure that the ratchet lever block operates smoothly and easily and with a distinctive ratchet 'clicking' sound. Apply excessive force. it is designed for one-man operation.4 After Use Check as follows: 1. b. Spray load hook and chain with light machine oil. Return the ratchet lever block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedures.24. Use a handle extension. remove any rubbish.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 55 Incorrect Use of Load Chain and Correct Slinging Method 4. Ensure that the suspension point to which the hoist is to be attached is approved and is of adequate capacity for the load to be lifted. and then releasing hold on hand lever. to hoist. Select 'Lower' and repeat (a) to check for slip/drop when lowering.
A typical chain block is shown at Fig 56. which. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 172 of 267 . A chain block has a ratchet wheel and a spring-loaded pawl. It is not uncommon for loads to be pulled horizontally during rigging operations. the load on the chain block will increase 1. it must be remembered that there is an increase loading effect on the chain block with horizontal movement of the load e. but may not operate effectively if the chain block is used out of vertical. however. If a 1 tonne load is pulled 45 degrees from the vertical. through the use of a gearbox and brake mechanism. A Chain block performs a similar function to the ratchet lever block but has distinct design differences: 1 2 3 4 It has an endless hand chain that operates the lifting and lowering functions.g. 5 Fig 56 Typical Chain Block Assembly WARNING: CHAIN BLOCKS THAT HAVE UN-COATED ALUMINIUM COMPONENTS IN THEIR CONSTRUCTION ARE UNSUITABLE FOR USE IN AN OFFSHORE ENVIRONMENT.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. allows the user to raise heavy loads (capacities up to 50 tonnes) by applying a force to the operating chain (hand chain). A chain block has an automatic brake mechanism that is capable of arresting and sustaining a load to the WLL of the unit.5 tonne. Design is such that the pawl will operate irrespective of wear in any part of the brake assembly.25 Hand-Operated Chain Blocks A manual chain hoist or chain block is a lifting machine. It has a dedicated load chain terminating with a safety hook.
Fig 57 Chain Block Terminology A major consideration when selecting a chain block is the ‘drawn up dimension' (closed height) due to the lack of headroom in offshore modules.25. They can be hooked into a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied `built-in' to a trolley to save headroom.1 Chain Block Usage Terminology Commonly used chain block terminology is shown at Fig 57.2 Various Types of Chain Block Standard chain blocks are supplied with swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load.25. Ultra-low headroom trolley hoists can be utilised.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. This dimension varies with different manufacturers and different configurations. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 173 of 267 . Where clearance between runway beam and load is particularly restrictive. 15.25.3 Chain Block Safety Considerations Chain blocks are primarily designed to operate vertically. 15.
Most chain blocks are suitable for sub-sea work. 6. Check hand and load chain pocket wheels are in good order and free from debris. Suspension and load hook safety latches must function correctly and swivels operate without restriction. THUS CHAIN BLOCKS SHALL BE USED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY. Fig 58 Chain Block Inspection 3. Check load chain for bent. and they can also be supplied specially coated for use in an offshore environment. However. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 174 of 267 . 5. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable (Fig 58). corrosion and any other form of damage. Non-spark chain blocks are available for use in hazardous areas. the brake material used in some models will preclude sub-sea use and the manufacturer must be contacted for confirmation of suitability before a unit is used sub-sea. WLL. Check body assembly for damage. 2.25. A distorted link may have been already be damaged beyond repair and will be unfit for use.4 Pre-use The following checks must be carried out before use. BEFORE SUCH A LIFT IS UNDERTAKEN. 4. Ensure that there is no obvious opening-out of the hook(s). IF A CHAIN BLOCK IS REQUIRED FOR USE ‘OUT OF VERTICAL’ THE PERSON IN CHARGE MUST BE CONSULTED. stretched or corroded links.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 WARNING: THE PAWL OF A CHAIN BLOCK MAY NOT OPERATE EFFECTIVELY IF THE CHAIN BLOCK IS USED ‘OUT OF VERTICAL’. 15. Check chain block unique identification. Check load chain for distortion. if the chain blocks fail any one of the following checks it must be rejected: 1. Never attempt to straighten a distorted chain link.
If visible.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. 6. 15. Fig 59 Excessive Force on Chain Block Hand Chain 8. If the hoist has not been used for some time. It is possible to impose excessive load on the chain anchor when the bottom hook is at its lowest position. be over-lubricated as contamination of the hoist brake discs could result. 8. damage and distortion. or make any modification to the way in which the chain block was designed to be used. without excessive force. check ratchet pawl and ratchet wheel for correct operation. ensure that the chain block hook can move freely and unhindered in the eye of the attachment point.25. 3. Ensure chain block load chain and the hand chain are of adequate length for the proposed lifting operation and the load hook has adequate range of lift. A chain block must be used for vertical lifts only. the load chain maybe dry and must be spray coated with WD40 or light machine oil. When using a hook suspended chain block. ensure that the load chain and hand chain hang freely and where a bottom hook block is reeved with two falls ensure that the block has not 'turned-over' and the chain is not twisted. Do not attempt to operate the chain block beyond the maximum specified range. Take care not to contaminate brake mechanism. 9. The pawl of a chain block may not operate correctly if the chain block is used out of the vertical. Do not allow dirt or grease to accumulate in the profiles of the hand or load chain wheels. 4.5Safe Use Observe the following: 1. After attachment. Do not use the chain block load chain for slinging purposes. Chain blocks are designed for one-man operation. If the lifting operation involves lifting light loads with long load chains be aware that the chain slack maybe heavier than the load and cause a 'run-back' resulting in lowering the load. Similarly check for damage and distortion to any other visible mechanisms. The chain must not however. Page 175 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . 5. 2. 7.
25. in either case the block must not be used. This type of fault is more common on chain blocks with two or more falls where a load hook may have become ’turned over’. After use. twisting the chain. If a chain block is accidentally dropped. a chain block must operate easily and smoothly with one person on the hand chain. stop the operation and investigate. grease or other substances to contaminate brake discs. The absence of the ratchet 'clicking' noise will indicate a malfunction in the chain block mechanism. Return for 11. Carefully lubricate a chain hoist. A defective chain block must not be used. 4. Within its designed operating range. Do not jet wash with water as this will penetrate and corrode internal mechanisms. Listen for the 'clicking' of the ratchet pawl during use. lubricate and 'wrap' the chains (Fig 60). excessive or careless lubrication may lead to the lubricant penetrating the brake. 13. Return chain block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedures. 12. which could then fail under load. CAUTION MANUAL OR POWERED OVERHEAD HOISTS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR LIFTING PERSONNEL BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 176 of 267 . the chain block must be cleaned and inspected following the same procedure used for Pre-use inspection. the load chain still ‘jumps’ the chain may have been stretched. When storing a chain block. Fig 60 Chain Block Storage 2. 3. If this is the case the block can be ‘flipped back’ to eliminate a twist in the falls. Ensure that shock loads are not imposed on the chain block through too vigorous operation of the hand chain. it must not be used. Do not allow oil. 14. or there is damage to the pocket wheel. 15.6After Use Proceed as follows: 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 10. If after flipping back. If excessive force is required on the hand chain to lift a rated load. examination/overhaul. If the load chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it may not be sitting properly in the pocket wheel. it must be sent for overhaul.
The standard range of lift is 3 metres but this can be increased to suit any specific requirement.26. 15.g. The hoist control pendant or chains normally hang 1 metre above the lowest position of the bottom hook. the brake automatically applies to prevent the load from falling (fail safe). Standard pneumatic hoists are usually supplied with a swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load. Most hoists are also fitted with trip devices to prevent over-hoisting or over-lowering.1 Pneumatic Chain Hoists Most powered chain hoists used in the hydrocarbon industry are pneumatically operated. Fig 61 Typical Single Fall and Multi-fall Powered Chain Hoists BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 177 of 267 . PNEUMATIC CHAIN HOISTS ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR SUB-SEA WORK. Pneumatically powered hoists that have un-coated aluminium components in their construction are unsuitable for use in an offshore environment they can however be supplied specially coated for use in an offshore environment.2 Electrically Powered Chain Hoists The main safety feature built into this type of hoist is that the brakes are spring-loaded to the “ON” position and require power to release them.26 Powered Chain Hoists 15. as it maybe necessary to de-rate the hoist due to the excess weight of load chain. In the event there is a loss of electrical power. WARNING: PNEUMATIC CHAIN HOISTS HOOKED TO.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. If a substantial increase is required. the manufacturer must be consulted. a chain collector boxes can be fitted to the hoist. The main safety feature built into this type of hoist is that the brakes are spring-loaded to the “ON” position and require air pressure for release. a burst hose) the brake automatically applies to prevent the load from falling (fail safe).26. Pneumatically powered hoists are primarily designed to lift loads vertically but hook suspended blocks will work efficiently up to 45% off the vertical. In the event there is a loss of pneumatic power (e. Non-spark models are available for use in hazardous areas. For chain hoists fitted with long load chains. They can be hooked to a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied ‘built-in' to a trolley to save headroom. Pendant controls (with push buttons) are the preferred option but can stick where exposed to a contaminated air supply. OR BUILT INTO TROLLEYS (OR COMBINED UNITS) MUST BE USED FOR VERTICAL LIFTS ONLY.
Check that the unit operates smoothly in response to controls and there is no abnormal noise from the winch during operation. When using a hook suspended chain block. 2. 4. Do not attempt to operate the chain block beyond the maximum specified range. ensure that the chain block hook can move freely and unhindered in the eye of the attachment point. Do not use the chain block load chain for slinging purposes. cracks or distortion. or make any modification to the way in which the chain block was designed to be used. Check hoist unique identification.26. ensure that the load chain hang freely and where a bottom hook block is reeved with two falls ensure that the block has not 'turned-over' and the chain is not twisted. 6. signs of elongation. 2. 10. 15. Check all electrical terminations. 3. Ensure chain block load chain are of adequate length for the proposed lifting operation and the load hook has adequate range of lift.4 Safe Use Observe the following: Observe the following: 1.3 Pre-use Check the following: 1. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. 5. Check condition of the pendant control. Electric hoists are designed for vertical lifting. Electric hoists usually have swivelling top and bottom hooks for ease of attachment to suspension point and load. Hoists are also fitted with limit switches to prevent over-hoisting or over-lowering. After attachment. Electric hoists hooked or built into trolleys (or combined units) must be used for vertical lifts only. wear. Check load hook for distortion and ensure that the safety latch is operational. Check load chain sprockets for wear. 6. 15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Electric chain hoists are available for single or three phase power supplies. 3. Check limit switches function correctly. They can be hooked into a beam trolley for travelling along a runway beam or can be supplied `built-in' to a trolley to save headroom. 8. 7. Check the load chain for any obvious signs of damage. 4. It is possible to impose excessive load on the chain anchor when the bottom hook is at its lowest position. Examine the general structure of the block for damage and that bolts and retaining screws are tight and not corroded. A chain block must be used for vertical lifts only. Ensure the load chain is adequately lubricated. damage and debris. The hoist control pendant normally hangs 1 metre above the lowest position of the bottom hook. excessive corrosion.26. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 178 of 267 . SWL. 9. 5.
Spare shear pins are usually kept in the hollow shaft of the operating lever stub. THE USE OF EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN THAT SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER WILL INVALIDATE CERTIFICATION AND MAY CAUSE THE MACHINE TO FAIL IN OPERATION. A Tirfor will not operate safely or efficiently if wire rope other than the correct size Maxiflex wire rope is used in the machine. The jaw mechanisms are operated by an external hand lever.27. ONLY THE CORRECT SIZE ‘MAXIFLEX’ WIRE ROPE AS SUPPLIED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER MUST BE USED. if both figures are present on the machine. Do not allow dirt or grease to accumulate in the profiles of the load chain pocket wheels. Fig 62 Typical Tirfor Lifting and Pulling Machine 15.27. 9.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 7. If this is the case the block can be ‘flipped back’ to eliminate a twist in the falls. 15. twisting the chain. This type of fault is more common on chain blocks with two or more falls where a load hook may have become ’turned over’. in either case the block must not be used. 8. This rope is manufactured in non-standard sizes designed to suit the gripping jaws of the Tirfor machine. It is therefore important to use the correct design and size of rope for the machine. with a WLL rating for lifting and a separate (usually higher) capacity rating for pulling.Safety Considerations Tirfors’ will operate correctly only when used in conjunction with special load rope called 'Maxiflex'. When selecting a machine. This type of machine develops a pulling force on the load rope by a combination of alternate gripping and pulling (one grips while the other pulls) by two sets of jaws. Most other lifting and pulling machines that use a wire rope have a similar principle of operation. If the load chain 'jumps' or does not operate smoothly it may not be sitting properly in the pocket wheel. selection must be based on the (lower) WLL rating.1 Tirfor Use . A type commonly used is manufactured by Tirfor. in the interests of safety.27 Lifting and Pulling (Tirfor) Machines Lifting and pulling machines are usually of the friction grip on cable type. Tirfor rope hoists are available in several ranges the only range suitable in BSP is the TU range. Ensure that shock loads are not imposed on the chain block. 15. WARNING: ONLY THOSE SHEAR PINS SUPPLIED BY THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER MUST BE USED. or there is damage to the pocket wheel. ONLY THE HAND LEVER SUPPLIED WITH THE MACHINE MUST BE USED.2 Pre-use The following checks must be carried out before use: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 179 of 267 . If after flipping back. An example of a typical Tirfor lifting and pulling machines is shown at Fig 62. the load chain still ‘jumps’ the chain may have been stretched. Tirfors are usually dual rated. Shear pins fitted at the Tirfor hand lever mechanism ensure that excessive leverage cannot be applied to the machine mechanisms.
Check that the shear pins are in position in the operating lever/spindle and that spare shear pins are present in the hollow shaft of the operating lever stub. 6. Check condition of Tirfor anchor point. Check Tirfor unique identification. Generally check the machine and inspect for corrosion. Fig 63 Tirfor Shear Pins 5. 3. deterioration and any other form of damage. Check for wear in the jaws as follows: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 180 of 267 . A Tirfor will not operate safely or efficiently if any other form of wire rope is used. Only shear pins supplied by the manufacturer shall be used in the operating lever of the Tirfor (Fig 63). 2. 4. The shear pin is intended to fail and protect the Tirfor mechanisms from overload in the event of excessive force being applied to the operating lever. WLL. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Tirfors must only be operated with the correct size 'Maxiflex' wire rope.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 181 of 267 . 2. To lubricate both jaws of the machine place the reversing lever in a central position and using oil can 'squirt' medium gear oil into the mechanism. With no rope fitted (and lever in 'released' position) mark on the machine case the position of the rope release lever. The 'Maxiflex' wire rope must not be used as a sling. b. d. NOTE: Reduction in rope diameter may also influence the above measurements. wear on the rope jaws is indicated and the machine must not be used. Insert the correct rope into the machine and move the rope release lever to the 'jaws closed' position and make a second mark at the position of the rope release lever.4 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. 15. Wipe the rope clean before fitting it to the machine and at the same time examine the rope for wear and damage. 4.27. Thoroughly check the 'Maxiflex' wire rope as follows: a. 8. it will be damaged and rendered unfit for use in the Tirfor. 3. in front of and behind the reversing lever. 7. Ensure that the machine is well lubricated. 4. through the slot in the top of the casing. Pull the load rope through the machine until a working length is obtained. b. A damaged rope must not be used.27. 5. 15.3 Inserting the Maxiflex Load Rope into the Tirfor Machine After inspection insert the 'Maxiflex' load rope into the 'Tirfor' as follows: 1. Insert the fused and tapered end of the load rope into the guide hole at the opposite end to the anchor and push the rope through the machine until it emerges from the guide hole at the anchor end. Operate "Rope Release" lever to close machine jaws onto rope. 3. Ensure that the rope has no kinks.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 a. Operate "Rope Release" mechanism to open jaws in machine. Do not allow the load rope to rotate. A kinked load rope will cause the machine to malfunction. Do not allow the load rope to become kinked especially when uncoiling for use and when recoiling after use. Use only the hand lever provided for the machine. even a slight kink can cause machine malfunction. This will unlay the strands and render the rope unfit for further use. If the distance between the two marks is less than that stated by the manufacturer. 2. Ensure that the machine is anchored to a certified attachment point of adequate capacity. The distance between the two marks must not be less than the manufactures stated limits. c.
Pulley blocks or sheave blocks are available in various capacities. 15. This shall be borne in mind when selecting a snatch block and a snatch block anchor point.5 After Use Proceed as follows: 1. the wire rope must be lubricated with an acid-free grease when it appears ‘dry’. Both types are acceptable to Brunei Shell Petroleum. the most popular being swivel shackle or swivel oval eye (Fig 64). OR AN OPERATION WHERE THE LOAD IS BEING MOVED ALONG AN INCLINE. Return the machine and rope (together) to the rigging store and complete the ‘returns’ procedure. This is particularly useful where end fittings would hinder / prevent a rope from being threaded through a block. Dry off and relubricate by applying medium gear oil through the top slot as previously described. Multi-sheave blocks.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 CAUTION: IF THE TIRFOR MACHINE FAILS MECHANICALLY DURING A LIFTING OPERATION. Pulley blocks or sheave blocks are available in the form of single sheave or multi-sheave with a choice of head fittings. 15. For longer life and better performance. Fig 64 Single and Multi-fall Sheave Blocks The two main types of block available are the multi-sheave block and single sheave block.28 Snatch Blocks Snatch blocks are used when it is necessary to change the direction of the pull on a line. suitable cleaning fluid.29 Wire rope Pulley Blocks All wire rope pulley blocks used by Brunei Shell Petroleum are to be manufactured to an international standard. and with or without beckets. reduce the pull required on the lead rope to lift a load. A snatch block can be a single or multi-sheave block that has an opening side plate to allow a rope to be placed over the sheave pulley. THE LOAD ROPE (AND HENCE THE LOAD) MAY NOT BE HELD. when rigged in the normally used ‘advantage’ mode. or alternative. The pull required on the lead rope reduces as the number of falls (sheaves) increases. and shaken to dislodge foreign matter.27. Where an anchored snatch block is used to change the direction of a line pull. The main function of a single sheave block is to change the direction of the hoisting or pulling rope. Note: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 182 of 267 . 3. thus eliminating the need for the rope to be threaded through the block. 15. 2. the resultant stress on the anchor point depends on the angle between the 'load' line and the 'pull' (see Fig 64). If a machine has become contaminated during use it can be dipped in paraffin.
Check snatch block unique identification.2 Safe Use Observe the following: 1. Do not use the block if any defects are found. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. 4. This must be considered when determining the strength of the snatch block anchor point. 2.29. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 183 of 267 . Confirm that the structure to which the snatch block will be anchored is of adequate strength. Fig 65 Snatch Block Inspection 15.1 Pre-use Check as follows: 1. 5. 2. WLL. Where an anchored snatch block is used to change the direction of a line pull. distortion and any other damage (Fig 65). Ensure that rope(s) do not become twisted when reeving. Check generally for wear. 15. but do not over-lubricate. the resultant stress on the anchor depends on the angle between the 'load' line and the 'pull' (Fig 66). the clearance shall be small enough that there is no danger or the rope slipping between the sheave and side plates of the block. Ensure that the sheave centre pin remains well lubricated. 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 This section does not apply to drilling derrick block sheaves. damage. Check that all moving parts operate freely. 3.29. Check that the clearance between sheave(s) and check plates.
and check for damage and deterioration. Return snatch block to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. Loads must never be lifted in high gear. 3. The majority of utility winches used on (spark free) offshore platforms are pneumatically powered. Lubricate block centre pin and swivel(s). floor or wall mounting. A typical manually operated winch and a pneumatically powered winch are shown on Fig 67.29. Winches that are not designed/certified for man riding must have a plate attached stating ‘NOT TO BE USED FOR MAN-RIDING’.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 66 Load On Snatch Block Anchor 15.30 Winches Winches are designed to be operated only when they are anchored to a firm foundation. or light load on the hook.g.3 After Use Proceed as follows: 1. e. 2. high gear must be used only for rapid movement when unloading/lowering with no load. Clean the snatch block. Most Winches (manual and powered) have two speeds of operation. in same manner as for pre-use inspection. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 184 of 267 . 15.
or in the event of an air pressure supply failure.e. The design must be such that when the main control lever is returned to the neutral position.30.23. prominently displayed. The winch operating lever shall automatically be returned to neutral when released and the automatic brake shall be applied. All winches suitable for man-riding operations must have a permanently and clearly marked. Any winch not so marked must NOT be used for lifting personnel. SPEED MIN.e. This must not be confused with wire rope capacity. the winch brake will automatically apply. Equipment used for lifting people shall have a safety coefficient relating to its strength of at least twice that required for general lifting operations. All powered winches must have a fail-safe braking system. rating plate indicating "SUITABLE FOR MAN-RIDING" or "SUITABLE FOR LIFTING PERSONNEL". spring applied and (pneumatic) power released. the majority of manufacturers' line pull ratings are based on ‘half drum’ performance and this line pull decreases as the drum fills up (see Fig 68). PULL HALF DRUM 1st WRAP MED. PULL MIN. A further consideration when selecting a winch for a particular operation is its drum capacity i.1 Man-riding Winches Winches that are used for ‘lifting persons’ must comply with LOLER. However. The automatic brake shall also apply on loss of power and/or BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 185 of 267 . Regulation (5)(1) (a) to (d) or ASME B30. SPEED MAX. PULL Fig 68 Drum Capacity and Line Pull Diagram NOTE: Half drum rating establishes average performance only. i. 15. SPEED MED. how much wire rope is required for the particular operation as this can often lead to a higher capacity winch being required due to loss of line pull. which is approximately only 36% of full drum storage at this point. Only winches that have been designed specifically for man riding can be used on Brunei Shell Petroleum operations. FULL DRUM MAX.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 PNEUMATIC MANUALLY OPERATED Fig 67 Manually Operated and Powered Winches Winch selection is usually determined by their ‘line pull’.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
the control system. A winch used for the lifting and lowering of personnel must incorporate a secondary braking system, which is independent of both the automatic brake and the primary power source. This brake shall be of a simple design and preferably manual in operation (Fig 69). The design of the winch controls shall prevent inadvertent operation.
Fig 69 Dual Brake System on Winches Winches used for lifting personnel shall not be fitted with clutches or any other means of disengaging the drive system. The winch drum and other moving parts must be suitably guarded. The guards must not inhibit the operator to view the spooling of the rope onto/off the drum. A clearly visible emergency stop device shall be located adjacent to and within easy reach of the operator's control station. The main hoist cable and attachments shall have a minimum factor of safety of 8:1 relative to the hauling load. The winch must be of adequate capacity to raise and lower the load at a speed not in excess of 10m/min and shall incorporate a load limiting device, which prevents loading the system in excess of the rated capacity (SWL) plus 50% or other loading, which will prevent the passenger being crushed. The winch shall also include an automatic cut-out device, which will shut off the primary winch power supply when the unit reaches the upper limit of its travel. The rated capacity of the winch must be based on the line pull on the top layer, with an 8:1 factor of safety. Devices shall be incorporated in the winch system, which prevent the personnel carrier from overriding, under-riding and over speeding. The winch must have adequate capacity to handle the following load line condition with one wrap of rope spooled on the drum: 1. 2. 3. 4. Nominal weight of the persons carried. The tare weight of the basket/carrier. The rope weight and the friction effects of the sheaves etc, Weight of additional personnel and equipment as maybe needed to perform emergency operations.
The sum of these weights shall include the factors of safety. The winch shall be capable of raising/lowering the carrier in a controlled manner in the event of an emergency or loss of power to the drive and/or control system. Means shall be provided to prevent rope entanglement, undue wear and to ensure the rope remains captive at all times around the sheaves and at the winch drum.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 186 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
The brake holding capacity shall be less than that generated by the minimum breaking load of the rope and greater than that generated by the maximum line forces due to the carrier, passengers etc. The rope shall be spooled on to the winch drum in a disciplined manner; i.e. bunching of the rope is not permitted. The design of the system shall ensure that the weight of the rope on the winch side of the sheave system is never greater than the minimum weight on the carrying side of the sheaves system.
Note: The design and operational aspects of the winch system shall be confirmed by a hazard and FMEA carried out by the winch supplier. The analysis shall include the identification of safety critical elements on which regular inspection, maintenance and function testing is required to be carried out by the operator. 15.31 15.31.1 Hand-Operated Winches Pre-use
Check as follows: 1. Check winch unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Check all securing bolts are secure. Make sure the winch rope is of; a. b. c. 3. The correct size for the winch The correct length. Correctly anchored, and does not overfill the drum.
Check the winch brake and ensure that: b. c. d. e. The winch is in the correct gear. The driving pinion is fully engaged. The pinion drive-locking device is secure. The handles are fully engaged.
Check the operation of the pawl, it must engage completely with the ratchet wheel.
Observe the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. Never attempt to lift a load in excess of the winch WLL. When lowering a load, use slow speed gearing. Check operation of brake for slippage; keep water/oil and dirt away from brake linings. Some winches have two speeds of operation and loads must never be lifted in high gear. High gear must only be used for rapid movement when unloaded.
Electric or Air Driven Winches Pre-use
Page 187 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Check the following: 1. Check hoist unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Inspect winch rope for obvious signs of damage, kinking, wear, and corrosion. Check winch drum for correct spooling of wire rope, if practicable check rope anchor for condition and security. Check brake bands for wear or contamination. Check all brake linkages for operation and condition. Check condition of operating lever, it must return to Neutral when released. Check all fluid levels - top-up if required. Check load hook(s) for distortion and ensure that the safety latch is operational. (If fitted). Check delivery air pressure, all hoses and connections for air leaks. Check that the unit operates smoothly in response to controls and there is no abnormal noise from the winch during operation. Check all electrical terminations or air supply connections as appropriate. Examine the general structure of the winch for damage and that bolts and retaining screws are tight and not corroded. Check condition of the exhaust.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Observe the following: 1. 2. Ensure all controls are clearly marked. Do not stand in line with the wire rope cable when it is under load or being lowered or raised. Winch operators must be wearing safety goggles and safety gloves. When paying out wire rope, ensure that personnel are kept clear of the loose rope. Do not stand on the winch machinery. Do not hand wind a wire rope on to a drum. Do not work too close to the drum, the wire rope could ‘Jump’ and trap hands or clothing. Do not operate a winch until all protective guards and covers are fitted. Do not cross the wire rope on the drum, it will crush or flatten the rope, rendering the rope unserviceable. Ensure a fleet angle of ¼º - 1¼º for grooved drums and 1º - 3º for plain drums is not exceeded.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Hydraulic Jacks, Rams and Pumps
Hydraulic lifting equipment is available in two basic arrangements:
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 188 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
A combined unit consisting ram/plunger and cylinder assembly with an integral pump unit (see Fig 70(a)) A set consisting of a separate ram and pump interconnected by a high pressure hose (see Fig 70(b))
The operational situation will determine selection of hydraulic jack type.
Fig 70 Hydraulic Jack Units
The jack must be marked with its identification number and WLL and in the case of a toe-jack, the WLL, which maybe lifted on the toe, must be marked on the jack in addition to WLL of the jack head. For environments where there is a lack of space to insert a jack, some models of jack (with extended bases) can be fitted with a claw attachment. The use of a claw attachment (Fig 71) reduces the capacity of the jack by approximately 40% of its original capacity refer to manufacturers manual.
Fig 71 Claw Attachment Fitted to Hydraulic Jack
As an alternative to a jack with a claw there are low-headroom rams known as pancake rams or pad jacks. However the major drawback with this type of jack is its very limited stroke. Some designs of jack have rams with locking collars, which can be adjusted to prevent ram creep when a load must be sustained at a particular height (see Fig 72).
Fig 72 Hydraulic Ram with Locking Collar
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 189 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
As an additional safety measure, a lock off safety valve can be fitted to the ram to maintain pressure in the event of a hose failure. Standard rams and jacks are not suitable for sub-sea work; specialised jacking equipment is required for sub sea work.
Check the following: 1. Check jack unique identification, WLL, date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. In the case of a toe-jack, the WLL, which maybe lifted on the toe, must be marked on the jack as well as the WLL of the head.
15.33.2 Ratchet Jacks
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Check for wear on the jack pawls. Check for wear at the linkages and on the sliding surfaces. Check correct functioning of the whole mechanism. Ensure the rack is greased, except on the teeth side; keep the teeth clean. Ensure all bushes and bearings are clean and adequately lubricated.
15.33.3 Hydraulic Jacks
1. 2. 3. 4. Check for fluid leakage; do not use the jack if there is evidence of fluid leaks. Check hydraulic fluid level. Check for bends and/or cracks in the foot or body. If the jack is of the separate pump type, check condition of connecting hose and hose connectors.
15.33.4 Safe Use
The following checks apply cover mechanical and hydraulic jack assemblies: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Apply the load centrally and in line with the jack/ram and do not exceed rated capacity. Fully support the base of the jack/ram. Stabilise the base of pump unit to prevent overturning when pumping. Ensure that a jack with a claw attachment has an extended base. Screw down locking collar (where fitted) when the load is to be sustained. Open hydraulic release valve slowly when lowering load. Check pressure rating of hoses/gauges/fittings etc. Keep the ram/piston clean. Fully retract ram before disconnecting hydraulic hose(s).
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 190 of 267
15. so that in the event of the jack slipping or failing. Inertia reels with a retrieving mechanism must be returned on-shore for examination every 6-months. Most fall arrester units have a ‘pop-out’ (normally red) indicator that is activated when the unit has been subject to a shock load such as would occur with the arrest of a falling body.1 Principle of Operation of an Inertia Reel Fall Arrester A fall arrester assembly consists of two basic elements: a body harness that is worn by the user and a separate arrester unit (such as that shown in Fig 73) that is anchored to a sound structure and attached to the body harness by a extending lanyard arrangement.34. When not in use keep ram under a small pressure so that the leather cup washers remain expanded.33. 15. The correct choice and deployment of appropriate safety equipment is an essential precaution when working at height. When using jack claw attachments. 15. it must be followed closely by the insertion of suitable packing. or stated in the manufacturers operational manual. Do not go under a load supported solely by jacks. A fall arrester must not be used if the (red) indicator has activated. or more frequently if required. CAUTION: INERTIA REELS MUST NOT BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A SHOCK-ABSORBING LANYARD.2 Retrievable Type A retrievable type fall arrester allows the fallen worker to be retrieved by winding up the arrester rope with a built-in manually operated winding mechanism. A load must not be left supported entirely by jacks. an internal locking system will stop the rope from rapidly unreeling by activating a calibrated brake that gradually arrests the fall. it must be returned for service and test. fall arresters with retrieval devices are ‘lifting devices’ and shall be checked fully in accordance with LOLER regulations. Check jack as for pre-use checks and return to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. If the user falls. This is generally defined as working at 2 metres or more above the deck where total safety provision to prevent fall cannot be provided.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 10. If the arrester unit assembly is used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions most falls will be arrested in less than 1 metre with a dynamic impact shock loading of less than 600daN (approximately 612kgf). When a load is being jacked up. 13. This mechanism can be operated in a winding. 15. 11. In use a retractable rope in the arrester unit is secured to a built-in metal ring on the body harness. the load will only have a short distance to fall onto the packing. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 191 of 267 .34 Safety Harness Fall Arrester and Associated Equipment Although not usually thought of as lifting equipment. 12. 2. or a ratchet mode (Fig 73). it shall not exceed 40% of the jack capacity. As the user moves around.5 After Use 1.34. the rope automatically is held under slight tension (taut) by a spring retractor device in the arrester unit. Do not drop loads onto jacks/rams.
but never with both.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 73 Retrievable Type Fall Arrester 15. TO INERTIA OR LANYARD ANCHOR REEL ATTACHED TO ‘D’-RING LOCATED AT BACK BETWEEN SHOULDERS Fig 74 Example of a Full Body Harness BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 192 of 267 .3 Safety Harnesses It is Brunei Shell Petroleum requirement that all personnel working at heights above 2 metres shall wear a full body harness (similar to that shown in Fig 74) in conjunction with a fall arresting inertia reel or shock absorbing lanyard .34.
must first undergo relevant safety training on all aspects of fall arrester usage.8 Pre-use Fall Arrester Inertia Reel Inspection Check fall arrester inertia reel as follows: 1. 15.34. to avoid any potential for ‘roll-out’ the karabiner must be of the secure lock type. When using a karabiner to secure to an anchorage. All hooks must be self-locking and self-closing with an inward moving latch. It is important that the length of the lanyard is clearly marked. Anchorage points shall be as high as possible to reduce the potential fall distance and whenever practicable be located vertically above the worksite to reduce the tendency of any swing in the event of a fall.35. 15. Lanyards are available in various lengths to a maximum total length of 2 metres. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 193 of 267 . Fig 75 Examples of hooks 15. Full details of Preuse. marked and certified to BS EN361.34.35. manufactured and certified for personnel lifting.6 Anchorage Point Prior to securing to an anchorage point. Confirm WLL.e. When lanyards are used to secure to a fixed point they must incorporate a shock absorbing pouch. ownership identity is present and readable. if the length marking is hard to read re-mark it. If the person falling is relatively heavy. 15. To enable the lanyard to function correctly it is therefore essential that adequate ground clearance be allowed beneath the anchor point. there is potential for a total extension of 4 metres.25 metres.34.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The body harness must be manufactured.4 Lanyards Lanyards are constructed from rope or webbing and generally connected to the D-ring on the back of the body harness. due to stretch. which progressively tears open in the event of a fall.12. Examples of such hooks are illustrated in Fig 75. it must be confirmed that the point selected is capable of adequately accepting the shock loading to which it maybe subjected.34.34.10 – 15. Safe Use and After Use inspection routines are given in Para 15.5 metres of webbing in a small pouch.7 Training for Fall Arresters All personnel who will be required to use a fall arrester in the course or their duties. Thus if a lanyard used with a shock absorbing pouch the total extended length in the event of a fall would be 3. WARNING: PRE-USE SAFETY CHECKS FOR FALL ARRESTERS AND SAFETY HARNESSES ARE OF THE UTMOST IMPORTANCE.5 Hooks All hook components must be designed. i. which consists of an additional 1. 15. screw gate or twist lock.
the arrester must be immediately withdrawn from use and returned to an authorised service centre for service and examination. distortion. Always check under the webbing. Ensure the details on the label are clear and legible. examples of such have been listed below.34. Ensure that all stitching is visible and free of contamination. damp and chemicals. occasionally give it a sharp downward tug to ensure the locking mechanism functions correctly. apply the same checks to them. 3. NOTE: Other "D" attachments maybe fitted. 3.10 Full Body Harness Inspection Check body harness as follows: 1. ensure the shackle/handle is secure and free of cracks. 15. such as a grinding noise or rattling. cracking. Record the arrester serial number. type and date of last service. nicks or burrs. During this operation listen for audible indications of internal abnormalities. 2. 5. Pull the retractable lanyard from the block and allow it to return smoothly. if any of the following faults become evident. Where a shackle is fitted. and cracks. 4. Hang the device at a suitable location. 3. Check condition of the stitch pattern for broken or worn stitches. Check shock absorbing pouch and webbing as above. stitches that cannot be cleaned are unacceptable. If in the opinion of the person carrying out the following inspection. Indications of prolonged exposure to extreme conditions such as strong sunlight. check the holding nut(s) and bolt(s) are secure and moving freely. heat. 2. Flex the lanyard approximately every 5cm and check along its entire length for any signs of damage. abrasion or chemical attack. Page 194 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard . Signs of excessive wear. 5. 4. Lay the harness out on a suitable work surface and ensure that adequate illumination exists around the inspection area. 15. 1. discoloration or rotting. 4. continued use of the equipment could constitute a risk to personnel then the harness must be withdrawn from service. nicks and excessive wear. Where possible pull webbing apart to check stitches.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. firstly check for signs of its activation. ensuring it is in a vertical position. Starting at the top of the block. manufacturer. Evidence of this type of deterioration could be brittle materials.34. Connect up all the fittings and buckles and check the overall appearance of the harness. for distortion. note and record any obvious defects-however minor. corrosion. A written report to this effect must also made out. Check the overall integrity of the block.9 Shock Absorbing Webbing Lanyards The unit is to be immediately withdrawn from use. ensuring no component is missing or loose. corrosion. check the condition of the rear "D" for signs such as metal fatigue. cuts. if they are not readable reject the harness. burrs. 6. If the last date of service is 6 months or more. If a Fall Occurrence Mechanism is fitted. Starting at the back of the harness. While allowing the lanyard to retract. 5. Lay the block on a suitable surface and ensure that adequate illumination exists around the inspection area.
Unsuitable (DANGEROUS) methods of anchoring a fall arrester are shown on Fig 76. Check the webbing has not been detrimentally affected by extreme environmental conditions. Evidence of this type of deterioration could be brittle materials. and ensure the gate fully engages the nose of the hook when closed. 10. 12. Always check under back plate. ensure it is located correctly. and. Generally. excessive wear or contamination. Some back plates will alter colour if subject to stress. brittle or stiff webbing maybe an indicator of impregnation from a foreign element. Damaged or badly worn webbing indicates immediate rejection of the harness. to its locking position. one that is perfectly sound and capable of sustaining the shock load in the event of a fall. Automatic Locking: Check the gate opens fully and returns.34. Screw gate: Check the screw ferrule fully opens and closes. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 195 of 267 . fittings. adjusters and fasteners. nicks. Snap: Check the snap action is functional. ensuring it is free of corrosion. All the stitches must be visible. The stitch pattern is correct and there are no broken or worn stitches. Safe Use Select a suitable. Check all links. If the gate fails to operate correctly. rigid anchorage point. If a securing pin is fitted. fraying.11 1. Ensure the back plate is free of excessive wear. but never with both. 15. heat or damp. The stitching of the harness must be subject to the following checks: a. a. b. 9. Check the overall condition of the harness hook. 8. discoloration or rotting. Where possible pull the webbing apart to ensure the stitches are secure. damaged. Ensure that the lubricant does not contaminate webbing or rope attachments. distorted. unaided. Check all links. cracks and indentations. fasteners and adjusters operate correctly and are not excessively worn. burrs. c. hooks contain three types of gate. corroded or fatigued. If the snap action or gate on a hook fail to operate smoothly a spray lubricant maybe used to free it up. damage or cracking. and the following checks must be applied. the harness is to be rejected. if they cannot be cleaned. the hook must be rejected. and ensure the snap action is functional. 7. Harnesses must always be used in conjunction with a shock absorbing lanyard or an inertia reel. 11.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 6. such as strong sunlight. Also check the hook is not distorted or excessively worn. b. 13. fasteners and adjusters operate correctly and are not excessively worn Ensure the webbing is free of cuts.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 DO NOT ATTACH WHERE HOOK WILL NOT FULLY CLOSE DO NOT TIE OVER SHARP EDGES DO NOT ANCHOR ROPE/CABLE KNOT Fig 76 Dangerous Fall Arrester Anchorages BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 196 of 267 .
Attention is drawn to EP2005-0264-G01 (section 5 page 16) Fig 77 Overhead Crane . 15. To reduce fall distance and a liability to pendulum a fall arrester anchorage point must be in a vertical plane and as high as practicable above the working area. After Use Check arrester unit and harness in accordance with pre-use checks. Return fall arrester to rigging store and complete ‘returns’ procedure. If the fall arrester has absorbed a fall.Single Girder Type Fig 78 shows the double girder type of overhead crane where the crab unit travels on rails mounted on top of the girders or between them with the crab wheels running on the lower inside flanges. Do not leave cable unreeled when the unit is not in use. it must be immediately removed from service and returned for service and thorough examination. Fig 78 Overhead Crane . 15. With single girder construction. Do not expose the fall arrester unit to bad weather. 6. single girder and double girder. 3. 5.35 Overheard Cranes Overhead cranes are available with two basic bridge designs i. Ensure no foreign matter enters the arrester casing. the hoist unit is suspended from a trolley mounted on the lower flange to provide “cross travel” (see Fig 77). 3.e.34. 4.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 2. 2.12 1. but returned for thorough examination.Double Girder Type BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 197 of 267 . If arrester unit or harness is in any way suspect it must not be used.
3. A crab unit mounted between or on top of the bridge girders (for wire rope only). Ensure a competent rigger is used to act as a load handler for lifting operations. Except in circumstances where fewer than three people are available for the lift.). 8. A standard under-slung trolley hoist (fitted with either wire rope or chain) or. In both types of overhead crane. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. 6.2 Pre Use 1. All offshore overhead cranes must be coated for use in a marine environment. long travel is obtained by means of carriages fitted at each end of and at right angles to the cross girder(s). The hoisting unit and travelling unit. prior to commencing lifting operations. pneumatically or hydraulically powered or manually powered (through hand chains). the competent overhead crane operator must do the following: 1. A combination of powered and manual operation is also possible. Most powered units have either single speed or dual speed options but all are fitted with over hoist limits as a safety feature. The competent operator for overhead cranes. 2.1 Hoisting and Travelling Units The hoisting unit can either be: 1. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 198 of 267 . 4.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Double girder cranes have an advantage over single girder cranes in that they have reduced headroom and increased height of lift due to the decreased beam depths and the ability to raise the hook up between the beams. Crane load limits must be adhered to at all times. Additional safety features that are fitted to most units are cross travel and long travel brakes/limit switches. etc. The bridge being compatible with the width of the building or module. 15. signal person. 2. Discuss the circumstances of the lifts with all personnel involved with the lift. The competent operator for overhead cranes must know the weight of the load and assure that it is within acceptable limits of the crane before lifting. hazardous material. including but not limited to the operator. 7. signal person. WLL.35. anti-collision limit switches if more than one crane operates on the same rails. and rigger) are available to conduct a lift. Ensure a competent Signal Person is nominated. the Signal Person shall serve that role only and shall not simultaneously act as a rigger. Except in circumstances where fewer than three people are available for the lift. Check overhead travelling crane unique identification. All electrically powered cranes must be rated appropriate to the zone in which they are fitted. a JSA/JHA must be carried out. and in some applications. is responsible for ensuring that all loads are properly rigged before lifting.35. Obtain all pertinent information (weights. in conjunction with the rigger. maybe electrically. riggers shall serve that role only and shall not simultaneously act as the Designated Signal Person. In circumstances where fewer than three people (competent operator. Before starting the crane. and riggers before any lift is made. CAUTION MANUAL OR POWERED OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANES SHALL NOT BE USED FOR LIFTING PERSONNEL 15. 9. 5.
the competent operator for overhead cranes shall do at least the following to assure clear communications are maintained: Only respond to signals from the Signal Person. Conduct load movement only on instruction from the Signal Person. Ensure the hoist rope is not wrapped around the load. g. The Operator for overhead cranes shall do at least the following to assure safe handling of loads: a. d. crane. Ensure that the signal person is in clear view. 3. 8. 15. Ensure all controls are in the "off" or "neutral" position. (but must obey an emergency signal regardless of who gives it). Ensure all personnel are in the clear of the load. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 199 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 a.10 and 15. b.9. c. h. 2. Ensure that the signal person can clearly see the load. 15. 3. Radio signals must be used. The operator must not respond unless signals are clearly understood. 15. e.3 Safe Use 1.11. 5. b. f. 6. Properly use slings in accordance with section 15. c. Ensure proper and correct use of standard hand signals. While using the crane. Be at the crane controls at all times while a load is suspended Keep loads in sight at all times until the load and tag line (where applicable) have safely left the ground (unless during blind lifting operations). 4. Ensure all personnel are clear of the lifting operation. Always maintain at least two wraps on the hoist drum in any operating condition. 2. Develop special signals when the situation requires it and ensure that the designated signal person and overhead crane operator understand and agree with the special signals. The latch must be closed to secure loose slings. lower or travel the load while personnel are on the load. Travel the crane at excessive speed Travel the crane into end stops or other crane except at very low speed Use the crane for dragging loads unless properly rigged for a vertical pull that does not exceed the rated capacity. Conduct and document the pre-use inspection. when appointed (unless during blind lifting operations). 7.35. Ensure the load is attached to the hook by means of slings or other suitable devices.4 Do Not: 1. Ensure communication is established & maintained with the Signal Person. 4. Hoist. Take care when travelling the crane to minimize the swinging pendulum action of the hook and suspended load.35. personnel and area of operation (unless during blind lifting operations). Ensure that signals from the signal person are always understandable either verbally or visually.
2. The crane is assembled on a device that is designed and constructed for the transportation of loads. tag lines they shall have a minimum extended length of 2 metres. When insufficient surface support. Riggers must never stand under a load to grasp tag lines. This crane can also be used for general lifting operations if certified. NOTE IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT ALL VEHICLE LOADING CRANES WITH OUTRIGGERS SHALL USE SOLID SUPPORTING BLOCKING FOR OUTRIGGERS FOR EVERY OPERATION IN EVERY CIRCUMSTANCE. do not use the crane if there is evidence of fluid leaks. blocking are to be used. SWL. 3. The vehicle-loading crane shall only be used within the radii indicated and in conformance with the capacity chart. Blocking must be made of sound and strong material.1 Pre Use 1. 4. The vehicle-loading crane must be used with the outriggers in the maximum extended position and conform to the capacity lift plan and manufacturer’s instructions. 15. The crane is (also) used for other lifting operations other than loading and unloading of the own vehicle. Vehicle loading cranes with a working load of more than 1000kg shall be provide with a Load Moment safety device. 3. which is used to load and unload own cargo aboard the vehicles. Vehicle-loading cranes can be used for the following: 1. An audible signal shall be installed with cranes of a reach of 12M and on cranes with a remote control. Additionally. 4. 2. 5. Outriggers must be installed at an equal maximum distance. It is acceptable to have the Banksman act simultaneously as a rigger. 15. Hiab Crane) A vehicle-loading crane is a crane.36. When used. 6.36 Vehicle Loading Cranes (e. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Check hydraulic fluid level. Check for fluid leakage. 15. tag lines maybe used at the discretion of the operator and/or as determined by a JSA/JHA where appropriate. Ensure a competent banksman and rigger are nominated. 2. refer to the crane’s capacity charts.g.2 Safe Use 1. 3. Vehicle loading cranes with a working load of less than 1000kg maybe provide with a hydraulic overpressure safety device.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 5. The crane is assembled on a device that has not been fitted out for the transportation of loads.36. Check vehicle loading crane unique identification. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 200 of 267 . Hoist a load over personnel.
date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. 2. do not use the tail lift if there is evidence of fluid leaks. do not use the skip truck if there is evidence of fluid leaks. cargo netting etc. 2. WLL. which is used for the loading and unloading of the own vehicle. 4. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 201 of 267 . 3.2 Safe Use The operator of a vehicle-loading tail lift must have received sufficient instructions (documented) by means of training to ensure the safe use. Check the skip hook arm. Check for fluid leakage.1 Lifting of filled FIBCs Flexible intermediate bulk containers are used for the bulk transport of non-hazardous powder and granular material. Check hydraulic fluid level. 5.02-S-001. 15. type of load. They are designed to be lifted vertically from above. Check skip truck unique identification. Prior to each pick up. Check vehicle loading tail lift unique identification. WLL.1 Pre Use 1.39.37.) of the skip and surface condition. 3. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Hook arm truck or Portal System truck.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15.37 Vehicle Loading Tail Lifts A vehicle-loading tail lift is a flap. Check hydraulic fluid level. In the event of working in contaminated areas proper PPE will require to be worn before leaving the vehicle.2 Safe Use The operator of a skip truck must have received sufficient instruction (documented) by means of training to ensure the safe use. Check for fluid leakage. Most common use of skip trucks is for the drop-off or pick-up of containers or equipment especially designed for transport by skip trucks. Areas to be checked prior to skip handling are the condition (doors.38 Skip Trucks A vehicle designed for the pick up of waste material containers and can be found as Cable Skip truck. nature of cargo.38. position of load. 15. Check the condition and capacity of the skip truck and container by the user before every use. is in accordance with manufactures recommendations. 15. 15.38. The vehicle must be incompliance with Brunei Shell’s land transport standard BSP-14. the hook diameter and material thickness.37.39 Flexible Intermediate Bulk Containers (FIBC) 15. 15.1 Pre Use 1. the driver and/or his assistant need’s to assure himself that the skip is safe to pick up. 15.
Particular attention must be paid to the lifting loops. Avoid dragging them along the ground or deck. 15. bars or fork lift arms employed for lifting to ensure that they have rounded edges with a radius greater than the diameter or thickness of the suspension of the FIBC and/or be protected by wrapping. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 202 of 267 . On lifting loops. Inspect the hooks. the outer surface may become powdered. Particular attention must be paid to the top closure and its tying off arrangement. The rounded edges shall have a minimum radius of 5 mm. When FIBCs are used outdoors: 1. which may damage the lifting loops. and in extreme cases. 3.39. Do not stand under a suspended FIBC. tears or any other damage to the bag.39. During the use and transportation of FIBCs. and FIBCs which are not intended for hazardous materials must not be used for that purpose. As a result. excessively high temperatures and ultraviolet light. Cargo weight must be closely monitored and allowances made if the contents become wet. They must not be left standing in water for extended periods of time. and these areas may result in a serious loss in strength.3 Repair of heavy duty FIBCs Repairs must never be carried out on damaged FIBC's. These maybe indicated by the softening of the material (sometimes with discoloration). Ensure the lifting loops are positioned according to the manufacturer's instructions. the fabric becomes so worn that the outer yarns of the weave are severed. In extreme cases. particularly in the lifting loops or devices. 15. 4. 2. but some loss in strength is to be expected. the SWL maybe reached when the FIBC is only partially filled. so that the outer surface maybe rubbed off or plucked off. They must be protected from rain accumulation. contusions cuts. localized areas of abrasion maybe present caused by handling equipment with sharp edges.39. Ensure that they do not project over the side of a vehicle or trolley. Cuts. Ultra violet degradation and/or chemical attack. 3. 2. 4. Damaged FIBC's must be effectively destroyed. personnel must: 1. The examination shall look for signs of the following: 1. Ensure they are filled in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Some chemicals and minerals are of a specific gravity. cuts. Avoid using sharp hooks or forklift truck forks. 5.2 Pre-Use Before lifting. FIBCs for hazardous materials must meet the special requirements set out in BS 6939 Part 1. 2. the effects of abrasion are variable. may result in a serious loss of strength. FIBCs must be thoroughly examined for damage to stitching/gluing/welding and for surface abrasion.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. Abrasion.4 How to use FIBCs The approved number of trips for a FIBC must not be exceeded.
15.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 DO Do select the right FIBC for the job in consultation with the manufacturer or supplier Do read the instruction label on the FIBC Do inspect re-usable FIBCs before refilling Do check that the discharge spout is closed off before filling Do ensure that the filled FIBC is stable Do close the top inlet correctly Do use lifting gear of sufficient capacity to take FIBCs the suspended load Do adjust the distance between fork lift arms to the correct width for the FIBC being handled Do tilt the mast of the fork lift truck rearwards to an appropriate angle Do ensure that crane hooks.5 Lifting FIBCs When lifting FIBCs with a forklift truck. sleeves.6 Lifting with Cranes The hooks. Forklift tines must have rounded edges and/or protective covers FIBC’s. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 203 of 267 . the loops must be vertical. bars or forklift arms used for lifting are of adequate size and are rounded to at least the thickness of the sling. be sure that the forklift tines are spaced correctly. Hooks must have a sufficiently large radius to prevent squeezing the loop. or other lifting devices are vertical. with a minimum radius of 5 mm. All lifting loops. Do take appropriate measures in regard to dust control Do consider the possibility of static electricity Do protect the FIBCs prolonged sunlight from rain and/or DON'T Don't choose FIBCs without consulting the manufacturer or supplier Don't exceed the SWL in any circumstances Don't fill the FIBCs unevenly Don't stop or transportation start suddenly during Don't subject FIBCs to snatch lift and/or jerk stops Don't drag FIBCs Don't allow personnel under suspended FIBC’s Don't allow FIBCs to project over the side of a vehicle or pallet Don't tilt the mast of the forklift forward Don't withdraw the fork lift tines prior to relieving all the load on the lifting devices Don't stack FIBCs unless sure of stability Don't use FIBCs in new conditions without consulting the manufacturer or supplier Don't reuse single-trip FIBCs Don't repair heavy duty reusable FIBCs unless the new requirements can be met Do ensure the FIBCs are adequately secured in transportation 15. Safety hooks with an integrated latch to prevent the hook from accidentally slipping off the loops. When the FIBC is suspended.39. Be sure that the lifting loops are not twisted. so that no lateral forces will be created in the FIBC. spreader bars or other devices used for lifting. must have rounded edges and/or protective covers. belt or rope suspension. without any twists or knots.39.
The truck must be brought to a stop before the FIBC is raised or lowered smoothly.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Fig 79 15. Fig 81 15. Before loading a freight container with cargo. The FIBC must be held close to the mast and as low as possible with the mast tilted slightly backwards.39. an internal and external inspection must be carried out to ensure that: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 204 of 267 . The load must not restrict the view of the driver. Make sure that the wheels of the truck will not damage the FIBC body.40 Containers The containers referred to here meet BS EN 12079 specifications for freight containers of the totally enclosed general purpose type for transportation by road or sea. Fig 80 FIBCs must not be dragged. there is a danger of the truck becoming unstable. When travelling with a FIBC hanging from the forklift tines.7 Carrying With Fork Lift Trucks The forklift truck must be suitable for the load to be carried.
5. 3. Fig 82 Typical rigging arrangement for containers BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 205 of 267 . The attached lifting set is of the correct length to achieve the maximum lifting angle of 45° to the vertical. which is designed to hang over the side of the container to facilitate hooking up.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 1.25 All slings legs. Screw pin shackles must not be used. The attached lifting set is within the specified inspection period and colour coded to this effect. 15. ID number and date of inspection and next due date. It is a requirement that any sling set fitted to a container used for offshore lifting an additional safety factor is required to be included. 6. This fifth leg is not a design requirement but a more practical method. Refer to table below: Sling Capacity Less than 6 tonnes 6 to 10 10 to 15 15 to 20 20 to 25 Safety Factor 10 8. Ensure that the attached lifting set is of adequate length to allow the rigger/slinger to place the master link onto the crane pennant hook without the need to climb. This eliminates the need for personnel having to climb on top of containers to attach or detach the crane hook. bent lifting eyes or cracked welds. 6. which are rated for use up to an angle of 45° (angle measured from the vertical of the diagonally opposite legs) and have an in-built factor of safety (FOS) of 5: 1. which are connected directly to master links or shackles. which. must have thimbles or hard eyes to reduce the bend radius on the wire rope and therefore increase their serviceable life.1 Wire rope slings Most containers are fitted with multi-leg wire rope slings.5 6. Container sling sets maybe fitted with a top lifting leg or fifth leg and master link (fig 82). 2. with retaining nut and split pin.5 7. could be particularly hazardous on marine vessels. There is no obvious damage such as distortion of floor/sides/roof.25 6. The container shows the tare weight.40. This is based on the maximum gross weight of the container. maximum gross weight. Shackles must be of the 4-part bow safety-anchor type. payload (SWL).
Lifting with spreader frames as used in port situations is not allowed in offshore lifting operations. Refer to IMO MSC circular 860.2 ISO Containers Even onshore or in still water port situations. Refer to BSP LIM 001-06 for further information. ISO containers used offshore must have pad eyes that are purpose built for offshore lifting. This applies even when empty.40.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 15. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 206 of 267 . ISO containers cannot be lifted from the ISO corner fittings by shackles and slings or hooks as they are designed only for vertical lifting.
This applies without exception in all cases.Place one arm motionless chest in conjunction with or before any other directional signal.) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 207 of 267 . The banksman is the only person permitted to pass instructions to the crane operator. (“Hoist shown as example. The banksman must direct lifting operations and signal to the crane operator using standard hand signals as illustrated in Fig 1.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 1 CRANE BANKSMAN HAND SIGNALS Prior to any lifting operation being made. and the crane operator is not permitted to follow instructions from persons other than the banksman.Arm extended. STOP AND LOCK (HOLD EVERYTHING) .Extend one arm and hold palm of hand vertical. STOP . move hand right and left. a banksman is to be appointed and identified to the crane operator. Note: EMERGENCY STOP is indicated by holding both arms up STOP (B) .Clasp hands in front of body. Usually for different level operations. MOVE across giving slowly” SLOWLY . palm down.
fingers closed. thumb pointing downward. LOWER BOOM (LUFF DOWN) . forefinger pointing down. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 208 of 267 . RAISE BOOM (LUFF UP) . move hand in horizontal circles.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 HOIST . LOWER . then use regular signals.Tap fist on head. fingers closed.With forearm vertical.Arm extended. then use regular signals. move arm in horizontal circles.Arm extended. thumb pointing upward. USE MAIN HOIST . USE FLYLINE (AUXILIARY HOIST) .With arm extended downward. forefinger pointing up.Tap elbow with one hand.
Arms bent at the elbows.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 SLEW . thumb pointing upward. fists clenched. Other arm vertical with forefinger pointing up.Arm extended. point with finger in direction of swing of boom.Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing outward. move arm in horizontal circles. RETRACT HYDRAULIC BOOM OR TROLLEY IN (TOWER CRANE) . move arm in horizontal circles. rotate both forearms around each other. EXTEND HYDRAULIC BOOM OR TROLLEY OUT (TOWER CRANE) . RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE LOAD One arm extended. point with finger in the long-travel or cross-travel direction. then point in the direction of travel. Other arm extended downward with forefinger pointing down. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 209 of 267 . TRAVEL . fingers closed. thumb pointing downward.Arm extended.Both fists in front of body with thumbs pointing toward each other. OVERHEAD GANTRY CRANE . LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE THE LOAD One arm extended. fingers closed.
operating the crane.Place arms above head and cross hands. • • Banksmen. The crane operator is exempt from this requirement while he is in the crane cab.Lock the track on the side indicated by the closed fist.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 TRAVEL (ONE TRACK . lifting assembly and crane operator to give signals. Travel opposite track in the direction indicated by circular motion of other fist rotated vertically in front of body. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 210 of 267 . Figure 1 Crane Banksman Hand Signals A crane must not be operated unless: • The banksman has a clear view of the load. The banksman has checked that riggers and all other personnel are clear of the vicinity of the load. The crane operator has a clear view of the banksman to receive signals. riggers and other personnel involved in crane operations must wear safety helmets and other relevant personal protective equipment. FINISHED WITH CRANE .CRAWLER CRANES ONLY) . Crane activities must cease in the event of any emergency or potentially dangerous situation and the crane operator must immediately obey all emergency stop signals.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 2 FLOW CHART LIFTING AND HOISTING OPERATIONS LIFT REQUIRED NON-ROUTINE APPOINT PIC & DEFINE LIFT ROUTINE Simple Lift Complicated Lift Complex Lift No NEW LIFT Yes Risk Assessment (New or modified) Approved by PIC Lift plan available Lift Plan (New) Approved by TA Lift Plan (New) Approved by TA Review previous risk assessment and lift plan Changes in situation Risk Assessment (Generic) Approved by PIC Risk Assessment (New or modified) Approved by PIC Proceed and verify lift by toolbox meeting. PTW BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 211 of 267 .
Complicated Complicated lift plans shall be written by an approved lift planner and approved by T. could it change YES NO Certified lifting points YES NO Special Rigging required YES NO Special rigging techniques YES NO required Other Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Units kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs kgs Quantity Weight kgs Quantity Weight kgs Quantity Weight kgs Quantity Weight 5. RIGGING CALCULATION Description Weight Object weight (2) Contingency % Rigging weight (4) Total weight Maximum Radius Lift height Boom length Capacity chart rating at radius & boom length % of chart capacity % safety margin kgs kgs kgs kgs Units kgs kgs kgs kgs M M M kgs 3. CATEGORY OF LIFT Tick which ever is applicable Routine Lift plans shall be written by rigging foreman or crane operator and approved by person in charge (PIC) of the lifting operation.1 Underground Hazards 7.A.Empty YES NO Awkward Shape YES NO CofG Known. RIGGING WEIGHT Description Weight Headache Ball & hook Load line Fly Jib Fly Headache Ball & hook Rigging i. 7.2 Ground level Hazards Utilities – Gas. RIGGING REQUIRED Shackle set 1 Type Shackle set 2 Type Sling set 1 Type Sling set 2 Type 4. CRANE DATA Crane Reg. LOAD DATA Object to be lifted Weight of Load Container/Vessel .A. Simple Lift plans shall be written by an rigging supervisor and approved by person in charge (PIC) of the lifting operation. outriggers fully extended 2. HAZARDS CRANE SET-UP/OPERATING AREA 7. No.e. 1. Water etc Members of the public Storm Drain Workers 7. over the rear only.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 3 Description of lift: Location Generic Lift plan No. Complex Complex lift plans shall be written by an professional engineer and approved by T. sling shackles Spreader bar Other rigging attached Total kgs 6. Inspection Date Next due date Crane capacity Kgs Max working radius Mtrs Max boom length Mtrs Max lifting height Mtrs Parts of line The crane capacity charts must be consulted for operation restrictions i.3 Above ground Hazards Electrical cables Telephone cables BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 212 of 267 .e. MOBILE CRANE LIFT PLANNING SHEET Permit to work Number Risk assessment No.
shape and centre of gravity of load Illumination in the pick-up and lay-down areas Availability of approved lifting points on load Proximity of hazards. APPROVALS Required lift Approvals Name Signature Date Lift plan prepared by Lift plan reviewed by Lift Plan approved by Lifting details (step by step) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 213 of 267 . communication and language difficulties Environmental conditions including weather and permissible limits Weight. obstructions in the path of load Method of slinging/attaching/detaching the load Contingency plan in case the task changes Overturning/load integrity/need for tag lines Access and emergency escape routes Initial and final load positions and how it will get there Experience.describe Lampposts Other cranes Trees Conflicting tasks in area Other . size.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Sewer Recent excavations Other .describe Vehicles/machinery Buildings Ground conditions Other .describe Access road: Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/soft/Other Crane Set-Up Area: Concrete/Bitumen/Gravel/Soft/Slope /Other The lifting activity requires the following to be considered. PERSONNEL Personnel Name Signature Date Crane Operator Banksman Rigger 9. competence and training of personnel Lifting over live equipment Number of personnel required for task Number and duration of lift(s) Pre-Use Inspection of equipment by Operator Tool Box Talk. including Safety and Stopping the job 8. note this list is not exhaustive Cultural.
8 Ensure chain guide rollers and chain stripper are in position and functioning. 7 Examine (as far as possible) internal frame side plates. 5 Examine load chain sheaves. RIGGING CALCULATION Description Weight Object weight (2) Contingency % Rigging weight (3) Total weight Lift height % of capacity % safety margin 5. 6 Examine body casing and check for cracks. 1. APPLIANCE LIFT PLANNING SHEET Permit to work Number Risk assessment No. PRE USE CHECK LIST Item Pre Inspection 1 Examine top and bottom hooks and check for stretch and/or distortion. Inspection Date Next due date Appliance capacity Working Height 2. 2 Check function of safety catches. 9 Examine live end and dead end load chain anchor pins and check for distortion/wear. which may affect safe operation. examine load pin for wear and/or distortion. RIGGING REQUIRED Shackle set 1 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Shackle set 2 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Sling set 1 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight Sling set 2 Type Capacity kgs Quantity Weight 6. APPLIANCE DATA Appliance. LOAD DATA Object to be lifted Weight of Load Awkward Shape CofG Known. No. check for wear and/or distortion and ensure satisfactory seating of load chain. missing bolts/screws or any defect. 3 Ensure hooks swivel freely in yokes and are secure in their mountings 4 Where accessible. 10 Suspend hoist and spin hand chain wheel (in hoist mode) to check ratchet pawl function-listen for healthy clicking sound. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 214 of 267 Units kgs kgs kgs kgs M kgs kgs kgs kgs Yes No . 11 Examine hand chain wheel and chain and ensure it seats correctly in the pockets.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 4 Description of lift: Location Generic Lift plan No. RIGGING WEIGHT Slings Shackles Other rigging Kgs Mtrs YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO 4. could it change Certified lifting points Special Rigging required Special rigging techniques required Other 3. distortion.
7. note this list is not exhaustive Cultural. competence and training of personnel Lifting over live equipment Number of personnel required for task Number and duration of lift(s) Pre-Use Inspection of equipment by Operator Tool Box Talk. obstructions in the path of load Method of slinging/attaching/detaching the load Contingency plan in case the task changes load integrity/need for tag lines Access and emergency escape routes Initial and final load positions and how it will get there Experience. Trolley.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 12 Examine complete length of load chain and check for stretch.A 8.describe Appliance Rig-Up Padeye. APPROVALS Required lift Approvals Name Signature Date Lift plan prepared by Lift plan reviewed by Lift Plan approved by Lifting details (step by step) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 215 of 267 . deformed/bent links.1 Ground level Hazards 8. CATEGORY OF LIFT Tick which ever is applicable Routine Lift plans shall be written by a rigging supervisor and approved by person in charge (PIC) of the lifting operation. nicks. Non-Routine Lift plans shall be written by an approved lift planner and approved by T. including Safety and Stopping the job 9. Beam clamp The lifting activity requires the following to be considered. HAZARDS APPLIANCE RIG-UP AREA 8. PERSONNEL Personnel Name Signature Date Crane Operator Banksman Rigger 10.2 Above ground Hazards Workers Cables Obstructions Live lines Buildings Conflicting tasks in area Other .describe Other . size. shape and centre of gravity of load Illumination in the pick-up and lay-down areas Availability of approved lifting points on load Proximity of hazards. wear and excessive corrosion. communication and language difficulties Environmental conditions including weather and permissible limits Weight.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 5 Date/Time CARRIER TRANSFER CHECKLIST No of people transfer to Transfer from: Transfer to: Reason for Transfer No 1a 1b 2 Description Crane suitability Crane & Lifting Equipment Take-off and landing area Minimum Requirement The crane is registered and approved for personnel basket transfer with BSP’s Technical Authority? Pre-use inspections have been undertaken? Are take-off and landing area level. Mean wind speed not more than 15 knots or 10 knots in weather side.5 m.e. Crane Operator and Banksmen? Does crane operator have full view of the take-off and landing area including lifting trajectory? Is transfer carrier certified for man riding and in good condition? Two taglines attached to the carrier. with Officer and crew? Fast rescue boat deployed? Crane Driver BSP Site Rep Vessel Master 3a 3b 3c 3d Weather criteria Weather criteria Vessel Movement Vessel Movement 4a 4b 5a 5b 6 Communication Visibility Transfer carrier Transfer carrier Crane Operator 7 8a Assisting Personnel Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Personnel transferring Briefing Toolbox talk Toolbox talk Recovery Craft 8b 8c 8d 8e 9 10 11 12 All the checks found to be satisfactory: _________________ Work Site Supervisor Name: BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard ________________ BSP Site Representative Name: _________________ Vessel Master Name: Page 216 of 267 .verified by Master of vessel Full radio contact between Installation Supervisor. and without knots Is crane operator certified by a BSP approved training provider and assessed for competency and has the experience in carrying out personnel carrier transfers? Banksman with banksman’s jacket and two assistants at the take-off and landing area? All personnel transferring are wearing Coverall. Safety Footwear. Vessel Master. Crane Operator. Vessel can hold station for 3 minutes in the required transfer position . All personnel transferring have received a full briefing and signed form in appendix 6? Toolbox talk held with all personnel involved in the transfer i. Less than 3 degrees roll. Safety Helmet with chinstrap Safety Glasses and an approved buoyancy device? Maximum 3 persons per transfer? Checked for loose items? All passengers agreed to the transfer? An experienced person accompanies inexperienced people. Banksman etc? Toolbox talk held by Vessel Master. have a non-slip surface and have sufficient clear space (6m x 6m minimum) for landing the carrier in the prevailing weather condition? Significant wave height not more than 1. free of obstruction.
I confirm that the following statements are true: I have received a briefing about personnel transfer by carrier. Date/Time Reason for Transfer No of people transfer to Transfer from: Transfer to: No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Passenger Name Company Position Signature BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 217 of 267 . I understand that this transfer will take place on a voluntary basis only. I agree to transfer by this method.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 6 CARRIER TRANSFER PASSENGER CHECKLIST By signing this document. I am physically fit to transfer. and do not suffer from vertigo (fear of heights). I understand the procedures shown.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 7 PERSONNEL TRANSFER REQUEST BSP PERSONNEL TRANSFER REQUEST TRANSFER NO. __________________ DATE________________ FROM (UNIT) ________________________ NUMBER OF PERSONS (MAX 3) TIME TRANSFER REQUIRED _______________________ PERMIT TO WORK NUMBER _______________________ REQUESTED BY _________________________________ POSITION _______________________________________ JUSTIFICATION FOR TRANSFER COMPANY _________________________ TO (UNIT) _________________________ APPROVAL BSP SITE REPRESENTITIVE NAME ___________________________________ SIGNED ____________________________ ---------------------------------------------------------------------VESSEL MASTER NAME ___________________________________ SIGNED ____________________________ BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 218 of 267 .
concrete. etc. etc. hence the volume. add 25% to account for any errors. wood. Determining Volume For cubic loads Volume = Length x Breadth x Height Weight of Mass = Volume x Density BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 219 of 267 . – these may give a clue to the weight and attention must be paid to the size and SWL of shackles or eyebolts.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 8 Introduction ESTIMATION OF WEIGHT If the weight of a load is not already known then the following guideline can be used to calculate the weight before lifting operations commence. • • The time taken to calculate the approximate weight of a load is time well spent and may avoid a serious accident through failure of lifting equipment. eyebolts. The process for weight calculation is as follows: • • Establish the dimensions of the object and.) and hence the weight per volume. once an estimate of weight has been made. Determine the materials from which the load is made (steel. If there are any lifting points on the load – lifting lugs.
20 pounds = 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 For cylindrical loads: Volume = π x Radius ² x Height Weight of Mass = Volume x Density Conversion Factors 1 tonne (metric) 1 ton (imperial) = 1 kilogram 1 metre = = 1.000 kilograms 2.208 kg 993 kg BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 220 of 267 .28 feet multiply by 1.016 multiply by 0.205 Weights of Various Materials Average Weight of Common Materials Weight per Cubic foot (pounds) Steel Lead Cast Iron Fresh Water 490 lbs 712 lbs 450 lbs 62 lbs Weight per Cubic metre (kilograms) 7.305 To convert tons to tonnes To convert feet to metres To convert pounds to tonnes divide by 2.850 kg 11.405 kg 7.240 pounds 2.
3 lbs per foot length 50 lbs per foot length Drill Collars 4¾” diameter 7¾” diameter Drill Casing Diameter Number in Lift Approximate Weight (tonnes) 3 4 3.0 kg / m2 196.600 lbs per 30 foot length 5” 7” 9” 13” 18” 7 5 3 3 3 Steel Plate Thickness (mm) Average Weight per Square Metre (kilograms) 47.5 lbs per foot length 13.360 – 4.0 kg / m2 Thickness (inch) Average Weight per Square Foot (pounds) 10 lbs / ft² 15 lbs / ft2 20 lbs / ft2 30 lbs / ft2 40 lbs / ft2 6mm 10mm 12mm 20mm 25mm ¼” ⅜ ” ½” ¾” 1” BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 221 of 267 .403 kg Weight of Materials Commonly Found Offshore Drill Pipe Standard Standard Heavyweight 5” diameter 3½” diameter 19.2 kg / m2 157.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Wet Sand Reinforced Concrete 120 lbs 150 lbs 1.922 kg 2.5 kg / m2 94.1 kg / m² 78.5 4 5 47 lbs per foot length 3.
each sling takes half of the load.particularly during transfer of loads between the supply vessel and installation – is critical to the safety of the lifting operation. and the conditions under which it is used . Anyone using lifting equipment must understand the effects of angles. with no other movement. However.if the load is not hanging vertically – then the tension in the lifting equipment increases as the resultant force increases as shown below: If more than one sling is used then the weight is distributed between the slings. Simply put. the number of slings H = height (vertical distance between attachment points) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 222 of 267 . if a suspended load is hanging vertically. in lifting suspended loads. then the tension in the supporting lifting equipment is equal to the weight of the load. For parallel slings. of slings x H Where: T = tension in each leg W = weight of load L = length of sling No = 2. for angled slings the tension in each sling is more than its proportion of the load. as shown in the diagram below: The tension in equally loaded slings can be calculated from the following formula: T = W x L x No.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 9 PRINCIPLES OF LIFTING The way that lifting gear is used. if the angle of suspension is not 0° . and the consequent the principles of tension.
It is vital that the angle between slings be considered and the following diagram briefly summarises the de-rating of a pair of slings with increasing angle of separation: So for a pair of slings. slinging angle = 30º from the vertical therefore the load on each sling will be 5.707 capacity = 2 x SWL of one sling x 0.866 capacity = 2 x SWL of one sling x 0. the angle between the sling legs increases and the resultant tension (T) in each sling increases.5 For example: load weight = 10 tonne 2-leg sling set to be used.966 capacity = 2 x SWL of one sling x 0. the load that can be lifted is equal to: Slings at 0º Slings at 15º Slings at 30º Slings at 45º Slings at 60º capacity = 2 x SWL of one sling capacity = 2 x SWL of one sling x 0.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 As the distance between attachment points (H) decreases.8 tonne BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 223 of 267 .
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 224 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Mode Factor Another factor that has to be considered during the selection of slings is the mode factor (M). The SWL of one leg of the sling arrangement is multiplied by the mode factor to give the SWL of the configuration. in which the sling is used to lift the load. which relates to the way. or mode.
Part 2: Round slings. Made of Man-Made Fibres. BS EN 1492-1 Textile Slings . for General Purpose Use Table 1 Working Load Limit for Slings Using STEEL Cored Rope The ropes are of Classes 6x19. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 225 of 267 . Part 1: Slings for General Lifting Service and BS EN 1492-2:2000 Textile Slings – Safety. for General Purpose Use.Part 1: Flat Woven Webbing Slings.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 The following tables have been compiled in line with the requirements of BS EN 13414-1:2003 (E) Steel Wire Rope Slings – Safety. 6x36 and 8x36 and have ferrule-secured eye terminations.Safety . Made of Man-Made Fibres.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Table 2 Working Load Limit for Round slings Table 3 Working Load Limit for Flat Woven Webbing Slings BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 226 of 267 .
RAMS AND PUMPS WIRE ROPE SLINGS ALLOY GRADE 80 CHAIN SLINGS MAN MADE FIBRE SLINGS SHACKLES AND EYEBOLTS/EYENUTS RIGGING SCREWS AND OPEN WEDGE SOCKETS SAFETY CABLE REELERS BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 227 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 10 PORTABLE LIFTING GEAR - CHECK LISTS MANUAL HOISTS (CHAIN BLOCKS) LEVER HOISTS (PULL LIFTS) WIRE ROPE HOISTS (TIRFORS) PNEUMATIC HOISTS (AIR HOISTS) BEAM TROLLEYS BEAM CLAMPS UNIVERSAL PLATE CLAMPS SHEAVE BLOCKS PNEUMATIC WINCHES (AIR TUGGERS) HYDRAULIC JACKS.
.... US = requires repair BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 228 of 267 .... distortion... check for wear and/or distortion and ensure satisfactory seating of load chain..BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-XX-Standard-XXX BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM . weld spatter and excessive corrosion....... 9 Ensure chain guide rollers and chain stripper are in position and functioning..... missing bolts/screws or any defect........ heat damage...... SWL.... 13 Examine complete length of load chain and check for stretch.. deformed/bent links. 6 Examine load chain sheaves. 8 Examine (as far as possible) internal frame side plates. 10 Examine live end and dead end load chain anchor pins and check for distortion/wear.......... which may affect safe operation. 3 Check function of safety catches...... 11 Suspend hoist and spin hand chain wheel (in hoist mode) to check ratchet pawl function-listen for healthy clicking sound...........PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCES WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE NO 1 MANUAL HOISTS (CHAIN BLOCKS) (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification........... 2 Examine top and bottom hooks and check for stretch and/or distortion... nicks. Date.. 7 Examine body casing and check for cracks... Equipment found to be defective and quarantined ITEM 1 OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed.. examine load pin for wear and/or distortion.. 5 Where accessible.. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable........... 4 Ensure hooks swivel freely in yokes and are secure in their mountings........... wear.... 12 Examine hand chain wheel and chain and ensure it seats correctly in the pockets......
.BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ............. Examine body casing and check for cracks.. 10 Examine load chain "live" end anchor and "dead" end load chain stop. (a deformed chain stop can pull through the hoist) 11 Examine the operating lever and ensure it is not deformed................... check for wear and/or distortion and ensure satisfactory seating of load chain........ OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Ensure chain guide rollers and chain stripper/de-twister are in position and functioning.............. Ensure hooks swivel freely in yokes and are secure in their mountings.... Check function of safety catches.. wear..... nicks. examine load pins for wear and/or distortion.... US = requires repair William MacDonald Page 229 of 267 . distortion... Where accessible. weld spatter and excessive corrosion........ which may affect safe operation... (listen for healthy clicking sound) 13 Examine complete length of load chain and check for stretch.. deformed/bent links.... (a bent lever could be an indicator of overload) 12 Operate the lever in both hoisting and lowering modes to check operation of pawls...... Equipment found to be defective and quarantined Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed.... Examine (as far as possible) internal frame side plates.... Date. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable....... Examine load chain sheaves. Examine top and bottom hooks and check for stretch and/or distortion.. heat damage....PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 2 LEVER HOISTS (PULL LIFTS) (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification. SWL.. missing bolts/screws or any defect.......
................ 6 NOTE: longer stroke = possible wear shorter stroke = possible contamination/damage......... Equipment found to be defective and quarantined ITEM 1 OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed........ T530 = 32mm Approx... dents or distortion.................... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable... check operation of safety catch and ensure the hook is free to swivel.... 2 Examine load pin/hook and hook seating in the side casings for wear.. 5 Check operation of the release lever/handle..........BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM .. US = requires repair BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 230 of 267 3/20/2007 .. Date. 9 Examine hoist rope ensuring it is the correct one for the hoist and that it is not damaged or worn.. SWL.... 3 Where hooks are fitted....PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURES No 3 WIRE ROPE HOISTS (TIRFORS) (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification...... Insert a rope and check the stroke of the forward/reversing lever T508 & 516 = 55mm.. 7 Examine casing and check for cracks.............. which may affect the workings of the internal mechanism.... distortion or cracking.... examine the internals through the opening at the top of the hoist and ensure it is adequately lubricated.. 8 Using a torch.... 4 Check operation of both forward and reverse operating levers and ensure the shear pins are intact..
. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date....... distortion... 7 Examine body casing and check for cracks. 2 Examine top and bottom hooks and check for stretch and/or distortion... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable........................ 8 Examine live end and dead end load chain anchor pins and check for distortion and wear..BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM . 13 Check function of regulators and filters if fitted.. 3 Check function of safety catches.... missing bolts/screws or any defect... (it must sound smooth and not sluggish) 11 Examine complete length of load chain and check for stretch..... which may affect safe operation........ Page 231 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007 .......... 6 Examine load chain sheaves...... 5 Where accessible.. deformed/bent links. Equipment found to be defective and quarantined ITEM 1 OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed. nicks... check it as per beam trolley checklist........ SWL.... examine load pin for wear and/or distortion.... 10 If possible......... 9 Check direction controls are free from damage and that they function correctly..... suspend hoist and run air through hoist to check efficiency of motor.......... 12 Where a beam trolley is fitted or is an integral part of the hoist.PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 4 PNEUMATIC HOISTS (AIR HOISTS) (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification.. check for wear/distortion and ensure satisfactory seating of load chain in pockets. wear and excessive corrosion... 4 Ensure hooks swivel freely in yokes and are secure in their mountings.
...... check for straightness and examine threads for damage and check locking device.... Examine hand chain and hand chain wheel and ensure chain seats properly in the chain pockets............ axles....... Where an adjusting screwed bar is fitted....... SWL............... distortion and cracking... If fitted with chain hoist check the hoist as per hoist check list OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Equipment found to be defective and quarantined Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed.... Examine wheels...... Ensure both the female threaded spigots (mounted on the side plates) are not damaged or deformed.... broken teeth etc... distortion and cracks.. Page 232 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007 ......... Check the chain guides are not deformed and are correctly positioned to ensure smooth feed of chain onto chain wheel...... bearings.. check gear teeth on wheel flanges and hand chain wheel shaft for alignment....... Examine load bar/bars and check for deformation....BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ..... BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date..... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Examine side plates and check for wear.. If geared travel...... wheel tread and flanges.......PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 5 BEAM TROLLEYS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification. Examine suspension plates/yokes/shackles for wear..
..check jaws for deformation.. 4 Examine inner clamp half and check for wear... SWL... 5 Examine outer clamp half and check for wear......BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM . US = requires repair BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM .... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable....... distortion and cracking .... Check threads for wear and stretch. 3 Examine suspension load bar and check for wear................................. 7 Operate adjusting bar and check straightness and function..... distortion and cracking .... 8 Examine female screwed spigots (in each clamp half) and ensure they are not deformed due to over/under tightening...PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 6 BEAM CLAMPS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification. 6 Where swivel jaws are fitted........ 9 Check tommy bar handle and ensure it is not bent or has any damage. ensure they are free to rotate.. Equipment found to be defective and quarantined ITEM 1 OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed....... bending or distortion......... stretch or distortion.. which maybe injurious to the operator's hands.check jaws for deformation.... 2 Examine suspension shackle and check for wear.... Date......PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 7 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 233 of 267 3/20/2007 ........
. which may affect the clamp's operation....... Examine hook ring and check for wear/distortion in the crown of the ring... cracks or deformation.... Examine jaw pin and nut and ensure it is secure and not deformed......... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable....... US = requires repair BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ......PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 8 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 234 of 267 3/20/2007 ........ Check operation of cam assembly locking lever/jaw spring... OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed................... SWL...... Examine main body shell and check for wear..... Examine serrated jaw and serrated pad and check for wear/deformation............ Date.....................BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 UNIVERSAL PLATE CLAMPS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Equipment found to be defective and quarantined INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification....... Ensure the hook ring is not too slack in the clamp as this could indicate internal wear...
.... 3 Try to lift sheaves to check bushes for wear... cracks or distortion.. 5 Ensure all grease ports are clean and unblocked and that the block is well lubricated. 12 If fitted. Examine crosshead for wear.............. check security of shank and nut and examine for stretch/distortion.... stretch or cracking........ Date. wear or cracking (especially around load bearing pins)... US = requires repair BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 235 of 267 3/20/2007 ..... Equipment found to be defective and quarantined OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US - - - - - - - - Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed...... 6 Examine swivel head fitting (including shackle/hook) and check for wear/stretch.......... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable...... 11 Ensure there are no sharp edges or burrs on the side plates............. 9 If head fitting/hook is of the shank type.. 2 Examine sheaves for wear in the rope groove.. which maybe harmful to the wire rope........ 10 Examine side plates/straps and check for distortion...... 4 Spin the sheaves to check bearings/bushes and ensure smoothness of operation.... examine becket and check for wear........ 13 Check all spacers and tie bolts and ensure they are not deformed....... 7 Examine (if possible) thrust bearing/washer and ensure smoothness of operation...BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 SHEAVE BLOCKS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification.. 8 Examine upper load pin/spigots and check for wear/distortion. SWL.......
. 5 Examine brake bands and brake drums and check for excessive wear........ cracks around bolt holes........ 3 Examine wire rope if fitted and check for excessive wear. US = requires repair BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 236 of 267 3/20/2007 ..... 13 Check that air supply and pressure is adequate for winch.. 6 Ensure the brake bands and brake drums are clean and free from contamination.... which may obstruct/abrade the winch rope..... 2 Examine rope guard (where fitted) and ensure there is no damage/distortion........ 7 Where fitted. 10 With power disconnected. Check oil levels 11 Ensure directional arrows/markings are in place and clearly visible. 4 Examine winch drum (as far as possible) and check for wear... examine the automatic brake checking springs......... 12 Examine winch base and check for cracked welds.... SWL.......PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 9 PNEUMATIC WINCHES (AIR TUGGERS) (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification. kinks and ensure termination is satisfactory.................. broken wires..... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable. Date.... 9 Examine chromed piston rod and check for corrosion...... check that all operating levers return to neutral when released. link arms and springs......... 8 Examine automatic brake cylinder and check for leaks. Equipment found to be defective and quarantined OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed... distortion or impact damage.. distortion or cracks...BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ............
Where claw attachments are fitted. With the ram in the lowered position check the oil level of the jack/pump unit..... Open valve to lower/release and ensure the ram goes down smoothly................... RAMS AND PUMPS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification....... BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date. Function test the pump and ensure the valve does not leak when closed under pressure.. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable... Page 237 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007 .... function test and ensure needle returns to zero OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Equipment found to be defective and quarantined Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed.... examine threads and check for stretch. scoring and corrosion and impact damage............. Examine body of cylinder/jack and check for impact damage.... Where gauges are fitted................ Examine all hoses and fittings and ensure they are not perished..PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 10 HYDRAULIC JACKS... cracks and oil leaks (include inlet/outlet couplings)......... If the ram is threaded externally and fitted with a locking collar....... cut or in any way damaged...... SWL......... Operate cylinder/jack.. Examine the ram and check for belling... check for leaks...BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM . pumping the ram to full stroke.. examine for distortion/cracks.. Examine round seal and check for oil leakage...
......PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 11 WIRE ROPE SLINGS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification.. Examine wire rope around thimbles as it is often abraded due to sling being dragged over rough surfaces..... for wear...... damage etc.. date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable...... abrasion. mechanical damage and broken wires. check function of safety catches......... shackles etc.. Measure diameter to determine if there is any reduction from original due to wear or stretch (caused by overload).... SWL... Examine each leg along its entire length and check for wear.... hooks.......... It must be free of cracks and other deformities... corrosion and cracking... Examine each ferrule and check for impact damage/tearing....e. If fitted..... Check that the end of the eye loop does not terminate inside the ferrule unless it is of the longer tapered design.. also check for snagging damage caused by sling being dragged............. which could indicate overloading.. check any terminal fittings i.. Check for elongation in the eyes...........BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ...... BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date.... corrosion..... If fitted.. Where fitted.. OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Equipment found to be defective and quarantined Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed.... examine quadruple/quadruple assembly and check for wear... Page 238 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007 .. Examine each thimble and check for correct fitting...
...... 9 Examine end fittings and check for wear.... 2 Lay out chain sling on the floor/deck.. match up legs to check for signs of stretch in individual legs.... 5 Check for wear between chain links and load pins 6 Check security of load pins.. stretch and twisting 10 If fitted.. twists and elongated links.... 4 Examine the chain legs along their complete length and check for wear between links.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM ......... corrosion and cracking. check function of safety catches.......................... 7 Check complete sling legs for heat and/or chemical damage. SWL..................... Date. 11 Where fitted.... 8 Closely examine chain links closest to end fittings as they are often abraded due to sling being dragged over rough surfaces..PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 12 ALLOY GRADE 80 CHAIN SLINGS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP) ITEM 1 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification. nicks. 3 With multi-leg slings.. Equipment found to be defective and quarantined OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US Any other comments: OK = suitable for service Signed..... date of inspection and next inspection due date are present and readable.. US = requires repair BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 239 of 267 3/20/2007 ............... remove all twists from the legs and check for bent/deformed links....... examine quadruple/quadruple assembly and check for wear......
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM - PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 13 MAN MADE FIBRE SLINGS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP)
ITEM 1 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Ensure the unique identification and SWL tag is still attached and readable. 2 Examine the sling along its entire length and check for cuts or tears and burst stitching (especially around eyes). 3 Check complete sling for chemical or heat damage. 4 If it is a "Round" sling, examine outer sheath and ensure there has been no ingress of foreign bodies into load bearing fibres. 5 If metal eyes are fitted, check that they are not worn, distorted or cracked. 6 Check for wear in the webbing where it is fitted to the metal eye. 7 Check there is no abrasion damage caused by being dragged from under a load. 8 Ensure sling are not knotted Equipment found to be defective and quarantined OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US
Any other comments:
OK = suitable for service Signed..................................................... Date....................................................... US = requires repair
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 240 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM - PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 14 SHACKLES AND EYEBOLTS/EYENUTS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP)
ITEM INSPECTION CHECK LIST SHACKLES: 1 Ensure the unique identification and SWL are still readable. 2 Remove shackle pin and examine for wear, deformation and cracking. 3 Ensure it is the right pin for the shackle (i.e. not a higher tensile pin in an alloy shackle). 4 Check pin threads and shackle body or nut threads for wear/deformation. 5 Examine shackle body and check for wear in the crown and in pin holes, deformation and cracking. 6 In the case of safety pin shackles, ensure split pins are fitted. EYEBOLTS/EYENUTS: 1 Ensure the unique identification and SWL are still readable. 2 If eyebolts/eyenuts are previously unused, remove protective tape/plug to allow inspection of threads. 3 Clean up threads with wire brush if necessary and check for wear, impact damage or stretch (use thread gauge if required). 4 Check threads are complete (no broken threads) and full (no flats on top). 5 Visually check concentricity of thread and squareness of shank/screwed hole against shoulder of eyebolt/eyenut. 6 Examine eye of bolt/nut and check for wear, stretch, distortion and look for hairline cracks at the crown. Equipment found to be defective and quarantined OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US -
Any other comments:
OK = suitable for service Signed..................................................... BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date....................................................... Page 241 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM - PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 15 RIGGING SCREWS AND OPEN WEDGE SOCKETS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP)
ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 INSPECTION CHECK LIST RIGGING SCREWS: Ensure the unique identification and SWL are still readable. Unscrew both ends of rigging screw to separate the three main components. Clean and examine the threads and check for wear, stretch or impact damage. Examine the eyes/hooks/jaws and check for wear/stretch. Remove clevis pin and examine pin holes for wear/stretch. If necessary, re-grease the threads and re-assemble the rigging screw. (ensure male threads are fully through female threads) OPEN WEDGE SOCKETS: Ensure the unique identification and rope size are still readable. Remove main load pin and wedge and examine both components for wear, distortion and cracking. Satisfy yourself that it is the correct wedge for the rope diameter marked on the socket. Examine socket body and check for elongation of pin holes and wear. Visually examine the socket body for cracks. If cracks are suspected, remove any coating to expose bare metal. If cracks are suspected, carry out M.P.I. If M.P.I. has been performed and all is satisfactory, repaint before issuing. OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Equipment found to be defective and quarantined
Any other comments:
OK = suitable for service Signed..................................................... BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Date....................................................... Page 242 of 267 US = requires repair 3/20/2007
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
BRUNEI SHELL PETROLEUM - PORTABLE LIFTING APPLIANCE WEEKLY INSPECTION PROCEDURE No 16 SAFETY CABLE REELERS (To be completed by the Rigging Foreman/CAP)
ITEM 1 2 3 4 5 6 INSPECTION CHECK LIST Check visual indicator to ensure the block has not been subjected to a shock load (i.e. red button flush or above). With some models of block, check the amount of red showing on the dial to establish if the block has been shock loaded. Examine the saflok top hook and check for wear/distortion and ensure the safety latch engages properly. Examine top shackle and check for wear/distortion. Also check for wear between shackle pin and body casting lugs. Examine complete body casting and check for cracks/impact damage, which may affect the workings of the block. Pull out cable and check for broken wires, wear and corrosion particularly under the neoprene buffers (water/moisture trap). Examine thimble eye in wire and swivel eye in hook checking for wear/distortion and ensure the wire retracts efficiently. Examine bottom hook checking for wear/distortion and ensure safety latch engages correctly. SAFETY HARNESS: Examine the webbing of the harness checking for wear, cuts, abrasion and heat/chemical damage. Ensure all stitching is intact and metal fittings have not abraded the webbing. Ensure buckles/clasps etc fasten correctly. OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US OK US
7 8 9 10 11 12
Equipment found to be defective and quarantined
Any other comments:
OK = suitable for service Signed..................................................... Date....................................................... US = requires repair
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 243 of 267
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
INSTALLATION OF WIRE ROPE DOUBLE SADDLE GRIPS
Wire rope grips are widely used for making end terminations. Grips are available in two basic designs U-bolt and fist grip. BSP do not allow the use of U-grips (Bulldog grips) to be used but allow properly designed rope grips with two saddles i.e. fist grips.
Fist Grip When making up a sling or termination, always ensure that: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Never use fewer than the number of clips recommended in Table 1 New clips are used; used clips do not have the full holding ability A thimble is inserted in the eye of the sling; this prevents the rope from wearing and deforming The clips are fitted in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions All threads and nut bearing surfaces are greased, unless manufacturer’s instructions state otherwise Full recommended torque settings are achieved, e.g. 49Nm for 16mm diameter rope A record is kept of measured torque values when terminations are first made and during each subsequent periodic check Periodic checks of torque settings are carried out as specified below: as soon as the service load is hung on the rope after 24 hours in service after 7 days in service after 1 month in service at 6 monthly intervals from the date of installation Stage 1 Turn back specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first grip one base length from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard
Page 244 of 267
and tighten all nuts to the recommended torque. Stage 3 Apply the remaining rope grips equally between the first two Stage 4 Apply tension in direction of the arrow. Turn nuts firmly but do not tighten. To determine the correctly number of grips to be used for specific diameters of rope refer to table 1 Rope Diameter (mm) Minimum Number of Clips 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 6 Rope Turn Back From Thimble (mm) 100 100 130 133 165 280 350 400 450 660 940 1000 1400 1600 2000 Torque Un-lubricated Bolts (ft-lb) 30 30 30 45 65 65 130 130 225 225 225 360 360 500 500 5 6 8 10 12 13 14 14 20 22 25 28 30 35 40 Table 1 Installation Of Double Saddle rope grips (Fist Grips) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 245 of 267 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Stage 2 Apply the second grip as near the thimble as possible. Remember to check the nut torque after the rope has been in operation.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 12 SHACKLE – SPLIT PIN SIZES Safety shackles are widely used for terminating sling set on to containers. the table below details the recommended size of split pin. Safety shackles are available in two basic designs Bow (anchor) and Dee (chain). It is important that the correct diameter and length of split pin is used.5 te 9.25 te 4.75 te 6.5 te 1 te 1. SHACKLE WLL 0.5 te 8.5 te 2 te 3.5 te 17 te 25 te 35 te 55 te 85 te 120 te SPLIT PIN SIZE 2 x 20 mm 3 x 20 mm 3 x 20 mm 3 x 25 mm 5 x 30 mm 5 x 30 / 35 mm 6 x 35 / 40 mm 6 x 45 / 50 mm 6 x 45 / 50 mm 6 x 50 / 55 mm 8 x 55 / 60 mm 8 x 55 / 60 mm 10 x 70 mm 10 x 80 mm 10 x 100 mm 10 x 110 mm 13 x 110 mm BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 246 of 267 .5 te 12 te 13.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 13 RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX The RAM provides one means of determinig the level of risk associated with any task through consideration of potential severity of any incident and the likelihood of such an incident occuring. It should be redefined or further control measures put in place to reduce risk. it is recommended that the probability be assessed on the basis of knowledge from similar operations in other Operating Units. the liklihood on the horizontal axis is estimated on the basis of historical evidence or experience that such consquences have materialised within the industry.Investigation lead by a Manager A scale of consequences from “0” to “5” is used to indicate increasing severity. are used After assessing the potential outcome. rather than actual ones. The following interpreations shall assist in dertermining likelihood when assessing risks specific to lifting and hoisting operations Low Risk Shall be acceptable but review task to see if risk can be further reduced. High Risk BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 247 of 267 .Local Investigation Required E Happens several times per year in a location 0 1 2 No health effect / injury Slight health effect / injury Minor health effect / injury Major health effect / injury No damage Slight damage Minor damage Localised damage Major damage Extensive damage No effect Slight effect Minor effect Localised Considerable effect impact Major effect Massive effect National impact International impact 3 4 5 PTD or 1 to 3 fatalities Multiple fatalities HIGH . follow-up by Management LOW . the tasks should be redifined to take account of the hazards involved or the risk should be further reduced prior to commencement. Where possible. The controls should be reassessed for adequacy prior to task commencement. Medium Risk Task should only be undertaken with appropirate management authorization after consultaion with specialist personnel and assessment team. Refer to EP2005 – 0264 – GL – 01 for further details CONSEQUENCES INCREASING LIKELIHOOD A B C D Incident has Never heard head of in Happens of in industry industry occurred in our several times Company per year in our Company No impact Slight impact Limited impact MEDIUM . NOTE: That this should not be confused with the liklyhood that the hazard is released.Formal Investigation. The potential consequnces. In Operating Units or new ventures where experience is limited. Task must not proceed. the company or smaller unit. it is the likeilhood of the estamated consequences occuring.
) Level 1 Offshore Crane Variable Capacity Level 2 Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Offshore Crane Operator (Level 1) Rigging & Slinging Workplace Assessment (Offshore) 3 Years Certificate Validity Offshore Crane Operator (Level 2) Offshore Crane Fixed Capacity Workplace Assessment (Offshore) 3 Years Certificate Validity Articulating Crane Rigging & Slinging Articulating Crane Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Overhead Crane Rigging & Slinging Overhead Crane) Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 248 of 267 3/20/2007 .BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 14 TRAINING MATRIX Training & Competency Model for Personnel undertaking Lifting & Mechanical Handling Operations STAGES Courses Personnel undertaking lifting operations using Portable Lifting Equipment CAP Crane 1 Introduction to Rigging & Lifting Operations (1 day) Rigging & Slinging Rigging & Slinging 2 Rigging & Slinging 3 4 3 Years Certificate Validity Workplace Assessment Workplace Assessment CAP Banksman (Level 1) Onshore 3 Years Certificate Validity Workplace Assessment Banksman (Level 1) Onshore Advanced Banksman (Level 2) Offshore Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Banksman 3 Years Certificate Validity Mobile Crane Operator Rigging & Slinging Mobile Crane Operator See Note 1 Offshore Crane Fixed Capacity 5 tonne (max.
> 5 tonnes ≤ 10 tonnes. Class C4 . for new operators requires to be provided for new operators before proceeding to the next class. 2 Forklift operators have 5 different classes. for new operators requires to be provided for new operators before proceeding to the next class. • For class C2 only class C5 course is required to be attended. Class C2 – > 60 tonnes ≤ 100 tonnes and Class C1 – any capacity • Evidence of 300 operating hours. logged. • Experienced operators (evidence of experience is required) or certificate renewals may proceed directly to the crane class they are experienced in or the class the current certificate states.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 STAGES Courses Forklift Truck Operators 1 Introduction to Rigging & Lifting Operations (1 day) Introduction to Rigging & Lifting Operations (1 day) Introduction to Rigging & Lifting Operations (1 day) Introduction to Rigging & Lifting Operations (1 day) 2 Forklift Truck Operators (See Note 2) 3 Workplace Assessment 4 3 Years Certificate Validity Access Platform Access Platform Excavator Wheeled and/or Tracked Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Excavator Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Telehandler Telehandler Workplace Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity Lift Planning (Level 1) Advanced Banksman Level 2 Advanced Banksman Level 2 Lift Planning (Simple) Workplace Lift Plan Assessment Workplace Lift Plan Assessment 3 Years Certificate Validity 3 Years Certificate Validity Lift Planning (Level 2) Lift Planning (Complicated) Notes: 1 Mobile Crane operators have 4 different classes. BSP Lifting and Hoisting Technical Standard Page 249 of 267 3/20/2007 . Class C3 – over 10 tonnes. • For operators to be certified to operate crawler cranes will require an additional 1 day training or crawler cranes. • Experienced operators (evidence of experience is required) or certificate renewals may proceed directly to the forklift class they are experienced in or the class the current certificate states. and 150 operating hours. logged. which are: Class C5 – up to 5 tonnes. logged. for new operators before proceeding to C2 course. Class C2 – Articulating and Class C1 – all classes • Evidence of 150 operating hours. Class C3 – > 20 tonnes ≤ 60 tonnes. which are: Class C4 – up to 20 tonnes.
BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 15 EXAMINATION MATRIX FOR LIFTING EQUIPMENT PERIODIC EXAMINATION OVERHAUL 48 Month 60 Month 72 Month 36 Month 48 Month 72 Month 12 Month 24 Month NDE 48 Month 72 Month EQUIPMENT TYPE PLIC 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 002 002 002 002 002 002 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 003 004 004 004 004 005 006 006 006 008 Before first Usage After Repair/Mod 6 Month 12 Month 24 Month Lifting Tackle BEAM CLAMPS WIRE ROPE WIRE ROPE SLINGS CHAIN SLINGS GRADE 8 (T) SYNTHETIC SLINGS SHACKLES EYEBOLTS RIGGING SCREWS OPEN WEDGE SOCKETS HOOKS PEDESTAL CRANE OVERHEAD CRANE / STRUCTURE MOBILE CRANE TRUCK LOADING CRANE GANTRY CRANE CRANE HOOK BLOCKS POWERED HOISTS MANUAL HOISTS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A ◘ ◘ ◘ ◘ ◘ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ Lifting Appliances LEVER HOISTS (PULLIFTS) WIRE ROPE HOISTS (TIRFOR) BEAM TROLLEYS SHEAVE BLOCKS POWERED WINCH MANUAL WINCH MONORAILS & PAD EYES MANUAL JACKS HYDRAULIC JACKS FORKLIFT TRUCKS PALLET TRUCKS EXCAVATOR MOBILE WORK PLATFORMS PERSONNEL & GOODS LIFTS LIFTING BEAMS CONTAINERS GANGWAYS SURVIVAL DAVITS ◘ ◘ ◘ ◘ ◘ ◘ ○ ○ ○ ‡ ‡ ‡ Load Device LOAD CELLS LOAD INDICATORS OVERLOAD PROTECTION DEVICE LEGEND Examination in accordance with the PLIC Examination and Load test Required ◘ ∆ ○ ‡ NDE to be carried out NDE to be carried out on the Hook Verification Calibration BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 251 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) .
radius or angle indicator and boom length requirements for lifting equipment. 2. Not applicable on manually operated overhead cranes For telescopic or straight boom cranes only. Equipment Type Radius or angle indicator Boom length indicator Antitwoblock cut-out M Rated Capacity Indicator (RCI) or ASLI Load moment limiter or cutout R Overhoist limiter Lower hoist limiter Mobile Cranes – Capacity less than 3 tonne Mobile Cranes – Capacity more than 3 tonne Offshore pedestal Cranes Fixed boom length Fixed Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes Fixed boom length Variable Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes telescopic boom Fixed Capacity Offshore pedestal Cranes telescopic boom Variable Capacity Offshore Swing Jib Cranes Fixed boom length – Any Capacity Overhead Travelling crane Any capacity (1) Lorry loading crane . 3.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 16 OVERLOAD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS AND ANTI-TWO-BLOCK The table shows the overload protection. anti-two-block cut-out. This does not apply to articulating (knuckle) boom cranes. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . Only where the crane has a hoist winch M R Mandatory Recommended Page 252 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled.Any capacity (2) Forklift trucks Any capacity M M M M M M M M R M M M M M M M R M M M M M M M M R M M M(3) M R R Key 1.
The factor by which the WLL of a multi-legged slings is de-rated to give its SWL at a particular angle between the sling legs. These are not the same. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) BRN/Identification Number Back Hooking Back Splice Banksman/Signaller/Flagman Barang Box Barge List Or Heel Or Trim Barge List and Crane List Basket Hitch Becket Becket Load Bilingual Text BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . operating from a separate winch drum from the main hoist rope. A box carrying general goods. An anchorage point on a sheave block when reeving a tackle to purchase. English and Malay Page 253 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. A device that shows the angle at which the crane boom is operating and the corresponding rated capacity. It equals the total load being lifted divided by the number of falls supporting the load. Auxiliary Hoist A second(ary) lifting system. Usually used on cranes to lift light loads. A splice in the end of a fibre rope to prevent it from unlaying. A unique number given to an item of lifting equipment or registration purposes and to facilitate traceability A method of slinging using slings with hooks where the sling is passed around the load and the hook is secured back onto the ring or hook above the load. faster than is possible on the main hoist system. Angle Indicator Anti-Two Block Approved Asset Owner Automatic Safe Load Indicator (ASLI) or Rated Capacity Indicator (RCI) A device that automatically provides. Approved by BSP Technical Authority Entity that owns lifting equipment. with a specified tolerance. so that he may give loadmanoeuvring instructions to the crane driver via hand signals or hand-held radio. Either BSP or Contractor. The worst crane list condition occurs when the crane slews over the barge’s corner producing maximum side load A method of securing a sling around an object by bringing both eyes back together with an angle factor = 2. warning the load is approaching the rated capacity. As the crane rotates on the barge. usually fitted to cranes. The load in any fall of rope in a multiple fall tackle. another warning when capacity is exceeded. relative to the crane’s capacity. Person positioned so that he has an unrestricted view of the load and is also in view of the crane driver. A term widely used in Brunei. it’s list (as defined above ) will change. Cause swing out of the load and can produce side load. Instrument (used on some cranes) for measuring wind speed. See Upper hoist – limiting device.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 APPENDIX 17 Alpha/numeric Anemometer Angle Factor GLOSSARY OF TERMS A combination of letters and/or numbers used for identification.
Block Block and Tackle Boom Boom-Type Elevating Work Platform Booming/luffing Bow Shackle Bulldog Grip cm CAP Cantilever Beam Cargo Centre of Gravity Certificate of Inspection or Test Certificate A Certificate of Test issued by the third party certification authority surveyor on completion of a satisfactory survey. Certificate of Compliance Certificate or Declaration of Conformity A document in which the manufacturer or other responsible person with legal duties of a manufacturer and who controls the technical file . two nuts and a saddle. A sheave block or blocks used with fibre rope A steel lattice. A document in which the manufacturer certifies that the products supplied comply with the requirements of the purchase order. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . Point at which the total mass of a body maybe regarded as being concentrated. Commonly used for making end terminations. or about which the parts of the body exactly balance each other. solid or gaseous matter transported in an offshore container. equipment and materials maybe elevated to perform work. 100 cm equals 1 metre. Also known as “cherry pickers” The movement of a crane boom from one angle to another in the vertical plane.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Blind lifts Lifting operation whereby the lifting appliance operator does not have a direct view of the load or landing area NOTE Use of closed circuit television monitoring the work area is not considered to be direct view. Billy Pugh The trade name of the offshore rope personnel transfer carrier in common use. Any liquid. 10mm equals one centimetre. hinged device or articulated device or any combination of these used to support a platform on which personnel. Schedule 1. A wire rope grip consisting of a U-bolt. A hook sheave and frame assembly attached to a rope used for raising and lowering loads. confirming that an item to which it refers complies fully with Page 254 of 267 BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. A new Test Certificate will require to be issued if the equipment is subject to repair or modification. Where a Test certificate states that it is also a report of thorough inspection/examination it must contain all of the information as required by LOLER 98. usually used to clamp two wire ropes or the same parts of a wire rope. Symbol for centimetre. or steel box section structure that is attached to the crane structure from which the load is suspended and which can be raised or lowered. A powered telescopic device. Competent Authorised Person Section of beam supported at one end only. A shackle with bowed sides. usually a form of lifting mast. without mention of any test results.
It must give the following information:The business name and full address. but excluding industrial lift trucks earthmoving machinery and lifts. a importer. as measured by the angle between horizontal and a line drawn through the Page 255 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. from side to side. See Ratchet lever block Cherry Picker Choke Hitch Classification Society Surveyor Circumference Clevis Colour Code Come-Along Competent Authorised Person (CAP) A person who is approved by BSP’s Technical Authority to undertake the day-to-day control of lifting equipment. Any form of unit or device used for the transportation of cargo.g. that of the manufacturer.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 an applicable standard and that all essential safety requirements have been met in full. Crawler-Mounted Crane List BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . Specify the standards and technical standards used. The responsible person ii. i. An eye with a removable pin. The distance around the outside edge of a circle. Except for the base these cranes are identical to the CarrierMounted Is the cranes out-of-level condition. Identify the person authorised to sign the certificate on behalf on the responsible person. A full description of the equipment including make and type and serial number. A method of marking equipment (normally with plastic tie-wraps or paint) to give a visual indication of its certification/inspection status. An appliance intended for raising and lowering a load and moving it horizontally. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) Container Crane Crane Chart Crane Operator or Driver Crane. or fixing the eye back to the sling leg with a shackle. A person from a classification society who has the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be thoroughly inspected as will enable them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the safety and continued use of the lifting equipment. Where that person is not the manufacturer e. The person who is operating the crane for the purpose of positioning loads. A method of securing a load to a sling or a sling to an anchorage by reeving the sling back through its eye. This 'coded' colour is changed every six months. Chain Block A geared portable appliance used for hoisting and lowering a load suspended on a chain. See Boom-type elevating work platform. See Load chart or Capacity chart. Indicate all of the relevant provisions with which the item complies.
to handle lifting or lowering of a string. The distance between the centres of the adjacent supports. This action is usually carried out using chain blocks and pull lifts and the equipment used is down-rated. A lifting beam. A long steel link. A lifting ring fixed to a thread rod. such as measurement and where necessary non-destructive Page 256 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. which connects the elevators to the main hook. A sheave set up to change the direction of the lead rope between the winch and the head sheave. A visual examination by an independent third party surveyor carried out carefully and critically and supplemented by other means. which can be used with two cranes to ensure that each crane is supporting its correct portion of the load.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 centreline of the crane’s boom heel pins. and which. The pull on the hand chain or lever required to lift a specified load (chain blocks and pull lifts). The tail of a rope which does not take load. Packing under loads. in a closed position fits snugly around the drill pipe or casing. This out-of-level condition creates side load and effects the crane’s lifting capacity. The specified load is usually the working load limit of the block. due allowance being made for the end fixing. as well as maintenance and inspection in accordance with the requirements set for safe use and operation stipulated in regulations and instructions for use The minimum distance between the suspension level and the bottom hook saddle (also known as closed-height). A telescopic device scissor device or articulating device used to support a working platform. The distance across a circle measured through its centre. continuous beams and cantilevers. operation. for purposes of access/egress (sometimes called Fleeting). which hangs on long links below the travelling block and hook. which can be screwed into a load or anchorage. limitations and scope of use. A lifting device. A shackle with parallel sides. with hinged doors and a fast-releasing latch. applications. A method of slinging where the sling legs are passed twice round the load with the eye chocked back to the sling. Training whereby it can be documented that the person who will use the lifting equipment has received practical and theoretical training that provides knowledge about its structure. resembling the letter D on its sides. Cross Hauling Process of moving a load in a direction other than vertical. The distance between the extreme inside ends of the eyes in a straight sling. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) Documented Training Drawn-up Dimension Dead end Dee Shackle Diameter Diverting Sheave Double Wrap Dunage Effective Span Effective Working Length (EWL) Effort Elevating Work Platform Elevator Elevator Link Equalising Beam Equalising Sheaves Eyebolt Examination BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . Sheaves used to equalise the load.
beam. haul and lower the load. A method of moving an object by using two hoists. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) FIBC FMEA Factor of Safety Falls Ferrule/Swaged fitting Fit-for-purpose Fixed Lifting Equipment Fleet Angle Fleeting Flemish Eye Fly Jib Forerunner Frame Free Fall Free on Wheels Frog Functional Testing BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . runway beams. The ratio of the load that would cause failure of an item of lifting equipment to the load that is imposed upon it in service i. or that of the load. Extended Dimension The distance between the suspension level and the bottom hook saddle of a chain block. Page 257 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. commonly known as big bags.e. A secondary jib mounted at the head of the crane’s main boom or jib. A metallic fitting. SWL (This is to allow for detrimental criteria such as wear and tear. parts of the lifting equipment shall be dismantled. pedestal cranes. If necessary for the purpose. Failure Mode Effect Analysis.g. padeyes etc). A boom or hook-block descending under its own weight. when the bottom hook is in the extended position. increasing the crane operating radius. The trade name of the buoyant enclosed personnel transfer capsule marketed by Reflex marine. in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to the condition and safety of the lifting equipment. It equals the sum of the drawn up dimension and the range of lift (or height of lift). Equipment free from defect and used only in the manner for which it was designed. tackles to lift. Able to lift load with a wheeled crane without utilizing the outriggers or stabilisers. dynamic loadings etc). which wire rope can be inserted and then permanently attached using radial pressure (swaging) the sleeve that enclosed the rope to form an eye. The angle formed from the centre line of the drum to the centre of the first lead sheave then back to the inside centre of the drum flange. A method of forming an eye in FSWR by separating and re-marrying the strands without tucks. Also know as “goose neck” See Pennant The primary load bearing elements of a container. gantry cranes. Lifting equipment permanently installed on an Platform normally located at the same point on the Platform throughout the life cycle of the Platform (e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 testing. Flexible Intermediate Baulk Container. The passes of a rope in a winching/pulley system. swing jib cranes. Operation of each motion of the lifting equipment without a load applied in order to determine whether the equipment performs as the manufacturer intended.
hooks) of a hoisting machine. and comparison with screening and performance criteria. To manage a hazard completely requires that all four steps must be in place and recorded.g. Hazard Identification Hazard and Operability Analysis Hazard and Effects Management Process. suspension rope or tackle. A purpose-designed single-sheave tackle block. control and recovery. Raising or lowering a load The forces produced by a change of velocity. The maximum allowable weight of a loaded container.g. The lower block on a crane. Headache Ball Headroom Height of Lift Hook Block Hook Load Hoisting Inertia Forces Inspection BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 258 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. that can be carried by the container). A visual inspection by a an independent third party surveyor carried out carefully and critically for anything which may impair the safe operation of the lifting equipment. which incorporates a hook for sling loads.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 FSWR Gantry Flexible Steel Wire rope Elevated structure supporting the track of an overhead travelling trolley or crane. The total weight suspended form the hook. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . i. The maximum vertical distance between the item to be lifted and the point of suspension of the hoisting machine.e. A spherical overhauling weight attached to single fall hoist above the hook block. Hazard Identification Plan – A document that indentifies possible hazards and the actions necessary to minimise risk. The amount of possible travel between the top and bottom connection points (e. between the lifting padeyes and the underside of runway beam. Gin Wheel Girder/Beam Clamp Goose Neck Grommet Gross Weight (containers) HAZID HAZOP HEMP HIP Hammer Locks Hand Operated Chain Hoist or Chain Block A block reeved with a load chain and operated by a hand chain so as to give a mechanical advantage (also known as a chain block). assessment. An attachment for joining hooks or rings to a chain. An appliance designed to be fixed to the lower flange of a universal beam or RSJ to provide and anchorage for a sing. the Tare weight (weight of empty container) plus the Pay Load (maximum weight of cargo. e. An endless sling constructed with a sling rope strand layed up onto itself. at the design sling angle. See Fly Jib. The structured hazard analysis methodology involving hazard identification.
usually in sections. the inspector shall have experience and training suitable to the NDT inspection being performed. An appliance. etc but excluding haulage apparatus). trunnions. A person from a third party certification authority who has the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting tackle to be thoroughly inspected which enables them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the safety and continued use of the lifting tackle. because of weather change. A document produced by the lift planner to describe how the lifting operation should be carried out. eyebolts. slings. by which it can be lifted safely. which is used or designed to be used directly or indirectly to connect a load to a lifting appliance. lifting eyes. etc. fabricated lifting plates. e.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Inspector The term inspector is used to describe any person carrying out NDT inspection on lifting equipment. A unit for measuring mass (or weight) One litre of water weighs one kilogram. a crane or chain block etc. In all cases. Sometimes called an ‘S twist’ because the strands run the same direction as the central part of the letter S. A unit for measuring force. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . but which is not itself able to lift or lower a load. winches.g. break down etc. For example lifting lugs. A construction method for FSWR where the wires in the strand and the rope strands are laid in the same direction. A generic term covering all equipment used to lift and lower a load.g. Kilogram Damage to a rope indicated by sharp permanent twist. Generic term for the certified point(s) or attachment(s) on an item of plant. A task concerned with the lifting and lowering of a load. and which does not form part of the load. Normally of a fixed length and cannot telescope. chain hoists. shackles. There are 1000kg in a tonne. which is placed under a load to raise or lower it. including any contingency plan if the operation becomes interrupted (e. The way a rope is constructed. The term also applies to points or attachments fixed to structural members and from which a load can be suspended. A method of rope construction where the strands are laid up in an anti-clockwise direction. It includes the selection attachment and use of suitable lifting equipment. One kilo Newton is approximately equivalent to a weight of 100kg Lifting Equipment Management Manual. Jack Kg Kinking Kilogram Kilo Newton LEMM Langs Lay Lattice Boom Crane Lay Left Hand Lay Lifting Appliances Lifting Tackle Inspector Lifting Tackle or Lifting Accessory or Lifting Gear Any item whatsoever. padeyes and jacking points. Lifting appliances (overhead cranes.) Lifting Equipment Lifting Operation Lifting Point Lifting Plan BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 259 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. A crane with an open-web boom.
Lifting slings and shackles used to connect a container to the lifting equipment. A powered slewing crane mounted on a vehicle for the principal purpose of loading and unloading the lorry. A manufacturer’s notice fixed to a crane or hoist. A wire rope suspending a hook.1000mm equal one metre. Mobile Offshore Unit. which specifies the SWL’s in all normal operating configurations. It includes the angle factor and the reeve factor. The symbol used to indicate the diameter of a structural bolt in millimetres. marine vessel shall be interpreted as meaning:Barge (towed) Barge (self propelled) Pontoon Pipe Laying Barges Cargo Barge Work Boat Crane Barge Lifting Set/Sling Set Live Loads Live End Load Line Load Chart Load Factor Load Weight Indicator Lorry Loading Crane Luffing M m mm MJR MOU Manila Marlin Spike Marine Vessel Measured Deflections The deflections measured in such a manner that they relate to precisely the same conditions as those covering the calculated deflection. A metre – the unit for measuring distance . except wind load. See Booming. Such variation maybe due to any change of position or magnitude of an externally applied load. Sisal. The fraction of a sling assembly’s WLL created by a particular sling method. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . which indicates the weight of the load being lifted. A natural fibre used for rope construction. that gives rise to a variation of stress in to a crane.1000m equal one kilometre. Any load. or to the movement of the crane structure itself. A moving rope. A device. A tapered hand tool used to pry open the strands on an FSWR during splicing or during rope inspection. Page 260 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. Millimetres – the unit for measuring distance . M16 indicates a 16mm bolt. For the purposes of this document. For example. Maintenance Job Routine.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Lift Planner A person who has appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting operations to enable them to prepare a full working lift plan.
A factor. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . measure. Non-Destructive Testing. The movement of a load where the load is suspended from two or more cranes. A sling assembly with more than two sling legs. complicated and complex lifts. NOTE 2 There are two categories of offshore container: 1. which takes into account the geometry of the sling assembly. and composition. A lifting task that is of greater complexity than a routine lift. The net capacity is determined by deducting the crane capacity deductions from the crane’s gross capacity. Non-routine Lift Offshore Container BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 261 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. cooling and heating etc. properties.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Mechanical Advantage Mobile Crane The ratio between the load raised and the effort required to raise it. a unit that can be handled in open sea to/from installations and vessels NOTE 1 The unit includes equipment for lifting. The deductions differ from manufacturer to manufacturer as well as between crane types. A crane which can travel over a supporting surface without the need for fixed runways or railway tracks and which relies on gravity for stability. to assess integrity. emptying. These lifts are normally subdivided into simple. Freight container for non-hazardous load that is not covered by the IMDG code. b. filling. Freight container for dangerous goods. and to measure geometrical characteristics. the number of parts and other constants as specified in the appropriate British Standard. Offshore service container Service container produced and equipped for special use. locate. Transportable unit for repeated transport of load or equipment. 2. and evaluate flaws. Offshore freight container a. such that it requires specialist resources and guidance and special procedures written to enable its safe completion. mainly for temporary installation. handling. Deductions normally are: Weight of main hook block Weight of slings and rigging Weight of auxiliary hook block Weight of all wire rope from boom tip and the block Weight of any stowed jib Mode Factor Multi-Legged Sling Multiple Crane Lift NDT Net Capacity (Cranes) Non-Destructive Examination (NDE) The development and application of technical methods to examine materials or components in ways that do not impair future usefulness and serviceability in order to detect.
They must not be used for general lifting duties. See Right Hand Regular lay.A personnel transport device composed of a solid cylindrical platform. structurally sound and fit for the use for which it was designed. Sometimes called a extension sling A hand-held set of motion controls attached to a crane or hoist by an extension cable to provide operation. multiplied by the relevant duty factor corresponding to the load. See ‘falls’ Permanently Attached Slings Sets are used only for transportation of containers. machines. (Not used in BSP) Operating Level On Rubber Ordinary Lay Outrigger Overload Testing (Static) Overload Testing (Dynamic) PLIC Pay Load Parts of Rope Permanently Attached Slings Sets Permissible Working Stress Performance Testing Person In Charge (PIC) Personnel Carrier Pendant Pennant/Stinger A rope used to provide support to length of a crane boom or jib. The stress numerically equal to the basic stress. flexible sidewall rigging. A hydraulic stabilising extension for a mobile crane. sub-assemblies and structures. Particularly used with some types of overhead travelling cranes and powered-operated chain blocks. Generic term covering. Operation of the lifting equipment. structurally sound and fit for the use for which it was designed. designed for the aerial transport of personnel by an offshore crane Billy Pugh . A single wire rope sling with an eye on one end and a hook on the other usually suspended from the crane’s hook. barges or semisubmersible installations The level on which the operator stands. Operation of the lifting equipment with a load exceeding the rated load but without operating the full range of motions of the equipment in order to determine whether the equipment is stable. The operation of a truck-mounted or rough terrain mobile crane without the aid of outriggers. Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification. The weight of a load within a container. in all possible motions with a load that exceeds the rated load applied in order to determine whether the equipment is stable. Page 262 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) Pendant Control Plant BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . Operation of each motion of the lifting equipment with the rated load applied in order to determine whether the equipment performs to the manufacturer’s specification. FROG Capsule . These slings are colour coded Purple with a band of the current colour code. Person who is approved by BSP’s Technical Authority to be in charage of a lifting operation.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Offshore Crane Slewing crane for general use mounted on an installation and which is used to handle loads to and from supply boats.A conical shaped solid cage with three seats. lift cumulator ring and lifting loadline system designed for the aerial transport of personnel by an offshore crane.
lever hoists. Tirfors. The vertical distance that the bottom hook travels between the extended and highest positions. but results must be recorded on a Test Certificate. beam clamps. A purpose designed item of equipment for lifting steel plate and similar items. See ASLI Refer to Person in Charge (PIC). Lifting equipment. The use of mechanical load shifting equipment and associated gear to move. sometimes called non-rotating rope. (chain blocks. FSWR in which adjacent layers of strands are layed in opposite directions. which is operated by a lever handle. etc) A test load (mass or force) applied to an item of lifting equipment/accessory to prove its integrity. equipment or members of a building or structure and to ensure the stability of those members and for the setting up and dismantling of cranes Page 263 of 267 Radius (Non-Slewing Cranes) Radius Indicator Range of Lift Ratchet Lever Block Rated Capacity Limiter Rated Capacity Indicator Responsible Person Reeving (crane) Reeving (rigging) Rigging BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. alternative right hand and left hand to prevent the rope from spinning under load. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . Visual and functional assessment (not test) of the lifting equipment’s technical condition before and after use (without disassembly) A grooved wheel over which a rope passes. Proof load tests can be carried out to various standards. motions that could increase risks. A geared portable appliance incorporating a load chain.e. Commonly used as a crane hoist rope. A device that shows the radius at which the crane boom is operating and the corresponding rated capacity. i. usually used in pairs. with a specified tolerance. Pulleys are usually shaft mounted and free to rotate in response to movement of the rope. Plate Clamp Portable Lifting Equipment Proof Load Test Pre-Use And Post-Use Check Pulley (or Sheave) RCI Rotation Resistant (RR) Radius (Slewing Cranes) Horizontal distance between the point at which the centre of rotation meets the ground and the vertical centreline passing through the load lifting attachment Horizontal distance from the centreline through the load lifting attachment to the nearest axle or track measured at ground level. if the rated capacity is exceeded. which can be transported from one part of an platform to another or between different platforms. A method of slinging where the sling passes back through itself reducing the safe working load. Configuration of the hoisting rope in a winching system.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Plant/Identification Number A unique number given to an item of lifting equipment or registration purposes and to facilitate traceability. Rated Capacity Indicator. place or secure a load including plant. A device that automatically provides.
at the end of a rope to prevent the strands from opening or fraying. lower or suspend under particular service conditions. in wire or twine. with sheave block fixed to its apex and in a framework. The maximum load (as certified by an independent competent person). Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) Rigging Store Right Hand Lay Risk Assessment/JHA Rigger/Slinger Rolled Steel Joist (RSJ) Rough Terrain Crane Round Sling Routine Lifts Runway Beam SLI Safe Working Load (SWL) Serving/ Sizing or Whipping Sling Assembly Soft Eye Sheave Sheer legs BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard . An endless synthetic fibre sling constructed with a circular cross section. Safe Load Indicator. A derrick like appliance consisting of two legs in an ‘A’ formation. such as trolleys. A structural steel member with an I-section. A grooved wheel over which a rope passes over.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 and hoists. Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is the application of the hazards and effects management process at the task level. and fitted with oversized tyres to facilitate travel across rough terrain. Sometimes called a ‘Z twist’ because the strands run in the same direction as the central part of the letter Z. The methodology is derived from the work study technique known as Task Analysis. Those lifts undertaken on a day-to-day basis that are fully addressed by existing 'generic' training and competence procedures. A method of rope construction where the strands are laid up in a clockwise direction. An overhead structural beam certified to a specific SWL and used for the attachment of lifting equipment. which an item of lifting equipment may raise. A sling in the form in which it is actually used. Rigging Screw or Turnbuckle An enclosed device with an anchorage point and threaded rod in each end. identifying and assessing the hazards of each element of the task and defining appropriate controls and recovery measures. Activity Risk Assessment (ARA).e. modified specifically to suit the storage of lifting equipment (often equipped with lighting and heating). The binding. Work Safety and Health Analysis. beam clamps. formed at the end of a rope to facilitate connection of a lifting device. An offshore container. An unsupported loop. i. Refer E95 – 0311 The person responsible for attaching and detaching the load to and from the crane and for correct selection and use of lifting tackle. Used to tension an FSWR or to provide fine adjustment to a sling assembly. or similar. other than the setting up a crane or hoist which only requires the positioning of integral outriggers or stabilisers. now largely superseded by the universal beams (UB’s). with crab steering. and is known variously as Job Safety Analysis (JSA). Short wheel based mobile crane designed to operate on unimproved natural terrain and disturbed terrain of construction sites. Page 264 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. is not protected by a thimble. etc.
and confirming the SWL. such as polyamide (nylon). which is layed up with other strands to form a rope. A rotating item of lifting gear. (1000kg) A container that consists of the tank or tanks. and the load bearing structure. NOTE As a rule of thumb. Symbol indicating Grade 80 chain. Used to reduce the angle of slings or to sling loads with large surface areas or to reduce the strain on load. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . significant wave height is about half the maximum wave height. See Pennant A number of wires or fibres layed in a spiral. A person from a third party certification authority who has the appropriate practical and theoretical knowledge and experience of the lifting equipment to be thoroughly inspected as will enable them to detect defects or weaknesses and to assess their importance in relation to the safety and continued use of the lifting equipment. The statement has the same status as a test certificate and must be retained for inspection when required. typically measured over a period of three hours. Sometimes used to construct natural fibre ropes. hook or load. The reliability of the load bearing structure. A statement issued by the manufacturer confirming that any necessary manufacturing tests have been carried out. which can rotate without spinning the rope. chain or synthetic fibre. Significant Wave Height Slewing The left and right movement of a crane boom pivoting on its base in the horizontal plane. Sling Sling Angle Snatch Block Spreader Bar/Beam Stinger Strand Strop Structural Integrity Statement of Conformity Surveyor Swaged Fitting Swivel Synthetic Fibre T te Tank Container BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 265 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. See Ferrule. An endless sling. Average height of the highest third of prevailing waves. Symbol for tonne. Detachable lifting gear made from FSWR.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Sisal Vegetable fibre obtained from the sisal plant. The angle the sling makes with the horizontal. A beam/bar with a central lifting attachment and with slinging points at each end. polyester. polypropylene etc. Maximum allowed is 90º included angle or 45º to the vertical. A single pulley sheave block with a drop side plate to allow easy access to the pulley wheel for rope attachment or removal without reeving it through. polyethylene. Manufactured fibre used in the construction of fibre ropes and slings.
It forms a ‘hard eye’ A loop formed at the end of a rope around a supporting metal eye. The weight of the container without cargo. in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to the condition and safety of the equipment. Tare weight Technical Authority Telescopic Test Certificates Test Load Thimble Thimble Eye Thorough Examination Ton (T) or long ton Ton (short) or US Ton (T) Tonne / metric tonne (te) Toolbox Talk BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 266 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. Specified load that the lifting equipment shall withstand within the manufacturer’s specified limits without resulting in permanent deformation or other defects. such as measurement and where necessary non-destructive testing. For the purposes of the lifting equipment management documents.18 kilograms. part of the equipment shall be dismantled. i. in the context of this document this covers approval of this document. one short ton shall be interpreted as 2000 pounds. Tare weight shall include all fixtures normally fixed to the container in service. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . An visual examination and certification of lifting equipment carried out by a surveyor from an third party certification authority in accordance with BSP’s Procedure for Lifting Equipment Inspection and Certification (PLIC) and any subsequent amendments thereto. The extension or retraction of a crane’s boom or jib by the movement of the boom or jib sections during normal operation.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Tagline A fibre rope attached to a suspended load to control the load during lifting. For the purposes of the lifting equipment management documents. one long ton shall be interpreted as 2240 pounds. or if the independent competent person deems it is necessary to ensure continuing integrity. A feature of most hydraulic boom cranes. used to protect an eye splice. A short discussion held between all members of a lifting operation prior to commencement of work in order to agree on all aspects of the work and the sequential steps to be taken to complete the work. and deviations from this document. If necessary for the inspection. materials and manufacture comply with specification and statutory requirements A grooved piece of metal. A new Test Certificate may require to be issued if the equipment is subject to repair or modification. one tonne shall be interpreted as 1000 kilograms. The inspection carried out by the surveyor shall carefully and critically. The agreed procedure. circular or pear-shaped. which would normally be carried out at the completion of manufacture and be supplied with the equipment.e. which is 1016 kilograms. hazards and control methods are to be recorded. which is 907. A Test Certificate is the certificate of a proof load test. The surveyor shall be independent of the supplier of Lifting Equipment. The technical authority is responsible for assuring the technical integrity of an operational facility. supplemented by other means. For the purposes of the lifting equipment management documents. the thimble. and thereby confirming that the design.
Working Load Limit. See Serving. Transit slings must not be confused with dedicated container slings. A lamp that is capable of emitting a flashing or rotating beam of light through 360º in the horizontal A stationary motor driven or hand powered hoisting machine having a drum around which is wound a rope used for hoisting . A method of rating multi-legged slings for use at any included angle between the sling legs of up to 90° and 120°. which is assumed to act horizontally. the prime function of which is load bearing. Orange and Brown. Universal Beam A device used in a crane or hoist to stop the winch or warn the operator before the hook block jams into the head block (twoblocking) while the hook is being raised. generally of a coarse weave and multiple plies. lowering or pulling a load.BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard BSP-ASS-Standard-004 Transit Slings Transit slings are used only for transportation of equipment to and from offshore platforms. either flat or round. which an item of lifting equipment is. It is equivalent to the number of metres of hand chain overhauled to raise the load a distance of one metre. This is the preferred method for rating general-purpose slings. The maximum load. The forces produced by the velocity of the wind. lower or suspend as stated by the equipment manufacturer. An I section steel beam commonly used in steel structures. They must not be used for general lifting duties. Trigonometrical Method UB Upper Hoist – Limiting Device Universal Beam (UB) Uniform Load Method Velocity Ratio WLL Warning Beacon Winch Wind Load Webbing Whipping Working Load Limit (WLL) BSP Lifting and Hoisting Standard Page 267 of 267 (Hardcopy documents are not controlled. however they can be used to return an item of equipment onshore. A method traditionally used to calculate the SWL of slings with the sling legs at various angles. The ratio between the velocities of a chain block hand chain and the load. designed to raise. comprising a woven narrow fabric. These slings are colour coded Purple. Last printed 3/20/2007 4:08 PM) . A part of a lifting sling.
This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?